2020 brochure for Website.pdf · by coach, minibus or taxi and conveyed to join the main tour...

www.blakescoaches.co.uk

Travel with Blakes... travel with friends

2020210HOLIDAYS

TO CHOOSE FROM

OVER

2

welcome where to book

3

We believe that quality, reliability and value for money are the essential ingredients in any good holiday...and here at Blakes Coaches we are totally committed to providing a personal, friendly and professional service, to ensure that your holiday is one to remember...for all the right reasons.

Many thousands of customers have enjoyed a Blakes holiday since we put together our first one in 2002, and many have made further bookings or recommended us to friends. Your comfort, safety

Financial SecurityThe combination of travel services offered to you is a package within the meaning of the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018. Therefore, you will benefit from all EU rights applying to packages; Blakes Coaches Limited will be fully responsible for the proper performance of the package as a whole.Additionally, as required by law, Blakes Coaches Limited have protection in place to refund your payments and, where transport is included in the package, to ensure your repatriation in the event that they become insolvent. Blakes Coaches Limited are members of the Bonded Coach Holiday Group of the Confederation of Passenger Transport UK Ltd. This is a government approved consumer protection scheme. This ensures that in relation to the coach package holidays described in this brochure (or website) that the clients’ monies are protected by a Bond which may be called upon in the unlikely event of the members Insolvency. Clients are recommended to inspect the current membership certificate at our registered office or alternatively go to www.bch-uk.org or telephone 0207 240 3131 to confirm current membership.Your attention is also drawn to the Bonded Coach Holiday Group Trading Charter that will apply to these coach package holidays. Details of the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018 can be found at www.legistration.gov.uk/ukdsi/2018/9780111168479/contents

and satisfaction are of great importance to us. We value your business and want you to holiday with us on more than one occasion.

We have enhanced our holiday programme to bring you the best of established values, retained by popular demand, and a selection of new ideas if you are looking for something different, including new European destinations.

As a family run business we strive for perfection and as a result we keep our loyal customers, whilst also gaining new ones.

All of us at Blakes Coaches hope you enjoy browsing through our brochure. If you have travelled with us before, you will know that we pride ourselves in providing a personal service, throughout your booking. If you are new to Blakes Coaches, why not give us a try?

Have a great holiday!

Janet and David Blake

It gives us great pleasure to present our new and exciting 2020 holiday brochure featuring a wide range of quality and value for money holidays both within the UK and Europe.

Holidays

Our guaranteen You will travel on an air-conditioned executive coach

n Convenient, local departure points

n Experienced tour driver

n All excursions are included in the price of your holiday meaning no hidden charges

TELEPHONE 01398 341160 TELEPHONE 01398 341160

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20

21 22

23 24

27 28 25 26

31 32 29 30

35 36

39 40

33 34

37 38

41 4243 44

45 46 47 48 49

50 51 52 53

TOILET

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20

21 22

23 24

27 28 25 26

31 32 29 30

35 36

39 40

33 34

37 38

41 4243 44

45 46 47 48 49

50 51 52 53

TOILET

FEEDER SERVICEFeeder services are operated for clients electing to join their holiday at some ofthe departure points listed above. Clients should note that they may be picked upby coach, minibus or taxi and conveyed to join the main tour coach. On return,clients will only be set down at the point they elected as their departure point.

BOOKING DIRECTADDRESS: Blakes Coaches Ltd, East Anstey, Tiverton, Devon EX16 9JJOFFICE HOURS: Monday-Friday 8.30am – 5.30pm Saturday 8.30am – 12.00pm

Tel: 01398 341160

COACH SEATING PLAN

GIFT VOUCHERSOur gift vouchers make the perfect gift. Give us a call to find out more

Departure pointsDEVONBIDEFORD Kingsley StatueBRAUNTON Opposite George HotelTORRINGTON (4 day tours and over) Hatchmoor Lane (by school car park)BARNSTAPLE The Railway StationSOUTH MOLTON The SquareKNOWSTONE Picnic AreaTIVERTON The Bus StationJUNCTION 27 M5 Shell Garage & Costa CoffeeSIDFORD Drakes Avenue Bus Stop (Formerly Green Close Bus Stop)SIDMOUTH The TriangleNEWTON POPPLEFORD St Luke’s ChurchBUDLEIGH SALTERTON Public HallEXMOUTH Opposite Scott CinemaEXETER Moto Services, Jct 30 M5HONITON Lace Walk Bus Stop, Outside Boots

OTTERY ST MARY Outside Boots

NEW AXMINSTER The Square

PAIGNTON Garfield Road

PRESTON Bus Shelter

TORQUAY Lymington Road Coach Station

KINGSKERSWELL Jurys Corner Bus Stop

NEWTON ABBOT The Railway Station

SOMERSETWELLINGTON The High Street Bus Stop

TAUNTON Castle Green & BP Garage, Jct 25 M5

MINEHEAD Outside Bastins, The Parade

ALCOMBE The Bus Shelter, Silvermead

DUNSTER Steep Layby

CARHAMPTON The Bus Stop

WASHFORD Shepherds Corner

WATCHET The Cross

WILLITON Outside Gliddons

NEW CHARD Outside the Guildhall

NEW ILMINSTER Bus Stop outside the Stonemasons

BRIDGWATER Bridgwater Services, Jct 24 M5

BURNHAM-ON-SEA Ben Travers Way, Tesco (main entrance)

WESTON-SUPER-MARE Bus Stop behind Parish Pump Pub

BRISTOL Gordano Services Jct 19 M5 (Northbound tours only)

DEVONPLYMOUTH Coach Bay, Derrys Cross Roundabout

PLYMPTON Ridgway Bus Stop, near Co-Op

IVYBRIDGE Bus Stop beside Town Hall & BP Garage

TOTNES Bus Lay by Opposite Royal Seven Stars Hotel

Departure points below are for tours of 4 days or more

TOURS STILL AVAILABLETours still available from our 2019/20 Winter & Spring Holidays including Great Value Breaks

4

at your service

5TELEPHONE 01398 341160 TELEPHONE 01398 341160

SEAT ALLOCATIONRequest for particular seats can be made at the time of booking but since allocation is on a first come first served basis, early reservation is recommended. There is a copy of the coach seating plans within this brochure but for operational reasons a coach with a different configuration may be used from time to time. We reserve the right to make whatever amendments are necessary as a result including the use of non-executive coach, but will make every effort to limit any inconvenience. Specific seats are not reserved on any feeder services used to reach the main departure point.

LUGGAGEThis is normally restricted to one average size case per person, weighing no more than 18kg. Please see your holiday confirmation letter for details of separate overnight luggage which may be necessary.

PASSPORTPlease remember to take your passport if travelling outside the UK. If travelling to the Republic of Ireland or the Channel Islands you will need your passport, driving licence or citizen card.

CUSTOMER CAREA Blakes Coach holiday experience begins with a telephone call to our friendly and helpful reservation department. Our experienced staff are there to help and advise you on your choice of holiday. They will guide you through the booking procedure, taking into account any special requests you may have. It really couldn’t be easier. Just pick up the phone and dial 01398 341160 to begin what we hope will be a wonderful holiday.

SPECIAL REQUESTSWe are a caring family operator and we aim to cater for all our customer’s needs. When making your booking, please inform us of any special requirements and we will do our very best to meet those requests.

DRIVERSThroughout your holiday you will be looked after by a professional, friendly, experienced and sometimes witty, tour driver. They are selected

Our coachesn Seat belts

n Double glazing

n All coaches non-smoking

n Reclining seats for extra leg room

n Double or triple braking systems

n Speed limiters

n Meticulous maintenance

n On-board toilet and wash-room facilities on all coaches

n Hot drinks facilities on all coaches

n Air-conditioning or climate control on all coaches

n Individual lighting controls

n Air suspension for a smooth ride

n TV, video or DVD, PA and music system

for their knowledge, enthusiasm and most of all their customer care. The standards we set are far greater than most operators and this is reflected in the glowing reports we have received from hundreds of satisfied customers. We are proud to have them act as our ambassadors for our company and feel confident that they are among the best in the industry.

EXCURSIONSAt Blakes, we pride ourselves in providing value for money by offering the complete package to avoid those hidden extras. All excursions described in the holiday you choose are planned to give maximum enjoyment and are included in the price you pay. We don’t add any extras later and expect you to pay more. We aim to keep to the itinerary planned in each brochure and 99% of the time there is no alteration, but on rare occasions they may need to be changed due to unforeseen circumstances.

HOTELSThe hotels in this brochure have been selected, not only for their location, but their excellent value for money. They range from those that are smaller family owned and run, to the national groups like the Britannia Group.

WEBSITE AND EMAIL ADDRESSESWe are in the process of renewing our website, which will contain more information about all our holidays, day excursions, coach hire and much more.

Part of the new site will be for special offers, late availability tours and short breaks which we would like to be able to keep you, as valued customers, informed of as soon as possible.

For those of you who are already computer literate, we at Blakes Coaches want to keep up with you! In order for you to be able to receive those special offers etc, we would like to keep your email address on file. You can either phone us or write your email address in the correct space on your booking form when you have booked a holiday with us. Thank you.

COACH HIRE & PRIVATE GROUP TRAVELWe operate dozens of tours for private groups every year, ranging from day excursions to that special holiday you want to share with friends and family. If you are a party leader or group organiser, we have a wealth of experience in organising all aspects of group travel. We are happy to advise on venues, routes and places of interest both within the UK and Europe; also ferry reservations, theatre tickets, hotel accommodation and insurance – the choice is yours!

At Blakes Coaches, every job is important to us and you are guaranteed our full attention and understanding, no matter how big or small the job. If our customers are happy, then we are! We can tailor make packages to suit your individual needs at a very competitive price. We would be pleased to come and pay your group a visit to discuss any details you may have for your proposed excursion or tour and offer valuable information and advice. You would likewise be very welcome to come and visit us and view our coaches at our head office.

ENGLISH HOLIDAYS4 days Isle of Wight Turkey & Tinsel £199.00

4 days Festive Cheer in Yorkshire – York & £209.00 Leeds Christmas Markets

5 days South Coast Turkey & Tinsel £209.00

5 days Mystery Turkey & Tinsel £259.00

5 days Turkey & Tinsel Folkestone and £195.00 Bruges Christmas Markets

3 days Ludlow Medieval Christmas Fayre & £159.00 Bath Christmas Market

4 days Durham Christmas Festival & Beamish at Christmas £189.00

2 days Cadbury World & Blists Hill Victorian Christmas £99.00

2 days Christmas at Windsor Castle & £125.00 Oxford Christmas Markets

2 days Christmas at Kew & Oxford Christmas Market £129.00

2 days Christmas Celebrations at the Royal Albert Hall £189.00

2 days Longleat Festival of Light & Winchester £99.00 Christmas Market

5 days Christmas in Bournemouth £525.00

4 days Twixmas on The English Riviera £195.00

4 days New Year in North Cornwall £345.00

5 days Our Best-Ever Value Break…York £195.00

2 days LAMMA 2020 – Birmingham NEC £99.00

2 days London Theatre Weekend… choice of 12 shows £199.00

2 days A Weekend in London £99.00

5 days Warner Break - Holme Lacy, Herefordshire £285.00

2 days A Weekend in Falmouth & Truro £69.00

5 days Warner Break - Cricket St. Thomas, Somerset £295.00

2 days A Weekend in Hereford & Worcester £95.00

2 days Mystery Weekend £89.00

5 days More Inclusive in The Yorkshire Dales £255.00

2 days A Weekend in Portsmouth & Winchester £85.00

5 days Snowdrop Spectacular in Glorious Gloucestershire £269.00

5 days Cornwall… with a Touch of Luxury £425.00

4 days Rhubarb, Rhubarb, Rhubarb! £199.00

4 days Sidmouth £269.00

4 days A Weekend in Oxfordshire & Warwickshire £149.00

2 days A Weekend in Bristol & Cardiff £95.00

5 days Warner Break - Alvaston Hall, Cheshire £309.00

4 days Ross-on-Wye & Herefordshire £199.00

2 days A Weekend in Oxford & Bath – A Tale of Two Cities £89.00

5 days Yorkshire Winter Warmer £285.00

2 days A Weekend on The North Cornwall Coast £69.00

5 days Jersey By Air From £425.00

4 days Spring into Shropshire £215.00

5 days Lake District more Inclusive £285.00

4 days Entertainment Break – Weston-super-Mare £159.00 & Mendip Hills

4 days Antiques Fair, Nottinghamshire £209.00

3 days Regal Royal Residences £225.00

5 days Warner Break - Nidd Hall, Yorkshire £385.00

2 days RHS Cardiff Flower Show £99.00

5 days Springtime Gardens in Cornwall £299.00

5 days Springtime on The Isle of Wight £295.00

IRISH HOLIDAYS5 days A Real Taste of Ireland £325.00

SCOTTISH HOLIDAYS6 days Lochs & Glens of Scotland £355.00

WELSH HOLIDAYS4 days New Year in Tenby £345.00

5 days Winter Warmer in South Wales £245.00

5 days Llandudno… Landlubbers Mock Cruise (No Sailing!) £339.00

5 days Springtime in Tenby £265.00

2 days A Weekend in South Wales £85.00

5 days Showtime in North Wales £285.00

4 days Singles Galore in North Wales £245.00

EUROPEAN HOLIDAYS4 days German Rhine Christmas Markets… £289.00 Cologne & Dusseldorf

2 days Christmas Shopping Weekend in Calais £99.00

6 days Cruising The River Rhine for New Year £635.00

10 days Winter Sun… Spanish Costa Brava & £525.00 Pyrenees Mountain Railway

7 days Austrian Winter Wonderland £525.00

8 days Italian Riviera & Monaco £525.00

5 days Dutch Bulbfields Cruise £575.00

5 days The Dutch Bulbfields & The Best of Holland £485.00

GREAT VALUE WINTER BREAKS 5 days Kent Coast & Bruges £185.00

5 days All Things Brighton Beautiful £179.00

5 days Classic Cornwall £199.00

4 days Entertainment Break on The English Riviera £145.00

5 days A Taste of Three Counties £215.00

5 days Lancashire Winter Warmer £195.00

5 days York, Whitby & Scarborough £219.00

5 days North Wales & Stunning Snowdonia National Park £245.00

5 days Eastbourne & The Sussex Coast £229.00

5 days Isle of Wight £259.00

5 days Five Day British Mystery £255.00

5 days Norfolk & The Broads £239.00

5 days Kent Coast & Bruges £195.00

5 days A Taste of Four Counties £215.00

4 days Delightful Dorset & The New Forest £169.00

5 days A Taste of Three Counties £235.00

5 days Springtime along The South Coast £249.00

4 days Four Day British Seaside Mystery £169.00

5 days York, Whitby & Scarborough £245.00

5 days Springtime in The Peak District £249.00

4 days A Weekend in North Cornwall £169.00

5 days Norfolk & The Broads £245.00

6 TELEPHONE 01398 341160 7TELEPHONE 01398 341160

Departure Holiday No of Days Page Departure Holiday No of Days Page

12 July Southern Ireland & The Copper Coast 5 4917 July British Grand Prix Weekend 3 5019 July Suffolk’s Tranquil Villages & Picturesque Coast 5 5019 July Northumbria & Holy Island 6 5121 July Cruising The Danube 10 5220 July North Wales & Anglesey 5 5322 July Royal Welsh Show 3 5326 July The Peak District & Derbyshire Dales 5 5427 July Gardens & Trains of South Wales 5 5427 July Valkenburg, Monschau & The Eifel National Park 5 5527 July Cruising The Bordeaux Region – Premium Ship River Cruise 7 5631 July A Weekend in Pembrokeshire 4 57 AUGUST02 August Buckingham Palace & The Royal Windsor Steam Express 3 5702 August Kent & Beautiful Bruges 5 5803 August The Very Best of Yorkshire 5 5803 August A Cumbrian Journey & The Carlisle To Settle Railway 5 5907 August Kynren – An Epic Tale of England 4 5908 August Cruising The Romantic Rhine & Majestic Moselle 8 6007 August Liverpool 4 6109 August Scotland – Edinburgh Tattoo & The Trossachs 5 6110 August Ribble Valley & The Pendle Witches 5 6210 August Warners – Lakeside Coastal Village, Hayling Island 5 6211 August Jersey Including The Battle of Flowers Spectacular 6 6314 August Amsterdam Tall Ships Festival 4 6414 August Just London 4 6415 August Little Trains & Boats of Austria 8 6516 August Ireland – Killarney & The Ring of Kerry 7 6617 August Cheshire – Steam Trains, Canals & Boats 5 6717 August Cambridge & The National Stud 5 6721 August Cruising Through Burgundy – Rivers Rhône & Saône 10 68/6922 August Switzerland – Nestlé Amongst The Glaciers 8 7022 August BBC Countryfile Live 2 7123 August Stately Homes & Riverside Retreats of Oxfordshire 5 7127 August Scandinavian Highlights of Denmark & Sweden 9 7224 August Vintage Charms of Derbyshire 5 7328 August Twinwood (Glenn Miller) Festival & Cambridge 5 7329 August Great Dorset Steam Fair Weekend 2 7429 August The Isles of Scilly 6 7431 August Norfolk – The Broads & Sandringham 5 75 SEPTEMBER04 September London’s Mail Rail & Royal Greenwich 3 7502 September Our Grand River Cruise for 2020 – The Danube to The Black Sea 17 76/7706 September The Best of The Scottish Highlands 10 7807 September Dorset & The New Forest 5 7911 September Blackpool Illuminations 4 7911 September The Isle of Man 6 8012 September Longleat Sky Safari – Hot Air Balloon Festival 2 8013 September Slovenia, Croatia & The Istrian Peninsula 12 8114 September Tenby & Pembrokeshire 5 8214 September Kent’s Garden of England & Flower Festival 5 8214 September The Austrian Tyrol, Alpine Mountains & Festival of Cows 8 8318 September Tales of The Riverbank 4 8419 September Cornwall & The Eden Project 2 8419 September London Theatre Weekend 2 8521 September Highlights of Northumberland 5 8521 September Scenic Shropshire – Canal Boats & Steam Trains 5 8621 September Warners – Thoresby Hall, Nottinghamshire 5 8623 September Eastbourne & The Sussex Downs 5 8725 September Weekend in The Lake District 4 8726 September Llandudno & Little Trains of Wales 5 8827 September Beautiful Bath with Afternoon Tea in The Pump Room 2 8828 September A Cumbrian Journey & The Carlisle To Settle Railway 5 8928 September The Classic Cotswolds 5 89 OCTOBER02 October A Weekend in Cornwall 4 9004 October Autumn Colours of The Peak District 5 9004 October Great Highland Railways of Scotland 8 9104 October Portugal’s Atlantic Coast & Lisbon 10 9205 October Guernsey 5 9305 October Jersey 5 9305 October The Very Best of Cornwall 5 9405 October Blackpool Illuminations & The Lake District 5 9410 October Ireland & The Fermanagh Lakelands 8 9511 October Northern Spain - The Cantabrian Coast 10 9611 October Mid Wales & The Elan Valley 5 9712 October Isle of Wight 5 97

12 October Warners – Holme Lacey, Herefordshire 5 9816 October City Break York 4 9818 October Autumn Colours of Scotland including The Enchanted Forest 6 9918 October Stunning Italy… Sorrento, The Amalfi Coast & Island of Capri 11 10019 October Autumn Tints of West Wales 5 10119 October Autumn Colours of The Lake District 5 10119 October Yorkshire Dales in Autumn 5 10223 October Blackpool Illuminations 4 10224 October Chocolate Safari 2 10325 October Disneyland® Paris 4 10326 October Autumn Colours of Shropshire 5 10426 October North Wales & Snowdonia 5 10430 October Entertainment Break on The English Riviera 4 10530 October Mystery Weekend 4 105 NOVEMBER01 November Luxury in London 2 10601 November Sweet Temptations & The Pudding Club 4 10601 November Holly & Mistletoe, North Wales 5 10706 November Falmouth Turkey & Tinsel 4 10706 November Leeds Castle Fireworks Extravaganza 4 10806 November Bournemouth Turkey & Tinsel 4 10807 November London Theatre Weekend 2 10909 November Eastbourne Turkey & Tinsel 5 10910 November Thursford Christmas Spectacular 4 11013 November Irish Country Music Weekend 4 11013 November Great Yarmouth Festive Break & Thursford Christmas Spectacular 4 11113 November Tenby Turkey & Tinsel 4 11113 November Isle of Wight Turkey & Tinsel 4 11214 November Blenheim Palace Christmas Festival & Gloucester Victorian Market 2 11216 November The Lake District Turkey & Tinsel 5 11317 November Thursford Christmas Spectacular 3 11320 November York St Nicholas Christmas Fayre & RHS Harlow Carr Winter Glow 4 11421 November Longleat’s Festival of Light & Winchester Christmas Market 2 11421 November Christmas Shopping Weekend… Cheltenham & Oxford 2 11521 November Cornish Christmas Crackers 5 11523 November Valkenburg Turkey & Tinsel and Christmas Markets 5 11623 November Great Yarmouth Turkey & Tinsel and Thursford Christmas Spectacular 5 11723 November Warners – Bodelwyddan Castle Festive Break 5 11727 November Christmas Markets of Aachen & Valkenburg 4 11827 November Portsmouth Victorian Extravaganza 3 11927 November North Wales Turkey & Tinsel 4 11928 November Longleat’s Festival of Light & Southampton’s Christmas Festival 2 12028 November Ludlow Medieval Fayre and Christmas Markets 3 12030 November Great Yarmouth Turkey & Tinsel and Thursford Christmas Spectacular 5 12130 November Scarborough Turkey & Tinsel & Castle Howard at Christmas 5 121 DECEMBER01 December Thursford Christmas Spectacular 4 12204 December Grassington’s Victorian Christmas Festival 4 12204 December Shropshire Turkey & Tinsel 4 12304 December German Christmas Markets – Cologne & Dusseldorf 4 12305 December Longleat’s Festival of Light & Winchester Christmas Market 2 12405 December Blenheim Palace at Christmas & Illuminated Light Trail 2 12407 December Great Yarmouth Turkey & Tinsel and Thursford Christmas Spectacular 5 12507 December Mystery Turkey & Tinsel 5 12507 December Warners – Littlecote House Turkey & Tinsel 5 12607 December Folkestone Turkey & Tinsel including Bruges Christmas Market 5 12608 December Windsor Castle at Christmas & RHS Wisley Gardens Glow 3 12711 December Paignton Turkey & Tinsel & The Christmas Train of Lights 4 12712 December Christmas Shopping Weekend in Calais 2 12812 December Blists Hill Victorian Christmas & Cheltenham Christmas Market 2 12812 December Longleat’s Festival of Lights & Southampton’s Christmas Festival 2 12914 December Warners – Cricket St. Thomas Turkey & Tinsel 5 12915 December Christmas at Kew & Oxford Christmas Market 2 13019 December Longleat’s Festival of Lights & Winchester Christmas Market 2 13021 December Christmas in Switzerland 8 13122 December Christmas in Fairytale Germany 7 13222 December Christmas in Norfolk including Thursford Christmas Spectacular 6 13323 December Christmas in Scotland 5 13423 December Christmas in York 5 13423 December Christmas in The Lake District 5 13527 December Twixmas on The South Coast 4 13529 December Scottish Hogmanay 5 13630 December New Year in Eastbourne 4 13630 December New Year North Wales 4 13730 December New Year in Oxfordshire 4 137

HOLIDAY TRAVEL INSURANCEA client holiday travel insurance scheme is available for all passengers travelling on our holidays which is arranged by Wrightsure Services (Hampshire) Limited and underwritten by ETI – International Travel Protection (ERV), the UK branch of Europäische Reiseverscherung AG, who are authorised by the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BAFIN – www.bafin.de) and ap-proved by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA – www.fca.org.uk) to undertake insurance business in the UK. Wrightsure Services (Hampshire) Ltd which is authorised and regulated by the FCA (their registration number is 311394) and which is permitted to advise on and arrange general insurance contracts. You can check these details online using the Financial Services Register (accessible from https://register.fca.org.uk) or by contacting the Financial Conduct Authority Consumer Helpline on 0800 1116768. Should you wish to take out this travel insurance please include the appropriate premium when booking your holiday.DEMANDS AND NEEDS This insurance policy will suit the demands and needs of an individual or group (where applicable) who have no excluded medical condition(s), are travelling in countries included within the policy terms and who wish to insure themselves against unforeseen circumstances/events detailed in the cover section below. Subject to the terms, conditions and maximum specified sums insured.IMPORTANT We will not provide you with advice about the suitability of this product for your individual needs but will be happy to provide you with factual information. We summarise below the details of the insurance cover provided which also includes 24-hour emergency service from Mayday Assistance Limited. The following is a brief summary of the cover available. Full details of cover and exclusions will be forwarded with your confirmation of booking. In any event you may ask for a specimen copy of the policy wording before booking should you wish to examine this in advance.

SUMMARY OF COVER PLEASE SEE THE POLICY WORDING FOR FULL DETAILS OF THE COVER, LIMITATIONS AND EXCESSES, A SPECIMEN COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.

HEALTH CONDITIONS

The insurers shall not be liable for claims WHERE AT THE TIME OF TAKING OUT THIS POLICY AND BETWEEN THAT TIME AND YOUR DEPARTURE:

a) You are aware of any medical condition or set of circumstances that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a claim (for example the state of health of a Close Relative, Business Associate or any person on whom Your travel plans depend).

b) The Insured Person whose medical condition gives rise to a claim:

ii) Is receiving, or on a waiting list for, surgery, in-patient treatment or investigations in a hospital, clinic or nursing home.

ii) Is travelling against any health requirements stipulated by the carrier, their handling agents or other public transport provider.

iii) Is travelling against the advice of a Medical Practitioner or for the purpose of obtaining medical treatment abroad.

iv) Has been given a terminal prognosis.

Please note: If you are on medication at the time of travel, your medical condition(s) must be stable and well controlled.

If you are travelling outside of the UK You must notify the Change in Health helpline immediately if a change in health occurs (including any change to medication) between the date this policy is issued and your scheduled date of departure.

Please note this Holiday Travel Insurance Scheme is only available to residents of the United Kingdom.

SIGNIFICANT EXCLUSIONS

RESIDENCY

If you or anyone else named on this policy has not been a resident in the UK for the past 6-months this policy cannot cover you.

In addition to the above the policy also contains the following main exclusions:

• Any costs of repatriation or evacuation as a result of You taking part in any excluded Hazardous Activities and Sports including dangerous expeditions or from an area which is considered by Insurers to be a War Risk or Civil Hazard area.

• Loss of or damage to money and valuables whilst left unattended or in/from luggage in transit.

• Loss of or damage to telecommunications and motor vehicle related equipment and accessories.

• Travel against the advice of the carrier, any other public transport provider, the Foreign Office or the World Health Organisation.

• Any insurance event arising from You being the driver, rider or passenger of a quad bike, all-terrain vehicle or motorcycle when the insured person is not wearing a crash helmet, whether legally required locally or not.

Examples of these and other conditions and exclusions are contained within the policy wording, a specimen copy of which is available upon request. If after purchasing a policy from us should you find it does not meet your requirements you have 14 days from the date of issue or prior to travel, whichever is sooner, to cancel the policy and receive a full refund of your premium.

PROTECTING YOUR INFORMATION

We will only use your personal details in line with our Privacy Notice. This can be found on our website or is available in hard copy format upon request and you should read this carefully and contact us immediately if you have any queries. Your personal information includes all of the details you have given us to process your insurance policy (we will not ask for more information than is necessary). We may share your data with Third Parties for the provision and ongoing performance of your insurance policy. Your data may be transferred outside the UK. All of the personal information you supply to us will be handled strictly in accordance with the applicable Data Protection regulations and legislation.

Blakes Coaches Limited are an Appointed Representative of Wrightsure Services (Hampshire) Limited who are authorised and regulated by the FCA (their registration number is 311394) and which is permitted to advise on and arrange general insurance contracts. You can check these details online using the Financial Services Register (accessible from www.fca.org.uk) or be contacting the Financial Conduct Authority Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768.

Cover Sum Insured Excess

Cancellation Up to £1,500 Holidays 3 days duration or less. Nil excess. Holidays 4 days duration and over £50/£15 in respect of Loss of Deposit claimsPersonal Accident Up to £15,000 Death and corresponding No Excess benefits £15,000. Death Benefit limited to £7,500 persons aged 66 and over at time of travelMedical Expenses including Up to £2,000,000 £35 repatriation (only applicable to travel outside of the UK)US Additional Travelling Expenses Up to £1,500 £35Medical Confinement Benefit £10 per 24 hours up to £100 UK No Excess £15 per 24 hours up to £450 Channel Islands & EuropeCurtailment Up to £1,500 £35Personal Property Including Money Up to £1,500 in all. Single Article Limit Personal Propert & Money £35 £200/Valuables £400 Personal Money up to £200 Delayed Baggage (after 12 hours Delayed Baggage – Excess 12 hoursLoss of Passport Up to £200 No ExcessMissed Departure Up to £100 UK £300 Europe No ExcessTravel Delay Travel Delay up to £60 Travel Delay Excess = 12 hours Cancellation (holiday abandonment) up to £1,500 Holiday abandonment excess as per cancellationPersonal Liability Up to £2,000,000 No ExcessLegal Expenses Up to £25,000 No Excess

insurance

JANUARY18 January Strictly Come Dancing Live 2 9 MARCH01 March Michael Ball & Alfie Boe “Together Again” 2 9 APRIL10 April Easter in Norfolk 4 10 10 April Easter Along the South Coast 4 10 13 April Weymouth Mock Cruise 5 1124 April Entertainment Break in South Wales 4 1119 April Springtime in Austria 7 1226 April Springtime in Kent 5 1327 April Houses, Gardens & Steam Trains of North Yorkshire 5 1327 April A Cumbrian Journey 5 14 MAY01 May The Delightful Dales of Yorkshire & Skipton’s Waterway Festival 4 1430 April Scotland – The Outer Hebrides & Isle of Skye 9 1503 May Spain… The Costa Brava 9 1603 May Houses & Gardens of Staffordshire 5 1704 May Springtime in Bruges 4 1708 May Llandudno Victorian Extravaganza 4 1808 May A Weekend in Cornwall 4 1811 May Italy – The Eternal City of Rome & The Italian Lakes 11 1911 May The Lovely Lake District 5 2012 May Llandudno & Little Trains of Wales 5 2014 May Royal Windsor Horse Show Pageant 2 2115 May English Gardens Gems 4 2117 May Scotland… The Highlands & Jacobite Steam Train 8 2216 May Cornwall Coast To Coast 5 2321 May RHS Chelsea Flower Show & Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew 2 2318 May Guernsey 5 2418 May Jersey 5 2423 May The Black Forest & Alsace Villages 7 2524 May Ireland – Killarney & The Ring of Kerry 7 2625 May Highlights of The Border Counties 5 2725 May Warners – Corton Coastal Resort, Suffolk 5 27

Departure Holiday No of Days Page

25 May Rhine & Swiss Delights River Cruise 8 2829 May Springtime in Dorset & The New Forest 4 29 JUNE01 June Norfolk… Steam Trains & The Broads 5 2904 June Arnhem – A Bridge Too Far & The Liberation of Europe 5 3001 June Hidden Gardens of Sussex 5 3106 June London Theatre Weekend 2 3107 June Oberammergau Passion Play 10 3208 June Highlights of Yorkshire 5 3208 June Tenby & Pembrokeshire 5 3308 June Black Country Explorer 5 3313 June Austria – Beauty on The Edge of The World 8 3412 June Entertainment Break on The English Riviera 4 3514 June Welsh Borders & Waterways 5 3515 June Steam Trains & Secret Gardens of Worcestershire 5 3617 June Royal Ascot – Ladies’ Day 2 3618 June Scottish Splendour & The Royal Highland Show 9 3720 June Treasures of The German Rhine Valley 7 3819 June Midsomer, A Manor & Marlow 4 3922 June The Forest of Dean & The Wye Valley by Coach, Boat & Train 5 3922 June National Trust Treasures – Kent 5 4027 June Blenheim Palace Flower Show & Abbey House Gardens 2 4027 June Ireland’s Beautiful Northern Coast 7 4129 June Heads & Tails in South Wales (Canals, Coins & Cardiff) 5 4229 June Warners – Norton Grange, Isle of Wight 5 4229 June Andorra – A Pyrenees Mountain Paradise 8 43 JULY05 July Scotland… The Age of Steam, Boats & Wheels 6 4429 June Treasures of Rural England 5 4506 July Lake District – Rail, Sail & Bobtail 5 4507 July Llandudno & The Welsh Highland Railway 5 4610 July RHS Hampton Court Palace Flower Show 2 4611 July Goodwood Festival of Speed 2 4711 July Isle of Wight 5 4711 July Majestic Lakes of Italy – Maggiore, Orta & Como 8 48

Departure Holiday No of Days Page

CONTENTS

• Rhine & Swiss Delights River Cruise (page 28)• Cruising The Danube (page 52)• Cruising The Bordeaux Region (page 56)• Cruising The Romantic Rhine & Majestic Moselle (page 60)• Cruising Through Burgundy (pages 68 -69)• Our Grand River Cruise – The Danube to the Black Sea (pages 76 – 77)

OUR 2020 RIVER CRUISE SELECTION

• FULL PAYMENT WILL BE REQUIRED ON ALL RIVER CRUISES 90 DAYS PRIOR TO DEPARTURE DATE

• PASSPORTS ARE REQUIRED (WITH A MINIMUM VALIDITY OF 6 MONTHS)

• AN OVERNIGHT BAG WILL BE REQUIRED ON ANY OVERNIGHT STAYS AT HOTELS

• TRAVEL INSURANCE IS ESSENTIAL FOR ALL EUROPEAN TRAVEL

CANCELLATION CHARGES FOR ALL RIVER CRUISES

• 90+ DAYS PRIOR TO SAILING: DEPOSIT PAID

• 51 – 90 DAYS PRIOR TO SAILING: 50% OF THE TOTAL PAID



• 14 DAYS OR LESS PRIOR TO SAILING: 100% OF TOTAL PAID

8 9TELEPHONE 01398 341160

SUPPLEMENTS:Single supplement £25.00

Travel insurance £14.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket for Strictly Come Dancing Live – Birmingham Arenan All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Calling all “Strictly” fans! Filled with glitz, glamour and sequins, your favourite judges, celebrities and professional dancers dust off their glitter balls and re-unite on the dance floor, for the much loved Strictly Come Dancing live tour. With thrilling choreography, awesome acrobatics and dazzling costumes, join us for a “Strictly” treat.

Holiday Inn, Birmingham M6 J7 A 3* modern hotel. Each en-suite room is comfortably equipped with TV and Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and gym.

STRICTLY COME DANCING LIVE

Saturday 18th – Sunday 19th January

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Birmingham, stopping for lunch en route, and arriving at the Birmingham Arena for the afternoon show of Strictly Come Dancing Live. Your host, Stacey Dooley, is joined by the fearsome judging panel, watching over your favourite professionals and celebrity dancers as they waltz, tango and jive their way across the dance floor. With thrilling dancing and acrobatics; breath taking costumes; amazing choreography and incredible live music from the fabulous Strictly band, this is an entertainment extravaganza not to be missed. After the show we rejoin the coach and make travel to our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our journey home, stopping for lunch at Gloucester Quays. The indoor shopping outlet has an array of shops, a mix of designer labels and high street favourites, to pick up a bargain, and numerous cafes and restaurants to enjoy a warming lunch. We later continue our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£159



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket to Michael Ball and Alfie Boe “Together Again” Concertn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Two legends of the stage are together again for their third UK tour. Michael Ball, one of the nation’s largest West End theatre stars and Alfie Boe, Britain’s acclaimed tenor – most famous for his lead role in Les Miserables as “Jean Valjean”, are joining forces once again and taking to the stage for their fabulous new concert, following their latest album “Together Again”.

Holiday Inn, Birmingham M6 J7, Birmingham A 4* hotel on the outskirts of Birmingham. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is no lift in the hotel, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and gym.

MICHAEL BALL & ALFIE BOE – “TOGETHER AGAIN” CONCERT, BIRMINGHAM

Sunday 1st – Monday 2nd March

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Gloucester Quays indoor shopping outlet with time to enjoy a light lunch and perhaps indulge in a little retail therapy. We continue to our hotel for an early evening meal, before we make the short journey to the Birmingham Arena, for tonight’s concert. Michael Ball & Alfie Boe come together to perform an exquisite celebration of music with a mixture of Broadway hits, classic favourites and a wide range of duets.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to the charming riverside town of Stratford-Upon-Avon with time to enjoy the many architectural delights, sharing an affectionate connection with William Shakespeare. With plenty of time to explore the town, browse the shops and enjoy lunch in one of the many cafes and restaurants, we later continue our journey home to the West Country.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£159

TELEPHONE 01398 341160




PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Cruise on the Norfolk Broadsn Entrance to Sandringham Estaten All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Norfolk is one of England’s most picturesque counties. Perhaps best known for its windmills and the Broads it offers a revitalizing getaway from the hustle and bustle of busy Britain. The Norfolk Broads is Britain’s largest protected wetland and it enjoys status equivalent to a National Park.

Holiday Inn, Norwich City A delightful 3* hotel situated in the centre of Norwich, just a short walk from the shopping district. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, safe, hairdryer, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious choice evening menu and hearty breakfast.

EASTER IN NORFOLK

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Norfolk, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in relax before dinner.SATURDAY This morning we make the short journey to the beautiful riverside town of Wroxham, considered the capital of the Norfolk Broads. Here you will find an abundance of shops, including the famous Roys department store, riverside walks and small boat marinas. We enjoy a leisurely boat cruise on the Norfolk Broads, will full commentary as you relax and enjoy the wonderful scenery. We return to Norwich this afternoon with time to enjoy lunch, and perhaps visit the splendid Norman Cathedral or the castle, once a Royal Palace, now a museum and art gallery with outstanding collections. The city offers many shops to browse nestled amongst winding alleyways and delightful architecture.SUNDAY Join us today as we make our way to Sandringham, the private country retreat of Her Majesty the Queen. Built in 1870 for king Edward VII, the main rooms used by the Royal family when in residence are open to the public and you’ll have plenty of time to view them in addition to the 60 glorious acres of grounds and the museum containing a fascinating display of Royal memorabilia. There is also a restaurant, shop and garden centre.MONDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Norfolk as we begin our homeward journey. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our home area early-mid evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295

Friday 10th – Monday 13th April



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Live entertainment 2 eveningsn An Easter Eggn Ticket for Bluebell Railwayn Entrance to Sheffield Park Gardens (Nat Trust)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Quaint hamlets, seaside resorts and the rolling Downs – the south coast has it all. And as the meeting place of an award-winning shoreline and the beautiful South Downs.

Chichester Park Hotel, Chichester We are delighted to return to this modern 3* hotel ideally located close to the centre of the city. All rooms are en suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. The hotel’s leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and spa bath and the restaurant offers an excellent menu. Live entertainment is provided on 2 evenings

EASTER ALONG THE SOUTH COAST

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way east to Wilton Village for coffee, before continuing to Portsmouth’s historic dockyard for lunch and time to explore. In addition to HMS Victory and the Spinnaker Tower, offering wonderful views across to the Isle of Wight (weather permitting), you may also like to visit Gunwharf Quays – a modern waterfront shopping, eating and entertainment centre. We later complete our journey to our hotel, arriving with ample time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY Today we travel to Brighton, The spectacular Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes are many impressive works of art and wonderful history about King George IV. As well as the many High Street shops you may also like the stroll the historic Lanes – a maze of narrow alleyways lined with antique shops and elegant arcades of boutiques. Other attractions include The Sea Life Centre and the Volk’s Electric Railway, the ‘world’s oldest operating electric railway’ which travels along the seafront, The more adventurous may like to take a ride on the British Airways i360, as you gently glide up a 450ft tower in the stunning glass viewing pod with views (on a clear day) to the South Downs National Park, and across to the Isle Of Wight. There are numerous places to enjoy coffee and lunch…or to just sit and watch the world go by!

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel inland to Sheffield Park to board the Bluebell Railway, a heritage Steam Railway, for a nine mile nostalgic steam train ride running through the glorious Sussex countryside to Kingscote and with a brief stop, returning to Sheffield Park. Remaining at the station for lunch, we then make the very short journey to the mag-nificent Capability Brown landscaped gardens a very short distance away at Sheffield Park for the afternoon. There are also waterfalls, cascades, and four large lakes as well as a lovely restaurant to enjoy afternoon tea.

MONDAY Sadly its time to leave our hotel after breakfast and journey back to the West Country, stopping in Winchester, the former capital of Wessex for lunch and time if you wish to browse the shops and visit the cathedral. We later continue our homeward journey back to the West Country arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245


SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement (Max 7)


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Captain’s welcome receptionn Complimentary glass of wine on 3 eveningsn Cream tea 1 afternoonn Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The coastal town of Weymouth is one of our Great British seaside resorts. Join us as the Crown Hotel is transformed into the “cruise liner” S.S Crown and hotel staff as your ship’s crew, as it sets sail to exotic shores. All “cabins” are en-suite and carefully furnished with TV, and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a residents’ lounge for relaxation, and a lift to all “decks”. So, step aboard for a fun and exciting cruising experience, without ever going afloat!

SS Crown, Weymouth

WEYMOUTH MOCK CRUISE (NO SAILING!)

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Bridport for lunch with a comfort stop on route. We continue to Weymouth, where we “board” the S.S Crown, collecting our cabin keys from the Purser’s Office and start to find our sea legs! Join our fellow passengers at the Captain’s Welcome Reception, followed by the evening’s “on-board” light entertainment until 11.30pm. The departure of the “S.S Crown” from Weymouth will be celebrated in style with party poppers provided for this exciting occasion.

TUESDAY Breakfast is served as we “berth” in the film festival capital of the Côte d’ Azur – Cannes! Enjoy a full English breakfast with a French croissant to set you up for the day. While “docked” here we enjoy a coach journey inland, with plenty of time to enjoy a spot of sight-seeing, browse the local shops and enjoy lunch before we return to our “cruise liner” for a pre-dinner Bucks Fizz reception and candle lit meal in the French chic bistro, followed by an evening of bingo and musical cabaret entertainment to get you in the swing!

WEDNESDAY Good morning from the exotic shores of Curacao, the Dutch Caribbean Island in the beautiful Caribbean Sea. The day is free for you to explore the bustling metropolis of “Puerto Weymouth”, strolling through the shopping district and along the beach & harbour and maybe sample some local cuisine … fish ‘n’ chips!! Join the crew this evening for an aperitif as we toast your health with a “Planters Punch” followed by dinner, bingo and a full entertainment programme until late!

THURSDAY We wake in the tranquil lagoon shores of Italian Venice. After a leisurely breakfast, join us as we “hail our gondola” (coach) and travel further along the shores to explore a neighbouring harbour town. We return to the “cruise liner” for a cream tea, just to remind you of home... cream first of course!! This evening we join the crew for a crisp aperitif followed by dinner, a complimentary glass of wine and more fun, fun, fun entertainment until late!

FRIDAY Sadly, as the S.S Crown berths back in dock at Weymouth, we say “chao” to our “ship” after breakfast, and make our way homewards, with a lunch stop en route. We arrive in our home area early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295

Monday 13th – Friday 17th April


Sea view supplement £15.00 per personTravel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Discover the delights of Gower’s countryside and the Welsh Valleys, rich in heritage and outstanding natural beauty. With its blend of coastal outlooks and rural townships, and its magnificent National Park, where better to spend a weekend!

Seabank Hotel, Porthcawl Beautifully situated on Porthcawl’s seafront, a warm welcome awaits at the Seabank Hotel. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant offers a range of freshly-prepared dishes, and the bar provides an area in which to relax both before and after dinner. There is a lift to all floors and entertainment is provided.

ENTERTAINMENT BREAK IN SOUTH WALES

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and, with a stop for coffee, make our way over the Severn Bridge and up the Wye Valley to the attractive and typically Welsh town of Monmouth, birthplace of Henry V. Here you will have plenty of time to browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later continue our journey to our hotel, with plenty of time to settle in and relax before dinner this evening.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast as we make our way to the southern edge of the Brecon Beacons to the market town of Abergavenny. Take a stroll through the market, with a variety of stalls selling everything from local produce to art and crafts. With time to enjoy a leisurely lunch, we continue across to the Brecon Beacons National Park with rugged scenery along the way, to the town of Brecon for afternoon tea.

SUNDAY This morning we make our way to coastal city of Swansea. Together with the marina, you will find a variety of museums including the National Waterfront Museum. You may like to take a boat ride across the bay, or perhaps browse the vibrant shops in the shopping district, where you will find the largest indoor market in Wales. With time to enjoy lunch, we later return to Porthcawl for time to spend at leisure, perhaps take a stroll along the promenade and enjoy the views out to sea.

MONDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and make our way to Cardiff to explore the Welsh capital. This vibrant University city has a proud and rich history, full of attractions, museums and wonderful shopping district. You may like to visit the castle with over 2000 years of history or the National Museum of Wales with some of the finest works of art in the whole of Europe, together with natural history galleries and pre-historic exhibitions. Mermaid Quay offers a bustling area with shops and cafes, or there are plenty of public parks to sit and watch the world go by! We later complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£195


NEW


Sunday 19th – Saturday 25th April

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return cable car on Wildspitze Mountainn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



The Austrian Tyrol is a picture book region of outstanding beauty, characterised by mighty peaks, crystal clear lakes and picturesque towns and there are few sights to rival the invigorating beauty of the snow-capped Alps with such a wealth of spectacular scenery where the Pitztal Valley is home to the Wildspitze Mountain, the highest in the Tyrol.

Hotel Wiese, St Leonhard im Pitztal A 3* hotel located in the peaceful Pitztal Valley, close to the Wildspitze Mountain. All ensuite rooms are comfortably furnished in a traditional Austrian style with TV and hairdryer. The restaurant serves a delicious home-cooked menu and the lounge area offers a comfortable area to relax.

SPRINGTIME IN AUSTRIA – ALPINE MOUNTAINS AND TYROLEAN TOWNS

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£545

ITINERARY

SUNDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Metz, arriving in time for our evening meal.MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey, with regular comfort stops on route, travelling through France and Germany and across the border into Austria, on to our hotel in St Leonhard im Pitztal, with time to settle in before dinner.TUESDAY This morning we explore our local surroundings with a cable car ride up the Wildspitze Mountain with stunning scenery and surrounding glaciers. We reach the midway point at 2840 metres above sea

level, where you can spend time enjoying the mountain views and have a warming drink in the restaurant. After making our way back down to meet the coach, we travel the short distance to Landeck, a small Tyrolean town with its imposing castle, mountain forest backdrop and streets lined with shops and cafes.WEDNESDAY Join us for a full day excursion to the enchanting city of Innsbruck, built around the River Inn, with its charming historic centre. It is entirely surrounded by mountains, including the famous Nordkette Mountain, which you may like to explore by taking the funicular railway, then cable car to the summit. The city centre is a subtle blend of old and new, crammed full of classic Austrian architecture, narrow arcades and tall imposing buildings on the square, including the 15th century Golden Roof, built for Emperor Maximilian I. The new modern shopping district also offers many cafes and restaurants to enjoy lunch.THURSDAY Join us today for an excursion to the mountain resort of St Anton, a popular winter ski destination. This delightful resort offers a friendly Tyrolean welcome as you wander through the town, browse the shops and enjoy a relaxing lunch in one of the cafes. For the more adventurous, you may like to take a cable car up the mountain and experience the alpine scenery from up high.FRIDAY Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to our hotel as we begin our journey back through Europe, again with regular comfort stops, to our overnight accommodation in Metz, arriving in time for dinner.SATURDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, with comfort stops en route, arriving mid/late-evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Hever Castle & Gardensn Entrance to Leeds Castle & Gardensn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Affectionately known as the “Garden of England”, Kent is one of Britain’s well-loved counties, with fine landscaped gardens, castles and grand country mansions. As we leave winter far behind, join us on this special springtime tour, blooming across England’s charming corner.

Mercure Tunbridge Wells Hotel, Tunbridge Wells A 4* hotel set in an 18th century Georgian house with modern comforts. All rooms are ensuite ith TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift, but ground floor rooms are available. The stylish restaurant serves a delicious choice menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool.

KENT – GARDEN OF ENGLAND & SPRINGTIME BLOOM!

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We make our way east, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, to Kent and our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast we visit the attractive spa town of Royal Tunbridge Wells, famous for its “Pantiles” – rows of shops behind raised arcades. After lunch we continue to Hever Castle, set in 125 acres and filled with spring bulbs, camellias, hyacinths and pansies setting off a colourful backdrop to this historic building with over 700 years of history, As the childhood home of Anne Boleyn, Henry VIII’s unfortunate second wife, explore the exquisite interiors with their grand wall panels, beautifully furnished state rooms and galleries, before stepping into the gardens and parklands to admire the riot of springtime colour. Maybe enjoy afternoon tea and a browse the well-stocked gift shop to find a souvenir of your visit.

TUESDAY Join us as we visit to the historic city of Rochester, with its close association with Charles Dickens and his wonderful characters. The fine Norman castle and cathedral are well worth a visit, and there is an array of independent shops and charming cafes to enjoy morning coffee. We re-join the coach and continue to the medieval city of Canterbury with time to explore the world-famous cathedral, historic buildings and many shops and cafes, where you can enjoy a relaxing lunch.

WEDNESDAY Today we visit Leeds Castle, steeped in over 900 years of rich history. There are 500 acres of beautiful parkland and formal gardens, awash in vibrant colours of spring bulbs, and manicured lawns. The castle itself started life as a Norman stronghold, and has since been the private property of 6 medieval queens, a palace for King Henry VIII and is one of the most visited iconic buildings in Britain. Its stately rooms are decorated with opulence and elegance. There are also daily falconry displays to enjoy in the grounds and the cafe serves delicious lunches & afternoon tea.

THURSDAY Sadly, this morning we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£335

Sunday 26th – Thursday 30th April



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn North Yorkshire Moors Railway Ticketn Entrance to Sewerby Hall, Gardens & Zoon All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

North Yorkshire is a much-loved destination with its spectacular moorland scenery and coastal resorts. Join us as we take a steam train ride across the North Yorkshire Moors, visit historic Sewerby Hall and gardens and discover the Yorkshire coast at its very best.

Monarch Hotel, Bridlington A warm welcome awaits us at this seafront hotel. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant serves a traditional evening menu & hearty breakfast, and there is a bar & entertainment room to relax in the evenings.

HOUSES, GARDENS & STEAM TRAINS OF NORTH YORKSHIRE

Monday 27th April – Friday 1st May

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and reaching our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and enjoy a stroll along the seafront.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel north to Pickering, where we join the North Yorkshire Moors Railway for a scenic train ride across the heart of the moors to Grosmont. We then re-join the coach for the short drive to the picturesque fishing port of Whitby, with its ancient abbey and stunning coastline. The ruins of the 13th-century abbey are fascinating, and for the more energetic, the views from the top are well worth the climb. Why not indulge in some of Whitby’s finest fish & chips and take a stroll along the picturesque harbour.

WEDNESDAYJoin us today as we make the short journey south to the charming town of Beverley. Here you will find the 15th century Minster, independent shops and cosy cafes all set around quaint Georgian streets. We return to our hotel for a light lunch, with the afternoon free to explore Bridlington with its beach and old town full of shops and cafes,…and the novelty land train that runs along the promenade!

THURSDAY This morning we travel further north along the Yorkshire coast to Scarborough, one of the UK’s much-loved coastal resorts, with its dramatic cliffs and castle headland. Why not take the cliff lift, one of the UK’s first funicular railways, down to Scarborough’s lower level to explore the beach side resort and harbour area, or maybe enjoy the South Cliff Gardens with spectacular views across the sea. After lunch we visit the Edwardian Sewerby Hall & Gardens situated on the dramatic clifftop overlooking Bridlington, set within 50 acres of early 19th century parkland, a small zoo and magnificent gardens to explore at leisure.

FRIDAY This morning we leave of our hotel and begin our journey south. Once again stopping for coffee and lunch on route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£325

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Settle to Carlisle Railway ticketn Entrance to the Roman Army Museumn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Known as the Gateway to the Scottish Borders, Carlisle boasts a rich Roman history – as evident in its medieval castle and cathedral.

Crown & Mitre Hotel, Carlisle Situated close to the historic cathedral in the heart of the city, this 3* hotel offers the perfect mix of Edwardian grandeur (complete with beautiful original features, such as the elegant sweeping staircase) and contemporary comfort. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves an excellent menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool.

A CUMBRIAN JOURNEY & CARLISLE TO SETTLE RAILWAY

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with comfort stops en route, to our hotel, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel south along the edge of the Lake District to the picturesque town of Kirby Lonsdale, with time to browse the gift shops and enjoy an early lunch. We then make the short journey to Settle, where we board a train on England’s most scenic railway. The 72 mile route takes you on a journey through the magnificent Yorkshire Dales and over the 24 arches of the Ribblehead Viaduct, before plunging into the longest tunnel on the line at Blea Moor. Emerging on the side of Dentdale, the line leaves the Dales at Garsdale and makes its way through the lush, gentle hills of the Eden Valley, before arriving in Carlisle with time to relax before evening dinner.

WEDNESDAY This morning we follow what is probably one of the best-known landmarks of the north: Hadrian’s Wall. We make a visit to the Roman Army Museum, just inside the Kielder Forest, as we step back in time to 2000 years ago, and experience life as a Roman soldier and life on the front line of Emperor Hadrian’s British frontier. We watch a spectacular 3D film, and the museum houses interesting artefacts excavated along the wall. We later continue to the market town of Hexham, with its ancient Shambles, 15th century town hall and ancient Abbey. After lunch, we return to Carlisle with the rest of the afternoon free to explore this lovely city with its cathedral and shops, or perhaps make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities.

THURSDAY Join us today for a wonderful circular tour around the northern reaches of the Lake District. We travel through the picturesque towns of Keswick and Windermere, up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass (weather permitting!) and on to Ullswater, with stops for coffee, lunch and photographs along the way. We later complete our tour back to our hotel via Penrith.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£329

Monday 27th April – Friday 1st May



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 1 Night Bed & Breakfastn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Skipton Waterway Festival is an event held annually in the friendly town to showcase their 200 year old Leeds & Liverpool Canal. Once used to transport cargos of limestone, lead & textiles, this tranquil waterway now boasts beautiful barges and boats, coming together for the annual colourful festival each May.

The Cairn Hotel, Harrogate A delightful 3* Victorian hotel ideally located just a short walk from the town centre. All rooms are en-suite and comfortably furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked evening meal and a hearty Yorkshire breakfast. Leisure facilities include a fitness room.

THE DELIGHTFUL DALES OF YORKSHIRE & SKIPTON’S WATERWAY FESTIVAL

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with comfort stops and lunch on route. We complete our journey into Yorkshire, and to our hotel in Harrogate, with time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY Today we travel through the stunning scenery of the Yorkshire Dales to the thriving market town of Hawes, where you may like to visit the Dales Countryside Museum, Rope Makers or the Wensleydale Cheese Factory. After lunch, we continue our scenic drive to the picturesque village of Grassington, with its many gift shops and cafes to enjoy afternoon tea.

SUNDAY This morning is free to explore Harrogate, a Victorian Spa town, with a bustling high street, parklands, elegant architecture, the cobbled Montpellier Quarter with galleries and antique shops, and the famous Betty’s Café Tea Rooms with over 100 years of history. After lunch, we make our way to Skipton to enjoy the vibrant Waterways Festival with a series of decorated boats, barges and colourful local characters who work the canal network. The streets will be filled with music, entertainment and a whole host of market stalls, food and drink and there will opportunities to jump aboard and enjoy a boat trip along the canal. This evening, find a restaurant, pub or local fish ‘n’ chip shop for your evening meal. As dusk falls, the boats are transformed into an illuminated flotilla with twinkling fairy lights lighting up the dark canal, culminating in an illuminated boat convoy, arriving in the canal basin at 9.45pm.

MONDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, with comfort and lunch stops on route. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245

Friday 1st – Monday 4th May Thursday 30th April – Friday 8th May

PRICE INCLUDES:n 8 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £146.00Entrance to Inverewe Garden (Scottish NT)


The islands of Scotland are some of the most enchanting places on earth. Even the tiniest has its own individual character and charm. Dramatic sunsets, spectacular scenery and a traditional Scottish island welcome are just a few of the things that await you. Seven islands make up the Outer Hebrides, with Lewis being the largest, and joined with Harris, with its beautiful sandy beaches, rugged coastline and a landscape worth investigating.

Royal Hotel, Ullapool A delightful 3* hotel with breath-taking views across the loch and rugged mountains behind. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. Ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty Scottish breakfast.

Cabarfeidh Hotel, Stornoway This lovely 4* hotel deserves its reputation as Stornoway’s finest. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant offers a fine menu in a stylish setting.

Dunollie Hotel, Kyle of Lochalsh A charming 3* hotel located by Broadford Bay. Each en-suite room is furnished with TV and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a locally sourced menu and generous breakfast. The lounge bar offers an area to relax in the evenings.

SCOTLAND – THE OUTER HEBRIDES & ISLE OF SKYE

9 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£845

ITINERARY

THURSDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, to our overnight hotel in Gretna, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

FRIDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey north with a comfort stop on route and Pitlochry for lunch. We complete our journey, through stunning scenery, to our hotel in Ullapool, with time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY Today you have the whole day free to spend as you please, exploring the picturesque fishing village of Ullapool nestled on the shores of Lochbroom. With a variety of shops to browse and cafes to enjoy a tempting lunch, you may also like to take a boat trip on the loch taking in the stunning scenery and wildlife.

SUNDAY After breakfast, we say goodbye to our hotel in Ullapool and board a ferry for the 2 ½ hour crossing to the Western Isles, where, on board, you can enjoy lunch and the fantastic views. We arrive in Stornoway, the main town on the Isle of Lewis, early-afternoon, allowing plenty of time to explore this bustling harbour town with its diverse range of shops. There’s also an excellent museum of local history, and the Lewis Loom Centre, where you can learn about the history of Harris Tweed. Enjoy a stroll beside the River Creed as it thunders through Stornoway’s delightful Lewis Castle grounds on its way to the sea. We arrive at our hotel on the outskirts of Stornoway with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY Today we enjoy a circular tour of the Isle of Lewis, travelling through some stunning scenery, and with stops along the way for photographs. We stop in Carloway for lunch, before making calling in at nearby Carloway Broch – a hideaway once used by residents to escape the Vikings and thought to be over 2,000 years old. We complete our circular tour via beautiful sandy beaches and rugged coastlines.

TUESDAY This morning we leave Stornoway and the Isle of Lewis and travel to Tarbert, on the Isle of Harris, taking in the wonderful scenery on the way. We board the ferry for the 1 ½ hour crossing to Uig, with facilities to enjoy lunch on board. Stopping for afternoon tea in Portree, we continue to our hotel in Southern Skye, with time to take a stroll along the waterfront before dinner.

WEDNESDAY Join us today for a scenic drive across the Isle of Skye bridge and past the banks of Loch Carron, Loch Maree and to the shore-line of Loch Ewe where we make a stop for lunch. Here you may like to explore the Inverewe Garden (Scottish NT) with a wonderful botanic garden and spectacular views across the loch.

THURSDAY Today we sadly leave our hotel on Skye and begin our homeward journey, making stops for comfort and lunch on route, arriving at our hotel in Gretna in time for dinner.

FRIDAY Today we continue our homeward journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

YOUR HOTEL

YOUR HOTEL

YOUR HOTEL


Sunday 3rd – Monday 11th May

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Buffet Dinner & Buffet Breakfast in Rosesn 1 Night Bed & Buffet Breakfast in overnight hoteln 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfast in overnight hoteln House wine & water with dinner in Rosesn Live musical entertainment every evening in Rosesn Free use of swimming pooln Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £135.00Sea view room supplement £87.00 per person (subject to availability)


Join us as we head to the sun! Roses is located in the Spanish region of Catalonia and is the biggest resort on the northern stretch of the Costa Brava, just 30 kilometres south of the French border. Steeped in history with origins going back to the 8th century BC this old fishing town is also a thoroughly modern and popular holiday destination, yet it still remains a fairly quiet, relaxed resort, retaining much of its original charm.

Coral Platja Hotel, Roses This lovely 3* hotel is in a perfect location, only 300 metres from the centre of Roses and set right on the beachfront. The hotel enjoys a traditional Mediterranean style, with wrought-iron balconies and window shutters and a lift to all floors. The maritime themed restaurant serves all meals buffet style, and a lovely outdoor terrace is perfect for sitting and watching the world go by! The same Spanish style extends to the traditional bedrooms, which are all en-suite, with air conditioning, TV and hairdryer. There is also an outdoor swimming pool, a large bar area and entertainment is provided each evening.

SPAIN...THE COSTA BRAVA

9 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£535

ITINERARYSUNDAY After an early departure, we leave the West Country and journey east, with a comfort stop, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue our journey, with a stop for dinner on route, to our overnight accommodation south of Paris.

MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey through France and into Spain to our hotel in Roses where we’ll be spending the next six nights with time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of live entertainment.

TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please and begin exploring your new surroundings. You may like to take a swim in the hotel pool, and relax on the sun terrace, or take a stroll into the town, browse the shops and sample some of the local cuisine. There is also a land train where you can explore a little more of the local area.

WEDNESDAY This morning we head to the beautiful city of Girona with its beautiful old medieval district and fine Gothic-style cathedral. Other sights well worth a visit include the Arab Baths and well-preserved Jewish Quarter. After lunch we continue inland to Besalu, a lovely little town whose illustrious history dates back to the time of the Romans. It’s most famous sight is the

original 11th century fortified bridge, which still proudly spans the Fluvia River. Hidden amongst the town’s atmospheric old streets lie many churches, café-lined squares and fascinating old ruins to explore.

THURSDAY A full day excursion as we travel a little further south to Barcelona, the second largest city in Spain and the capital of Catalonia, acclaimed as one of the country’s cultural centres. Whilst here you may like to visit the bustling La Ramblas, where, as well as shops and restaurants, you will see live performances, human statue art, and artists that will draw your portrait or caricature. There is also the cathedral, and the fabulous Sagrada Família, Gaudi’s testament to modern architecture. The view across the high plateau of the Monique Mountain overlooking the city is also stunning.

FRIDAY Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion to the pretty whitewashed village of Cadaqués with its maze of narrow streets that tumble down to the water, and stylish art galleries which stand alongside the souvenir shops, cafés and seafood restaurants. We return to Roses after lunch with time on resort.

SATURDAY A final free day to spend as you please, relaxing and enjoying the facilities and scenery.

SUNDAY Sadly, this morning we bid farewell to our hotel in Roses and begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route, we return to our overnight hotel for evening dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast, we travel back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. From here we then continue our journey home, arriving mid/late-evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Bed & Breakfastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

There cannot be a more beautiful setting than the medieval city of Bruges, with its narrow, cobbled streets, historic architecture and magical canals. It’s easy to see why the city has been given UNESCO World Heritage Status. We have also included an excursion to the striking city of Ghent, to fully appreciate this charming region.

Academie Hotel, Bruges A locally rated 4* hotel situated in a charming cobbled street, within easy walking distance of the city centre and attractions. Each room ensuite room is well equipped with TV, hairdryer, telephone and Wi-Fi access. The restaurant serves a delicious continental and cooked breakfast and there is a cosy bar with garden terrace.

SPRINGTIME IN BRUGES

ITINERARY

MONDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and make our way, with a comfort stop on route, to Dover for a ferry crossing. From Calais we make a short journey to Bruges, where we will have plenty of time to settle in and freshen up before exploring the city and enjoy an evening dinner at a restaurant of your choice.

TUESDAY You have the whole day today to continue exploring this captivating city, affectionately known as the Venice of the North on account of its charming canals. The city itself is gently compact and easy to navigate on foot, however you may like to enjoy a horse-drawn carriage tour of the centre or a leisurely boat trip along the canal network to view the city from a different perspective. Well known for its lace making and Belgian chocolate, there is plenty to discover in various museums, gift shops and local cafes. Why not visit the famous Grote Markt with its inspiring gothic architecture and towering belfry (climb 366 steps for an amazing panoramic view from up high) or stop at the Rozenhoedkaai, a beautiful corner on the canal which is found on almost every postcard!

WEDNESDAY After breakfast, you can either continue exploring Bruges or join us for an excursion to the delightful city of Ghent. With over 1400 year of history, Ghent became one of the most important cities in medieval Europe. Crammed full of culture, history and cuisine, the town has something to offer to everyone, including attractions such as the 12th century castle, St Bavo’s medieval cathedral and the beautiful St Michael’s Bridge. This week located in the Citadel Park you will find a floral exhibition with beautiful creations for those wishing to explore beyond the city centre. We later return to Bruges for our final evening.

THURSDAY This morning we leave our hotel and make our way to the historic town of Ypres, built on the back of the lace making and textile industry, which the impressive Cloth Hall is a reminder of times gone by. World War I brought prosperous times to an abrupt end, and the “In Flanders Field Museum” inside the Cloth Hall offers a moving insight to the Great War. We later continue to Calais, for our return ferry crossing to Dover, completing our homeward journey, reaching the West Country mid-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£299

Monday 4th – Thursday 7th May

NEW

SUPPLEMENTS:Entrance to Trentham Gardens

Entrance to Lord Lichfield’s ApartmentSingle supplement £72.00


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Biddulph Grange Garden (NT)n Entrance to Wightwick Manor & Gardens (NT)n Entrance to Shugborough Hall & Estate (NT)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are pleased to introduce a new tour exploring historic houses and glorious gardens in the county of Staffordshire all preserved and maintained by the National Trust.

Mercure Telford Centre Hotel, Telford A modern* hotel on the outskirts of Telford. Each comfortable en-suite bedroom is furnished with TV, safe, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared evening menu and hearty breakfast and there is a bar to relax in.

HOUSES & GARDENS OF STAFFORDSHIRE

Sunday 3rd – Thursday 7th May

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Cheltenham for lunch and time to browse the shops. We then complete our journey to our hotel, with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Trentham Shopping Village with time to browse the shops and garden centre or for those who prefer, the Capability Brown designed Trentham Gardens are well worth a visit (extra charge). After lunch we continue to Biddulph Grange Garden to explore this superb Victorian garden showcasing plants from around the world including a fabulous collection of rhododendrons, an Egyptian garden and the Chinese garden amongst many others. Please note there are many steps throughout the garden, so sensible footwear is advised.

TUESDAY This morning we travel south to the town of Bridgnorth, actually two towns - the High Town (with good views down) & the Low Town (with good views up), connected by the steepest inland funicular railway in Britain. With time to explore and perhaps visit the pretty Castle Gardens and enjoy lunch, we travel to Wightwick Manor & Gardens to explore perhaps one of the National Trust’s youngest properties, the Victorian timber-framed manor house, filled with fabulous art work with major pieces of pre-Raphaelite paintings and William Morris interiors. (Please note there is a short 5 minute walk from the coach drop-off point to reception).

WEDNESDAY Join us today as we make our way to Shugborough Hall & Estate, a Staffordshire paradise with a rich blend of landscapes, monuments, gardens and architecture, home to the Anson family since 1624. Explore the parkland, woodland and formal gardens, the farmyard and discover the charm of the Georgian mansion with its “below stairs” experience in the servants’ quarters. Tickets can be obtained at reception to also visit Lord Lichfield’s apartment, the famous fashion, celebrity and royal photographer. We later visit the historic city of Lichfield with its stunning medieval cathedral and museums. Here you will find many shops to browse and cafes to enjoy a relaxing afternoon tea.

THURSDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way south to the historic city of Worcester, with time if you wish to visit the Porcelain Museum (with the world’s largest collection of Worcester Porcelain) or the fine Cathedral, which overlooks the River Severn, where you will find the tomb of King John. We later complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£335

NEW





YOUR HOTEL

Every May Day Bank Holiday weekend, Llandudno plays host to a Victorian Extravaganza featuring a Victorian street fair, old time fair rides, fun stalls, steam engines, people dressed in Victorian costume, street parades and street entertainment the whole family will enjoy. Because the May Day Bank Holiday is now Friday 8th May, we are pleased to be able to offer the same tour, staying at the same hotel as in our 2019/20 winter & spring brochure. The only alteration is the dates.

St Kilda Hotel, Llandudno A delightful 3* hotel located on the seafront, faithfully restored to recreate the grand old days. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers traditional fare prepared with locally sourced ingredients, and the bar has stunning views of Little Orme.

LLANDUDNO...VICTORIAN EXTRAVAGANZA & TRANSPORT FESTIVAL

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We cross over the border into Wales to our hotel, with time to settle in and perhaps take a stroll before evening dinner.

SATURDAY–SUNDAY Two whole days to enjoy all the festivities of the Victorian Extravaganza and Transport Festival. There is a daily parade of participating vehicles (including many steam tractors and wagons), brass bands and carnival troops, together with citizens in Victorian and Edwardian costumes. The parade travels through the town streets via the promenade. This evening is the “Road Run” when suitable vehicles ascend the Great Orme to the summit (and on Sunday run the circuit of Marine Drive). But it is the great Victorian steam fair, the length and breadth of the main shopping street with its multitude of rides and catch-penny booths, which gives that extra feel of the Victorian era, especially with period music from the magnificent showman’s organ, one of several playing traditional ditties. As our hotel is located in the heart of Llandudno, you are free to spend as much or as little time enjoying the festivities. There are also many restaurants to have lunch in and shops to browse. You may also like to take a ride on the tram to the top of the Great Orme, with stunning views across the bay.

MONDAY Sadly we today leave our hotel and make our way south back into England, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We continue our homeward journey to the West Country, arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£249

Friday 8th – Monday 11th May

Rome … the capital of Italy, is one of the world’s most photogenic cities and it’s not surprising to see why! With the Vatican City, Trevi Fountain, St Peter’s Square, Spanish Steps and Colosseum … there is so much to discover. The Italian Lakes are, in contrast, a more peaceful destination surrounded by charming villages and rolling hills.

Hotel Villa Vecchia, Monte Porzio Catone, Nr Frascati A locally rated 4* hotel in a quiet and elevated position in the rolling Frascati hills, boasting superb views across to Rome. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and air conditioning. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious seasonal menu and leisure facilities include an outdoor heated pool and spacious gardens.

Iseolago Hotel, Lake Iseo A locally rated 4* hotel located near Lake Iseo and close to Iseo town. Each en-suite room is comfortably furnished with TV & hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious menu and there are delightful gardens with 3 outdoor swimming pools, together with a fitness room and sauna.

Monday 11th – Thursday 21st May

ITALY – THE ETERNAL CITY OF ROME & THE ITALIAN LAKES

11 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£975

ITINERARYMONDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Metz, arriving in time for evening meal.

TUESDAY This morning we continue our journey through France, then a scenic journey through Switzerland, and into Italy, arriving at our second hotel near Piacenza, with time to freshen up before dinner.

WEDNESDAY We continue our journey through Tuscany and to our hotel in Monte Porzio Catone, with time to unwind and take a stroll before dinner evening and an evening at leisure.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way into the centre of Rome, by train. Here you will have an unlimited day pass to us the Hop-On-Hop-Off Rome City Sightseeing Buses to explore the city at your leisure. You may like to complete a circuit of the city, listening to the on-board audio guide, then use your ticket to move freely around the city across a multitude of destinations and attractions. Experience over 2000 years of history of breath taking beauty, with ancient monuments and world class landmarks including the Pantheon, Colosseum, Trevi

YOUR HOTEL

YOUR HOTEL

SUPPLEMENTS:Single supplement £265.00 (Max 3)


PRICE INCLUDES:n 10 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return train ticket to Rome on 1 dayn 1 day ticket for Hop-On-Hop-Off Sightseeing Tour in Romen Entrance to Villa d’Este Water Gardens, Tivolin Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

Fountain, St Peter’s Basilica plus many others. Sample the local cuisine in some of Rome’s cafes, restaurants and coffee bars before we return to our hotel by train, arriving in time for dinner.

FRIDAY You have the whole day free to either enjoy your peaceful surroundings and relax in the hotel’s gardens and pool, or perhaps venture back into Rome for another day sightseeing the eternal city!

SATURDAY This morning we make our way into the nearby town of Frascati, famous for its local wines and aristocratic Renaissance and Baroque style villas. With time to explore the local shops, gardens, cathedral and a leisurely lunch, we continue to the UNESCO World Heritage Villa d’Este Italian Gardens at nearby Tivoli. The gardens are almost completely comprised of water features, numerous fountains and its giant centrepiece of the Water Organ fountain with cascades down a huge drop into quiet shady pools below.

SUNDAY We leave our hotel and travel north through Tuscany, with comfort stops on route to our second resort of Iseo, arriving with time to explore your surroundings, and an evening at leisure after dinner.

MONDAY Today we travel across to the neighbouring Lake Garda, to the charming village of Sirmione. Located at the southern point of the lake, this picturesque peninsula is famous for its thermal springs, 13th century castle and traffic free centre with a variety of cafes, ice cream parlours and gift shops. You may like to relax and watch the world go by, take a panoramic walk along the lakeshore or perhaps take a scenic boat trip.

TUESDAY You have the whole day free to relax in the hotel and make use of the leisure facilities or perhaps take a gentle walk into the nearby town of Iseo with its attractive cafes and wine bars. You may also like to take a boat trip around the lake or across to Monte Isola, the largest inhabited lake island in Southern Europe.

WEDNESDAY This morning we sadly leave our hotel in Iseo and travel back through Switzerland and into France, with comfort stops on route, to our overnight hotel in Metz, arriving in time for dinner.

THURSDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving early/mid-evening.

NEWREVISED DATE


Subsequent single supplement from £60.00Travel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Lanhydrock House & Gardens (NT)n Entertainment on some eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a relaxing weekend retreat in this picturesque corner of the South West peninsula. Visit some of Cornwall’s best loved harbour towns and authentic fishing villages, whilst enjoying the mild climate and delicious flavours that the Cornish Coast has to offer.

The Porthbyan Hotel, Looe A 3* fully refurbished hotel nestled in the heart of Looe with panoramic views across the harbour. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a delicious evening menu and hearty Cornish breakfast, together with a bar and outside terrace.

A WEEKEND IN CORNWALL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and travel west to the ancient market town of Tavistock, located on the tranquil River Tavy and edge of the rugged Dartmoor National Park. Historically Tavistock was the region’s Stannary town, administering the local tin trade, and has links with the great sea farer, Sir Francis Drake. Whilst here you may like to browse the poplar indoor pannier market or visit the central parish church of St Eustachius with William Morris stained glass windows and intricate roof embosses. With time for lunch, we continue to our hotel in Looe, and base for the next three nights.SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Mevagissey for lunch, with its distinctive twin harbour and busy fishing port with daily catches of skate, lobster and plaice. Clustered around the harbour walls are quaint streets with galleries, cafes and shops. A beautiful place to sit and relax and enjoy Cornish fish & chips! We later make the short journey to Lanhydrock House & Garden, a magnificent Victorian country estate, where the upstairs-downstairs story unfolds from the Victorian kitchens and servants quarters to the luxurious family areas. The extensive gardens are glorious with beautiful herbaceous borders, and highly colourful gardens with camellias, magnolias and rhododendrons. The tea rooms offer a delicious menu, and the gift shop offers a range of gifts and souvenirs.SUNDAY This morning, if you wish, join us for an excursion to the nearby picturesque fishing port of Polperro with its “old world” charm, beautiful cottages, small art galleries and stories of smuggler & pirate tales. We return this afternoon to Looe. The towns of East and West Looe are joined by the famous seven arched bridge that spans the River Looe. With beautiful sandy beaches, unique boutiques and harbour boat trips, there is much to do and enjoyMONDAY Sadly this morning, we leave the beautiful setting of Looe, and begin our homeward journey, stopping at the beautiful grounds of Buckfast Abbey for lunch, before arriving back in our home area.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£255




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Boat trip on Lake Ullswatern Boat trip on Lake Windermeren All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle and bustle of daily routine. Join us for a tour taking in some of the area’s most stunning scenery in England’s largest National Park, home to our country’s biggest lakes and tallest mountains.

Cumbria Grand Hotel, Grange-over-Sands A delightful 3* hotel set within private wooded grounds and enjoying views of Morecambe Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The hotel’s experienced in-house chef has developed an excellent and varied menu, and entertainment is provided some evenings.

THE LOVELY LAKE DISTRICT

Monday 11th – Friday 15th May

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY Join us today as we journey through some of the most spectacular scenery you’ll see anywhere in England, as we travel up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass and along Ullswater to Glenridding, where we board a steamer for a cruise the length of Ullswater to Pooley Bridge. We then re-join the coach and continue to Keswick for lunch and time to explore the charming town, before the scenic drive back to our hotel.

WEDNESDAY Today we enjoy a circular tour through some of the Lake District’s loveliest sights. We travel through the village of Haverthwaite, following part of Coniston Water and Coniston Village, to Ambleside for coffee and time to look around. We then make our way to the pretty village of Grasmere for lunch, with time if you wish to visit Wordsworth’s museum and Dove Cottage – his home from 1799 to 1808, the years of his supreme work as a poet.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Lakeside, the most southerly part of Lake Windermere, where we take a leisurely cruise – with magnificent views of mountain scenery, secluded bays and wooded islands – to Bowness at the heart of the Lake District. The town boasts every sort of shop you can imagine, as well as many cafés and restaurants. While here, you may also like to visit the nearby World of Beatrix Potter attraction, in which the 23 original tales are brought to life in a magical indoor recreation of the Lakeland countryside, complete with sights, sounds – and even smells! We later return to Grange-over-Sands, with time to relax and spend as you please before our final evening meal.

FRIDAY Sadly it’s time to leave the Lake District and begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£385

SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ffestiniog Railway ticketn Entrance to Portmerion Village & Gardensn Snowdon Mountain Railway ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Llandudno – the premier resort of North Wales – is set along a wide, curving bay overlooking the Atlantic Ocean, with the magnificent mountains of Snowdonia as its backcloth.

Tynedale Hotel, Llandudno We’re delighted to return to this warm and welcoming 3* hotel, located along the central promenade with views out over the bandstand and sea. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The hotel’s restaurant serves a fabulous full Welsh breakfast and choice evening menu, and there is live entertainment each evening.

LLANDUDNO & THE LITTLE TRAINS OF WALES

Tuesday 12th – Saturday 16th May

ITINERARY

TUESDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On arrival at our hotel, enjoy a cup of tea while your luggage is delivered to your room. There will then be time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of entertainment.

WEDNESDAY The morning is free for you to spend as you please and ex-plore Llandudno, known as the ‘Queen of Welsh Resorts’. You may like to take a ride on the Great Orme Tramway to the summit on one of only three cable-hauled street tramways in the world. There is also a fine pier, over 700 metres long, attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. Join us, if you wish for an afternoon excursion to Conwy – a medieval walled town with an imposing castle and lively quay, on which you will find what is claimed to be the smallest house in Great Britain! We return to our hotel in time for dinner and another evening of excellent entertainment.

THURSDAY This morning we travel to Blaenau Ffestiniog and board the world’s oldest narrow-gauge railway for a 13½ mile journey to the harbour in Porthmadog. The train climbs over 700 feet from sea level into the mountains, past lakes and waterfalls and round tight bends, clinging to the side of the mountain or tunneling through it. We then re-join the coach and make the short journey to Portmeirion, an Italianate village famous for its china. While here, you can marvel at the beautiful gardens, browse the many gift shops, and enjoy lunch.

FRIDAY After breakfast, join us as we travel through stunning scenery around Snowdon and the Llanberis Pass, before boarding a train for a return journey on the Snowdon Mountain Cog Railway to the summit at 1,085 metres, with spectacular views… weather permitting! We then re-join the coach and make our way to the picturesque village of Betws-y-Coed, North Wales’ most popular resort. Here you will find a railway museum, plus craft shops and tearooms.

SATURDAY Sadly we today leave North Wales and make our way home, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We complete our homeward jour-ney back into England, arriving early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£399



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Top price ticket for Windsor Pageant (covered reserve seating in Windsor Enclosuren All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us to experience the spectacular Windsor Horse Show Pageant with over 400 horses and riders from the UK & around the world as they participate in a 90 minute highly choreographed show, held in the private grounds of Windsor Castle. The tour package includes top price tickets, seated and undercover in the Windsor Enclosure.

Hilton Hotel, Reading A 4* hotel with modern comforts. All rooms are en-suite with TV, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant served a delicious evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include indoor pool, sauna, steam room and fitness suite.

ROYAL WINDSOR HORSE SHOW PAGEANT

Thursday 14th – Friday 15th May

ITINERARY

THURSDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to the beautiful spa city of Bath with time to visit the Abbey or the Roman Baths, take an open top bus around the city, or browse the shops. After lunch we re-join the coach and make our way to our hotel with time to freshen up and enjoy an early dinner before making our way to Windsor for the evening performance of the Royal Windsor Horse Show Pageant. Our top priced ticket provides a covered reserved seat in the Windsor Enclosure with excellent views of this spectacular show, where previous years have seen Military Bands, Pipes & Drums, the Royal Household Cavalry, the King’s Troop Royal Horse Artillery together with over 400 horses and 30 carriages in a beautifully choreographed display. We return to our hotel late evening.FRIDAY We leave our hotel after a leisurely breakfast and make our way to the city of Oxford, affectionately known as the “City of Dreaming Spires”, with over 30 colleges and iconic museums. The best way to discover Oxford is by taking a sight-seeing tour bus or wander through its vibrant shopping and café district to enjoy a relaxing lunch, before we continue our journey home, arriving in the West Country early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£159



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Barnsdale Gardensn Entrance to Easton Walled Gardensn Entrance & guided tour of Grimsthorpe Castle, Gardens & parklandn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL The Olde Barn Hotel, Grantham A delightful 3* hotel with modern comforts. Each en-suite bedroom is tastefully decorated with TV, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant offers a delicious traditional seasonal menu and the lounge bar provides a relaxing area to enjoy a drink after dinner.

ENGLISH GARDEN GEMS


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north to the historic town of Warwick for lunch. We continue to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY Today we travel further afield into the charming county of Leicestershire, stopping for coffee in Melton Mowbray, on market day. Known as the “Rural Capital of Food”, you may like to sample some of the town’s traditional cuisine – pork pies, from the “Ye Olde Pork Pie Shoppe” or the local stilton cheese. After lunch we travel the short distance to Rutland to visit Barnsdale Gardens, created by Geoff Hamilton for BBC Gardeners’ World. Discover Britain’s largest collection of individually designed gardens, 38 in total across the eight acre site. After exploring the grounds, relax in the tea rooms with a delicious afternoon tea or browse the well-stocked shop for all your gardening needs and gift ideas.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Easton Walled Gardens, Lincolnshire’s “lost” 400 year old garden was renovated back to life from 2002, following the destruction of Easton Hall in 1951. We enjoy an introductory talk with Lady Cholmeley who has lovingly restored Easton Walled garden with her husband, after which you can wander freely to see the transformation from a lost wilderness into a timeless English landscape with herbaceous borders, roses, spring bulbs, flower and vegetable gardens and flower meadows, and enjoy a light lunch in the tearooms. This afternoon we continue to nearby Grimsthorpe Castle for a guided tour of the historic house with its exquisite State Rooms and time at leisure to explore the gardens & Capability Brown landscaped grounds.

MONDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and make our way south. With comfort stops en route, we return to the West Country early–mid evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245

NEW NEW


Sunday 17th – Sunday 24th May

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Ticket for the Jacobite Steam Trainn Boat Cruise on Loch Nessn All coach travel



Fort William, the largest town in the Highlands is set on the banks of Loch Linnhe in the shadow of Ben Nevis. It is a fine location as a base to discover the Highlands. The much-loved Jacobite Steam Train has been referred to as “the greatest railway journey in the world” with magnificent scenery to be enjoyed along its highland route.

The Alexandra Hotel, Fort William A lovely 3* hotel, ideally located in the centre of Fort William, noted for its traditional Scottish hospitality. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant offers a delicious range of dishes prepared with locally sourced produce. There is a lift to all floors and entertainment is provided on some evenings.

SCOTLAND...THE HIGHLANDS & JACOBITE STEAM TRAIN

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£575

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country, and make our way north, with comfort stops en route, to our overnight accommodation in Shap Wells, arriving in time for dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey north, over the border into Scotland, stopping at Dobbies Garden Centre near Stirling for coffee, and the Green Wellie near Tyndrum for lunch. We complete our journey through the lovely scenery of Rannoch Moor and the spectacular Glen Coe to Fort William and our hotel for the next five nights.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way south, following the banks of Loch Linnhe, with some wonderful scenery to Oban, a bustling town with fishing and pleasure craft rubbing shoulders in the harbour. Whilst here you may like to visit McCraig’s Tower, a coliseum-style monument built by a wealthy banker to alleviate unemployment 100 years ago. A climb to the top will reward you with outstanding views of the nearby islands. There are some lovely shops and cafés to enjoy lunch.

WEDNESDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please and explore Fort William. You may like to enjoy a relaxing boat trip on Loch Linnie, to Seal Island with splendid views of Ben Nevis and of course the Seals, along with other wildlife such as Porpoises, Buzzard and Eagle. A short taxi ride away you will find the Ben Nevis distillery where you can have a guided tour around the distillery, and a free taste of the particularly smooth blend of highland whisky. Or you may like to catch a local bus to the Nevis Range, 7 miles north of Fort William, where you can take a ride on a gondola up Ben

Nevis, Britain’s highest mountain with spectacular views. There are also some lovely shops to browse and many cafés and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch.

THURSDAY Join us for the highlight of our tour today as we board the Jacobite steam train for what is regarded as one of the Great Railway Journeys of the World, due mainly to the stunning scenery through which you will be travelling. The 42 mile trip will take you past Britain’s highest mountain, deepest loch, shortest river and most westerly station as well as crossing the world famous 21 arch concrete viaduct. The train arrives in Mallaig, a busy fishing port and ferry terminal soon after midday giving you time to browse the shops and have lunch before boarding the coach for the return journey to Fort William.

FRIDAY After breakfast, we make our way across to the Cairngorms National Park, as we travel through some stunning scenery, passing in the shadow of Ben Nevis Mountain range, and Spean Bridge as we follow the river and enchanting Lochs and up into the Cairngorms rugged landscape. With stops for coffee and photographs on route, we stop for lunch in the town of Aviemore, with time to explore and browse the shops. On our return to Fort William, we enjoy a boat ride along the southern shores of Loch Ness, with views across the loch and all the while keeping a watchful eye out, just in case “Nessie” makes an appearance!

SATURDAY This morning we leave Fort William and begin our homeward journey, with a coffee stop en route to Moffat and the Woollen Mill for lunch, before completing our journey back to our overnight accommodation in Shap Wells, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

SUNDAY After breakfast, we continue our return journey, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching the West Country early-mid-evening.


Sea views supplement £28.00 per personTravel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided tour of Caerhays Castlen Entrance to Caerhays Gardensn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us as we travel from coast to coast to explore some of Cornwall’s best treasures. Based in Falmouth, Cornwall’s leading south coast resort is home to maritime heritage and has been a flourishing port for over 400 years with its sheltered harbour.

Membly Hall Hotel, Falmouth Beautifully situated in one of Cornwall’s most picturesque regions, our hotel occupies a seafront position. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant offers an excellent choice menu. Leisure facilities include a sauna, spa pool and Jacuzzi, and evening entertainment.

CORNWALL...FROM COAST TO COAST

Saturday 16th – Wednesday 20th May

ITINERARYSATURDAY We leave our home area and make our way to the delightful harbour town of Looe. With its beautiful sandy beaches, unique boutiques and harbour boat trips, there will be plenty of time to explore and maybe enjoy a traditional fish and chip lunch by the harbour. We later complete our journey to our hotel in Falmouth, with time to settle in and enjoy a gentle stroll along the seafront, with views across the bay to Pendennis Castle.

SUNDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to the southern coastline to the delightful town of Marazion thought to be Britain’s oldest town. Here you will see the imposing St Michael’s Mount just across the causeway, and a stretch of sandy beach to stroll along, together with an array of shops with local artwork, crafts and gifts. We continue north the pretty fishing town of St Ives, with its picturesque harbour, seafront, and many delightful shops and the Tate Gallery.

MONDAY This morning we travel to Truro with time if you wish to visit the cathedral and browse the shops on Lemon Quay with its indoor market and along the high street. After lunch we return to Falmouth with time to explore the town centre with its shopping district and modern marina, or perhaps you might like to visit the National Maritime Museum with exhibitions of Cornwall, the sea and maritime history through the ages all across five gallery floors.

TUESDAY This morning we make our way east across the Roseland Heritage Coast to Caerhays Castle & Gardens. We enjoy a guided tour of the castle before spending time at leisure in the beautiful spring gardens which are absolutely stunning at this time of year with magnolias & rhododendrons in full blaze of colour with views across the bay. Light lunches are available at the Magnolia Tea Rooms. We continue further along the coast to Mevagissey, an attractive harbour time with historic links to Cornish pilchard fishery. The harbour is always buzzing with fishermen and its narrow streets are filled with gift shops and galleries.

WEDNESDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and make our way to Padstow, a charming harbour and working fishing port. With time to browse the many gift and craft shops, and enjoy lunch, we later continue our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£335



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket to the RHS Chelsea Flower Shown Entrance to Royal Botanic Gardens of Kewn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Each year, the RHS Chelsea Flower Show is held in the grounds of the Royal Hospital Chelsea. It is the world’s most famous flower show and a celebration of the highest quality horticulture and a feast for your imagination, bursting with inspiration for you to take home. A catwalk of colour and creativity, the show features the latest trends and ultimate design from the cream of garden designers, nurseries, plantsmen and exhibitors.

Holiday Inn, London Heathrow A 4* hotel with modern comforts and facilities, including on-site Starbucks Coffee room and lounge bar area. With a lift to all floors, each en-suite bedroom is equipped with TV, air conditioning, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast.

RHS CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW & ROYAL BOTANIC GARDENS OF KEW

Thursday 21st – Friday 22nd May

ITINERARY

THURSDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and make our way east, with a comfort stop on route to London, where you will have the remainder of the day free to enjoy the spectacle of the Chelsea Flower Show, the premier horticultural event of the year. It draws exhibitors and visitors from around the globe, and as well as admiring the many wonderful gardens, and exhibits, you can also indulge in a bit of celebrity spotting! There are many places to enjoy a leisurely lunch and maybe a glass of Pimms, and whether you are a gardener, a would-be-gardener or a non-gardener there is something for everyone. Late afternoon we make the short journey to our hotel with time to relax before dinner and an evening at leisure.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after a leisurely breakfast and make our way to the world-class Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew. There is so much to see and explore at Kew, from the newly re-opened Victorian glasshouse – the largest in the world, home to some of the world’s rarest plants, the famous Palm House filled with rainforest flora, and the Princess of Wales Conservatory with ten different climate zones including orchids, cacti and carnivorous plants. The treetop walk-way spans across tree-tops, over 18 metres above the floor offering breathtaking views of the gardens and beyond, and The Hive, a multi-sensory experience designed to highlight the extraordinary life of bees, standing at 17 metres in height in a wild flower meadow. There is a land train which will take you around the gardens, together with many gift shops and restaurants and cafes. We later make our way back to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£195


Saturday 23rd – Friday 29th May

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £90.00Travel insurance £37.00

The Black Forest is a beautiful and much loved region of Germany. With spruce and fir covered mountains, spectacular gorges carved by the River Rhine, half- timbered farm houses, cuckoo clocks and, of course, Black Forest gateaux … this is a region crammed full of some of Germany’s most beautiful landscapes and villages.

Hotel Schloss Hornberg, Hornberg A delightful family-run 3* uniquely converted castle-hotel located on a hillside above the picturesque village of Hornberg, with beautiful views across the Gutach Valley. Each en-suite room is comfortably furnished with TV, hairdryer, telephone and Wi-Fi access. The restaurant serves a delicious traditional menu. (Please note that there is no lift due to the historic nature of the building).

THE BLACK FOREST & ALSACE VILLAGES

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£545

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Laon, arriving in time for dinner.

SUNDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey, on into Germany, arriving at our hotel in Hornberg, in the heart of the Black Forest, with time to settle in and admire the panoramic scenery from the castle before dinner.

MONDAY Join us for a full day excursion, across the French border, to explore the beautiful, breathtaking scenery of the Alsace villages. Our first stop is in the medieval village of Ribeauville, with its beautiful flower bedecked half-timber framed buildings, cobbled streets and quaint taverns. Continuing along the Alsace wine route, passing through acres of vineyards, we visit the historic village of Riquewihr, set within an ancient walled perimeter. Here

you can experience the numerous vintner houses, cobbled alleyways, stone arch gateways and gift shops.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel across the River Rhine to the enchanting city of Strasbourg, the Alsatian capital. In the heart of the old town you will discover quaint narrow cobbled alleyways, filled with crooked half-timbered buildings, which lead on to the impressive 13th century Cathedral of Notre Dame, one of Europe’s most beautiful Gothic religious buildings. Inside you can visit the mesmerising Astronomical Clock. A picturesque network of canals flow through the city and into the old quarter known as Petite France”.

WEDNESDAY Today we enjoy a scenic tour of the traditional Black Forest towns, with our first stop in the walled town of Villingen-Schwenningen with its medieval town centre, cobbled streets and elegant houses. We continue to the capital of the Black Forest, Freiburg. Its magnificent gothic cathedral sits pride of place in the heart of the town square, where the local market stallholders sell their local produce. After lunch we make our way back to Hornberg with a short visit to Triberg, the traditional home of Black Forest cuckoo clock makers.

THURSDAY Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to our hotel as we begin our journey home, again with regular comfort stops, to our overnight accommodation in Laon, arriving in time for dinner.

FRIDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, arriving mid evening.

SUPPLEMENTS:Car hire on the island


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return Ferry Crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Lying close to the northern coast of France and bathed by the warm waters of the Gulf Stream, the island of Guernsey offers a truly unforgettable escape from the hustle and bustle of mainland Britain.

St Pierre Park Hotel, St Peter Port We are delighted to return to this luxurious 4* hotel, set in acres of tranquil parkland near a lake. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, complimentary toiletries and tea & coffee facilities. Many have a private balcony or terrace with views of the beautiful grounds. The restaurant offers quality cuisine and a friendly and relaxed atmosphere, and breakfast is served in the grand La Fontaine Suite overlooking the lake and fountain. The excellent leisure facilities include an indoor pool, whirlpool, sauna, gym, and beauty salon.

GUERNSEY

Monday 18th – Friday 22nd May

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area, after a possible early departure, (time to be advised) and make our way east to Poole for the ferry crossing to Guernsey. On arrival, you will be met by a local coach or taxi and taken to your hotel, with the remainder of the day free to spend as you please before dinner.

TUESDAY – THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend as you please exploring this small yet scenic island. Covering only 50 square miles, Guernsey claims to be Britain’s warmest spot! The island’s capital, St Peter Port, is a bustling harbour town with pretty architecture. It also offers the best shopping on the island (which incidentally is tax free). You may like to hire a car for the duration of your stay, and the hotel will be able to help you with this. Al-ternatively, you may like to visit the neighbouring islands of Herm, Sark and Alderney – all a short ferry ride away. But with so many bays and coves, it’s easy to find your own beach in Guernsey, with delights around every corner – like the 800-year-old de Sausmarez Manor, with its magnificent gardens and Art Park. The island offers many inspiring walks along the 28.5 miles of cliff paths, and Castle Cornet – Guernsey’s ancient royal fortress – is well worth a visit, as is the former home of famous French poet Victor Hugo. In addition, there’s the German Occupation Museum, Oatlands Craft Centre and the Candle Factory, where you can make your own souvenir. You’ll never be short of things to do and see, and the island boasts a number of restaurants and tempting tearooms. Dinner is served each evening at the hotel.

FRIDAY Sadly it’s today time to leave Guernsey. Once again, a local coach or taxi will take you to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole. On arrival, you will be met by a Blakes coach and driver, who will return you to your home area.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£525


Subsequent singles (subject to availability £88.00Travel insurance £33.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return Ferry Crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Jersey has charmed generations of visitors – only 14 miles from the French coast, it has the continental flavour of France while remaining part of Britain. Although only a small island, Jersey has so much to offer… sandy beaches, rugged coastline, beautiful countryside and a wide variety of attractions.

Mayfair Hotel, St Helier A warm welcome awaits at this lovely 3* hotel, just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of Jersey’s capital, St Helier. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a wide variety of dishes, and the hotel’s coffee shop is open throughout the day, offering an assortment of meals and snacks. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, steam room and gym, and entertainment is provided each evening.

JERSEY

Monday 18th – Friday 22nd May

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area, after a possible early departure, (time to be advised) and make our way east to Poole for the ferry crossing to St Helier. Upon arrival, you will be greeted by a hotel representative and taken to your hotel. The representative will act as your point of contact for the duration of your stay on the island, and he or she will be available each day to offer you advice on things like attractions and car hire. Dinner this evening is followed by entertainment.TUESDAY – THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend exploring Jersey’s wonderful coastline and inland attractions. Perhaps you’d like to visit the Jersey War Tunnels; parts are preserved as they were left after World War II. Other worth-while attractions include the zoo and Mont Orgueil Castle. We also highly recommend a trip to Corbiere Lighthouse with its stunning views, which you can walk to when the tide is out. A regular bus service operates on the island and is useful for visiting the many picturesque bays and harbours, or you may like to hire a car for the duration of your stay… the hotel can offer help with this if required. There are also numerous venues on the island in which to enjoy coffee, lunch, afternoon tea and Jersey ice cream! As on Monday, dinner at the hotel is each night followed by entertainment.FRIDAY Sadly it’s today time to leave Jersey. Your hotel rep-resentative will inform you of the necessary details, including when you’ll need to leave the hotel to be taken by coach to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole. On arrival, you will be met by a Blakes coach and driver, who will return you to your home area.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£355




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket for Staffordshire County Shown Canal Boat Trip across the Pontcysyllte Aqueductn Steam Train journey on Severn Valley Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The border counties make up a beautiful and rural region of the British Isles, between England and Wales. Join us as we explore some of the highlights of the English and Welsh countryside including a County Show, a very special canal boat journey and a scenic steam train ride.

Holiday Inn, Chester South, Chester A modern 3* hotel based on the outskirts of Chester. Each of the comfortable bedrooms is en-suite and furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast, and the TV lounge and bar offers an area to relax. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool, whirlpool and fitness suite.

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE BORDER COUNTIES

Monday 25th - Friday 29th May

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way to our hotel, stopping for coffee and lunch on route, arriving with plenty of time to settle in and relax before dinner this evening.

TUESDAY We travel the short distance into Chester. This is a beautiful, historic city with magnificent black and white half-timbered buildings, the Rows (a medieval arcade), a stunning 1000 year old cathedral and excellent shopping district. The city walls are the most complete ancient walls in Britain, and you can walk along the city boundary with views across Chester. There are many cafes, restaurants and pubs to enjoy a relaxing lunch.

WEDNESDAY After a hearty breakfast, we make our way south, to the Staffordshire County Show for a superb day out, and with something to interest everyone. There will be all the usual agricultural highlights including main ring attractions, together with sheepdog trials, show jumping falconry displays, woodwork demonstrations, craft marquees, antique fair and many trade stands with unusual gifts, plus a wide variety of food and drink outlets.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way south to the charming town of Shrewsbury. The River Severn loops around the town filled with higgledy-piggledy streets with quirky gift shops and welcoming cafes. With time to enjoy lunch, we continue across the border into Wales to Froncysyllte, where we board a canal boat for a leisurely 2 hour cruise across the mighty Pontcysyllte Aqueduct, which carries the Llangollen Canal across the River Dee. We board a canal boat for a gentle ride across the famous Aqueduct, an 18 arched stone and cast-iron structure, the highest in the world, for a breath-taking journey with panoramic views across the countryside. Our coach will meet us in Llangollen, and return us to our hotel, for our final evening.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. We board a heritage steam train at Bridgnorth, for a scenic journey along 16 miles through the Severn Valley from Shropshire to Worcestershire. At Kidderminster we re-join the coach and make a stop for lunch, before continuing our homeward journey, arriving in the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£375


Premier Chalet Upgrade £30.00 per personTravel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Cruise on the Norfolk Broadsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation, delicious food, great things to do and fantastic entertainment each evening.

Corton Coastal Resort, Lowestoft A beautifully located 4* cliff top village with breathtaking views out to sea, located close to the town of Lowestoft. Each of the tastefully furnished chalets is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. The Clyffe restaurant offers an excellent choice menu either from the carvery or served to your table, and a coffee shop serves light meals and snacks throughout the day. Activities and leisure facilities include Snooker, fun bowls, putting green, dancing classes, indoor heated pool, sauna and steam room… to name just a few, and live music & top-class entertainment is provided each evening.

CORTON COASTAL RESORT, SUFFOLK WARNER BREAK

Monday 25th – Friday 29th May

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way east, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, to our resort with time to settle in before dinner and our first evening’s entertainment.

TUESDAY The morning is free for you to familiarise yourself with your new surroundings and enjoy some of the many facilities available in the hotel. Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion to the nearby seaside resort of Great Yarmouth with time to stroll long the prom, browse the shops and have tea.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the Norfolk Broads, stopping first at Wroxham Barns, a collection of beautifully restored 18th century barns where you can browse the craft and gift shops and watch traditional craftsmen at work. From pottery to stained glass, from quilts to traditionally pressed cider there is something for everyone. We then make the short journey into Wroxham a beautiful town consid-ered the capital of the Norfolk Broads, with time to browse the abundance of shops and enjoy lunch. This afternoon we take an afternoon cruise on the beautiful Norfolk Broads, with full commentary as you enjoy the wonderful scenery. We return to our hotel in time for dinner and another evening of live entertainment.

THURSDAY Join us this morning as make the short journey south to Lowestoft which boasts beautiful sandy beaches and two piers. With time to enjoy lunch, take a stroll and browse the shops we return to our resort with the remainder of the day free to continue to enjoy some of the wonderful facilities and activities before a final evening dinner and entertainment.

FRIDAY Sadly it’s now time to leave our resort and journey back towards the West Country, stopping once again for coffee and lunch en route and arriving home early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£325

Sunday 24th – Saturday 30th May

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

SUPPLEMENTS:Entrance to Muckross House & Gardens

Cart ride / Boat trip in KillarneySingle supplement £164.00


Ireland’s beauty is legendary, from the lush, green pastures to the deep, lakes and the rolling hills. The Kingdom of Kerry is renowned for its natural magnificence of colourful contrasts, rugged coastline and dramatic mountain views.

The Killarney Towers Hotel, Killarney A fabulous 4* hotel situated in the heart of Killarney. All rooms are en suite, with TV, wifi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the excellent leisure facilities include an indoor pool.. Excellent Irish cuisine is followed by traditional Irish entertainment each evening.

IRELAND...KILLARNEY & THE RING OF KERRY

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£545

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way, into Wales and on to Pembroke, with, for the afternoon crossing to Rosslair. After docking in Ireland, we travel to our overnight hotel in Waterford or Wexford for dinner.

MONDAY We leave our hotel and make our way west, stopping somewhere interesting for coffee and lunch en route. We later make our way to our hotel in Killarney, where dinner and our first evening of traditional Irish entertainment awaits us.

TUESDAY We’re guaranteed some magnificent scenery today as we embark upon an unforgettable, leisurely tour around the spectacular Ring of Kerry which has deservedly earned its reputation as one of the most beautiful regions in Ireland. The route of a 179km loop starts, and ends, in Killarney, passing through lively villages with bustling pubs, charming bookshops and pretty cafés. The striking coastline is overlooked by an enchanting amalgamation of hills, cliffs, and lakes. We will stop for coffee, lunch and photographs en route… don’t forget your camera!

WEDNESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please… you may like to explore the classically Irish town of Killarney via an hour-long cart ride, or take a boat trip on a nearby lake? Only a short bus or taxi ride away is Muckross House and Gardens, a 19th century magnificent Victorian mansion, one of Ireland’s leading

stately homes. situated close to the shores of Muckross Lake and set against the stunning beauty of Killarney National Park. The elegantly furnished rooms portray the lifestyles of the landed gentry, while downstairs in the basement you can experience the working conditions of the servants employed in the House. The Gardens are renowned world-wide for their beauty which include an extensive water garden and an outstanding rock garden hewn out of natural limestone. Queen Victoria, Prince Albert and four of the princes and princesses stayed at the mansion for 2 nights in 1861.

THURSDAY After a traditional Irish breakfast, we travel around the breathtaking Dingle Peninsula. Unlike the Ring of Kerry, where the cliffs tend to dominate the ocean, it’s the ocean that dominates the smaller Dingle Peninsula. The opal-blue waters surround the green hills and golden sands which once was the setting for the film Ryan’s daughter. Once again we stop for coffee, lunch and photographs en route. We pause at Slea Head, the most westerly mainland point in Europe, with splendid views.

FRIDAY Sadly, we today leave Killarney and make our way back across Ireland’s lovely countryside to Wexford with time to browse the town, before arriving at our overnight hotel in time for dinner.

SATURDAY We leave our hotel and travel back to Rosslair for the return ferry crossing to Pembroke. We complete our homeward journey, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early evening.

NEW


Monday 25th May – Monday 1st June

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 nights’ Full Board in outside cabinsn (Packed lunch provided on excursion days)n Welcome Receptionn Early morning tea & coffeen Road train tour of Rüdesheimn Entrance to Siegfried’s Mechanical Music Museumn Cable car lift to Niederwald monument (Rüdesheim)n Entrance to the Technical Museum in Speyern Strasbourg canal cruisen Excursion to Lucerne (by coach)n Excursion to Riquewehr including Alsace Wine Tastingn Guided tour of Heidelbergn Guided walking tour of Mainz & Entrance to Gutenberg Museumn Live entertainment most eveningsn In-house activities on some nights (quiz/bingo etc)n Captain’s farewell five-course dinnern Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £405.00Main deck superior cabin supplement £151.00 per person

Upper deck superior cabin supplement £298.00 per person(Superior cabins have hotel style beds rather than fold-down beds)

Travel insurance £39.00Deposit £250.00 per person

There is no better way to explore the Rhine than from the river itself! Join us for this leisurely cruise, experiencing the delights of three countries as we gently glide through Switzerland, France and Germany.

MS Arena The 4* MS Arena is an elegant and comfortable 3 deck ship. All en-suite cabins are outward facing, with floor to ceiling panoramic windows and French balconies, equipped with TV, telephone hairdryer, safe, and air-conditioning, with an option to upgrade your cabin (subject to availability). Reception and the Panorama restaurant serving a delicious menu are both located on the main deck and the Ambassador’s Lounge & Bar on the upper deck, accessed by stairs. There is also a sun deck.

RHINE & SWISS DELIGHTS RIVER CRUISE

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1250

ITINERARYMONDAY After an early departure we make our way east, with a comfort stop on route, to Dover where we board a ferry to Calais. We continue our journey to Cologne where we board the MS Arena, arriving in time for dinner and enjoying our first evening’s cruising.

TUESDAY Today we have a leisurely day cruising along the Rhine, through the Rhine Gorge and past the legendary Lorelei. We arrive in Rüdesheim this afternoon, where we enjoy a land train ride into the historic town centre plus a visit to Siegfried’s Mechanical Music Museum and a cable car ride up to the Niederwald monument with views across the Rhine. We return to our ship for dinner, as we set sail for another overnight cruise.

WEDNESDAY This morning we arrive in the charming town of Speyer, easily explored on foot with its splendid Romanesque cathedral. We have included a visit to the Technical Museum which houses vintage cars, locomotives and an original jumbo jet! Lunch is served on board, before we set sail for Strasbourg.

THURSDAY After breakfast our ship arrives in the French port of Strasbourg, where we enjoy a picturesque canal cruise (on a smaller vessel) before spending free time exploring the historic centre with quaint cobbled alleyways, crooked half-timber buildings and an impressive 13th century cathedral. We set sail this evening, navigating the mighty Rhine towards Switzerland.

FRIDAY Today, from Basel, we join our coach and make the scenic journey through the Jura Mountain to the Swiss resort of Lucerne. Located on Lake Lucerne and sandwiched between the mountains of Rigi & Pilatus, this pretty lakeside resort is famous for its 14th century wooden chapel footbridge, Italianate tower and rock carved Lion monument. There are many shops, beautiful jewellers and cafes, together with boats offering trips across the lake. We return to our ship for dinner, for another overnight cruise.

SATURDAY We wake this morning in Breisach, where the Black Forest meets the Alsace, where we visit the picturesque village of Riquewehr for wine tasting at the famous Dopff & Irion Vineyard. We return to our ship and set sail back into Germany.

SUNDAY Breakfast is served as we continue sailing towards Mannheim, where we join our coach for a guided tour of Heidelberg with its historic monuments, impressive castle and skyline dominated by church spires. We return to the ship for lunch and cruise to Mainz where we enjoy a guided walking tour where the River Rhine and Main meet. At the heart of the old town you will find pretty pedestrian precincts and half-timbered taverns, together with the stunning cathedral. Also included is a visit to the Gutenberg Museum where you will find the history of the printing press and the very first printed bible. The ship hosts a farewell dinner tonight as we sail towards Cologne.

MONDAY This morning we disembark in Cologne after breakfast, travelling to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover, completing our journey to the West Country, arriving early/mid evening.

YOUR SHIP


Subsequent singles £60.00Travel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Exbury Gardensn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The New Forest is a much-loved location in Southern England, and Britain’s newest National Park, where wild ponies, grazing cattle and sheep wander across the roads between the many picturesque villages. Bournemouth is a popular seaside resort with golden sandy beaches and beautiful gardens, an ideal location for a short weekend break.

Suncliffe Hotel, Bournemouth A 3* hotel, recently refurbished to high standards of comfort with stunning sea views across the bay. Each en-suite room is fully equipped with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The Atlantic Restaurant serves a delicious menu using locally sourced ingredients and a hearty breakfast. The lounge bar with ocean view terrace is a quiet area to relax, and leisure facilities include a wellness suite and spa and entertainment is provided most evenings.

SPRINGTIME IN DORSET & THE NEW FOREST

Friday 29th May – Monday 1st June

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and journey east, stopping in Dorchester for lunch and a chance to browse the shops. We then continue to our hotel in Bournemouth, with time settle in and maybe take a stroll along the promenade before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SATURDAY This morning as we travel along the southern edge of the New Forest to the pretty Georgian market town of Lymington, an ancient seaport, once more important than Portsmouth where the High Street has lots of unusual shops and restaurants, many in 18th century buildings. We continue to the beautiful Exbury Gardens, an absolute delight to visit in the spring with splendid displays of trees and amazing collections of rhododendrons, camelias and azaleas within the 200 acres. The gardens were designed by Lionel de Rothschild, whose inspiration created one of finest woodland gardens in Britain. There is a tea-room and gift shop, and a steam train which runs through the gardens (extra charge).

SUNDAYJoin us if you wish for a morning excursion to nearby Poole. The town boasts the second largest natural harbour in the world. Whilst here you may like to visit the excellent shopping centre, the old town or the scenic harbour, After an early lunch, we return to Bournemouth with the afternoon free to spend as you please. Maybe take a walk along the promenade, along towards Alum Chine. The beautiful award-winning gardens are also well worth strolling through, and there are many shops to browse and restaurants to enjoy a Dorset cream tea!

MONDAY Sadly we leave Bournemouth but continue our Dorset theme as we travel to Sherborne one of the most beautiful small towns in England. With its superb Abbey, picturesque Almshouse and two Castles, it has much to offer. There is also a delightful shopping centre which has a large choice of handcrafted goods and lovely cafés to enjoy lunch. We later complete our homeward journey arriving very early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£239



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Train ticket on North Norfolk Railwayn Cruise on the Norfolk Broadsn Entrance to the Thursford Collectionn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Holiday Inn, Norwich North A modern 4* hotel situated just on the outskirts of the city. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious choice evening menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool, jacuzzi, sauna & gym.

NORFOLK...STEAM TRAINS & THE BROADS

Monday 1st – Friday 5th June

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Norfolk, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in relax before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey into the centre of Norwich. You may like to visit the splendid Norman cathedral, or the castle, built as a Royal Palace 900 years ago. Now a museum and art gallery, it houses some of the most outstanding collections of fine art and natural history. There are many shops to browse, in addition to an array of cafés to enjoy lunch. This afternoon you have a choice… to stay and continue exploring Norwich or travel with us to Great Yarmouth, a popular seaside resort on the east coast of Norfolk: here you may like to wander along one of the two promenades, browse the shops and enjoy afternoon tea. We return to our hotel via the centre of Norwich.

WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to Wroxham Barns, a collection of beautifully restored 18th century barns where you can browse in the craft and gift shops and enjoy watching traditional craftsmen at work. We then make the short journey into Wroxham a beautiful town considered the capital of the Norfolk Broads, with time to browse the abundance of shops and enjoy lunch. This afternoon we take a cruise on the beautiful Norfolk Broads, with full commentary as you relax and enjoy the wonderful scenery.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to Sheringham to board the North Norfolk Railway for a 10.5 mile round trip by steam train through a delightful area designated as outstanding natural beauty We then make the short journey to Thursford, well known for its annual Christmas Spectacular but also well worth a visit during the summer. As well as admiring the world largest collection of steam engines and mechanical organs you can also enjoy listening to resident organist Robert Wolfe on the Wurlitzer as he plays a half-hour slot. There is also an interesting exhibition of old tractors, a traditional gondola ride (suitable for all ages), several gift shops and a delicious restaurant.

FRIDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Norfolk as we begin our homeward journey. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our home area early-mid evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£359




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to West Dean Gardensn Entrance to Nymans (NT)n Entrance to Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew, Wakehurst (NT)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are pleased to bring you a new tour based in the heart of Sussex visiting some of the area’s most beautiful gardens. We have included National Trust Nymans – a garden lovers’ home for all seasons, the mature historic gardens of West Dean and Royal Botanic Gardens Kew Wakehurst, home of the millennium seed bank and over 500 acres of the wold’s plants.

Chichester Park Hotel, Chichester We are delighted to return to this modern 3* hotel ideally located close to the centre of the city. All rooms are en suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. The hotel’s leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and spa bath and the restaurant offers an excellent menu.

HIDDEN GARDENS OF SUSSEX

Monday 1st – Friday 5th June

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and journey east, with a comfort stop on route and make our way to the city of Winchester for lunch. Here you will find the stunning medieval cathedral near the vibrant shopping district with amaze of cobbled lanes and half-timbered buildings. Enjoy a relaxing lunch in one of the many cafes before we complete our journey to our hotel, with time to settle in and maybe make use of the leisure facilities before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning we make our way into the centre of Chichester where you will find a Norman cathedral, art gallery and the remains of a Roman bath house. There are many independent shops to browse, or for the more adventurous you may like to follow the circuit around the Roman city walls. With time to enjoy lunch, we continue to nearby West Dean Gardens brimming with features such as the working Victorian glasshouse, walled kitchen garden, the peaceful Spring Garden with hidden walkways and the fabulous arboretum.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we make our way to National Trust’s Nymans with its extensive garden set around the romantic house and partial ruins. In the spring the gardens are alive with blossoms and bulbs and the beautiful rose garden. The adjoining woodland is alive with birds and wildlife and the house showcases a fascinating array of furniture, textiles and antiques which the Messel family have acquired over the decades. With time to enjoy lunch we later travel to the south coast to the traditional seaside resort of Worthing with its long beach front and famous pier. The town centre has a host of shops to explore and cafes to enjoy afternoon tea.

THURSDAY Today we make our way across the South Downs National Park to the Royal Botanic Garden atKew-Wakehurst (run by National Trust). Discover the wild botanic gardens and the beautiful intimate Mansion gardens showcasing plants from around the world. There are over 500 acres to explore from the Himalayan Glade, Loder Valley Nature Reserve, the Southern Hemisphere gardens and the Wakehurst Place Mansion with its gallery of botanical paintings. Visit the on-site Millennium Seed Bank to learn about the scientific work and projects regarding endangered species. There are cafes, restaurants and coffee shops offering delicious lunches and treats. We return to our hotel with an afternoon visit to Arundel, with its castle and cathedral which dominates the skyline.

FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our journey home, stopping for lunch in Salisbury, with time to explore the majestic cathedral and vibrant shopping centre. We later continue our homeward journey, arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£385



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Buffet English Breakfastn Top price theatre ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a weekend in London and take your pick with a choice of 15 West End shows… Les Miserables, Phantom of the Opera, Mary Poppins, Hairspray, Waitress, Pretty Woman The Musical, Matilda The Musical, Tina – The Tina Turner Musical, 9 To 5, Lion King, Mamma Mia, School of Rock, & Juliet, Only Fools & Horses the Musical, & The Mousetrap.

Pretty Woman The Musical – One of Hollywood’s best loved romantic stories comes to the stage, telling the story of a working girl who makes it off the streets by meeting Mr Right. Coupled with a fantastic musical score written by Bryan Adams, this is bound to be a West End hit!

Hairspray – The comical production of Hairspray is returning to the West End, telling the story of a big girl with big hair and big dreams! Fantastic music and choreography make this hit show into a hug success. You can’t stop the beat!!

Mousetrap – Agatha Christie’s famous “whodunit” stage play is the world’s longest running show. One of the all-time great murder mysteries … sure to keep you hooked until the very end. But “shhhhh”, it’s a secret … please don’t give the answer away!

Holiday Inn, London Heathrow, A modern 4* hotel. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious hot buffet evening dinner and generous buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities includes a fitness suite.

LONDON THEATRE WEEKEND

Saturday 6th – Sunday 7th June

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London, stopping for coffee en route. You will then have time for lunch before enjoying an afternoon performance of the show of your choice. Afterwards, we re-join the coach and travel to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner and an evening free to spend as you please.

SUNDAY We leave our hotel after a leisurely breakfast and make our way into central London where you will have plenty of time to shop or sightsee in the capital. We leave late afternoon, and make our way back to the West Country, with a comfort stop on route, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£199

Thursday 4th – Monday 8th June

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Bed & Breakfastn 3 Nights’ DInner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn 3 full days of fully guided tour of the Netherlandsn Entrance to “Airborne at the Bridge” Museumn Entrance to “Airborne Museum Hartenstein”n Entrance & guided tour of Museum Huis Doornn Entrance to the Freedom Museum (National Liberation Museum)n Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


For those of you who have booked one of our previous Battlefield Tours, will know how our wonderful tour guide, Conrad, looks after us and provides comprehensive information to enhance our tours. We are delighted to bring you a new tour to the Netherlands to discover the stories behind the Battle of Arnhem and the Liberation of Europe by the Allies in World War II.

Best Western Plus Hotel Haarhuis, Arnhem This historic and stylish 4* hotel is ideally located in the centre of Arnhem. Each of the en-suite bedrooms are furnished with TV, telephone, hairdryer & Wi-Fi access. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared menu and hearty breakfast. Owing to the central location, there are many bars to enjoy the lively evening atmosphere.

ARNHEM – A BRIDGE TOO FAR & THE LIBERATION OF EUROPE

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£495

ITINERARY

THURSDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east, with comfort stops on route, to Dover, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our journey to our overnight hotel in Ypres, with time to settle in and enjoy an evening meal of your choice, after which you may like to experience the moving “Last Post” ceremony under the Menin Gate memorial which is held each evening at 8.00pm.

FRIDAY This morning, our knowledgeable guide Conrad joins our coach as we make our way across Belgium and into the Netherlands to the city of Arnhem. Here we visit Arnhem Bridge and learn about the Battle of Arnhem, a major battle in WWII, part of the Operation Market Garden. We explore the “Airborne At The Bridge” Museum to learn about the violent battle across the Rhine in 1944 with time to walk across the restored bridge that was the feature of the much-loved war film “A Bridge Too Far”. We settle into our new hotel, with the evening to enjoy dinner and explore the city at leisure.

SATURDAY After breakfast we travel the short distance to the small town of Oosterbeek, where we visit the Hartenstein Airborne Museum, the headquarters of the British Airborne Troops in September 1944. Learn about the Battle of Arnhem through stories and personal effects of British, Polish & German soldiers and also that of the local civilians who suffered during the battle. The Airborne

Experience gives a fascinating insight of the battle as you wander through cleverly constructed scenes. After a quick visit to the local Arnhem Oosterbeek Commonwealth War Graves Cemetery, we make our way to Museum Huis Doorn, the residence of the last German Emperor, Wilhelm II. After the German defeat in WWI, the royal family fled to neutral Netherlands and he lived on this estate from 1920 – 1941. A guided tour will take us through the imperial residence spread over 3 floors showcasing the history and heritage of the Kaiser and his family. Explore the outdoor Pavilion which houses an exhibition of the Netherland during WWI and enjoy lunch in the Orangery.

SUNDAY After breakfast we make our way south across the Rhine and to the National Liberation Museum (renamed the Freedom Museum) near Groesbeek. Learn about the history of two major battles during WWII (Operation Market Garden & Veritable) and how the region was liberated by the Allied forces. The design of the building represents a parachute and recalls the story of thousands of paratroopers being dropped behind enemy lines in the Rhineland area. There is a café to enjoy a light lunch before we return to Arnhem for our final evening at leisure.

MONDAY This morning we make our way to Calais for our ferry crossing to Dover. We continue our journey back to the West Country, arriving early evening.

NEW NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to RHS Garden Harlow Carrn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Yorkshire Dales is perhaps one of the most iconic landscapes of Britain, with its patchwork of green valleys, rugged moorland scenery and farmland laced with dry stone walls. Discover the natural beauty of this region with small medieval cities, historic market towns, and the stunning gardens at Harlow Carr.

The Cairn Hotel, Harrogate A delightful 3* Victorian hotel ideally located just a short walk from the town centre. All rooms are en-suite and comfortably furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked evening meal and a hearty Yorkshire breakfast. Leisure facilities include a fitness room.

HIGHLIGHTS OF YORKSHIRE

Monday 8th – Friday 12th June

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with comfort stops and lunch on route. We complete our journey into Yorkshire, and to our hotel in Harrogate, with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning is free to explore Harrogate, a Victorian Spa town, which hosts a bustling high street, parklands, elegant architecture, the cobbled Montpellier Quarter with galleries and antique shops, and the famous Betty’s Café Tea Rooms with over 100 years of history. After a relaxing lunch, we make our way to RHS Garden Harlow Carr, a 68 acre site which captures the beauty of Yorkshire, with landscaped garden designs including dry stone walls, water features, colourful herbaceous borders, wildflower meadows, alpine zones and woodland walks, together with the newly created “Hedgehog garden” with its own hedgehog highway! Betty’s Café Tea Rooms has joined forces with Harlow Carr, where you can enjoy afternoon tea.

WEDNESDAY Today we travel through the stunning scenery of the Yorkshire Dales and make a visit to the delightful market town of Skipton, where a local market has been held since Medieval times. Whilst here you might like to browse the local market trader stalls, independent shops or perhaps take a leisurely cruise along the Leeds-Liverpool canal that runs through the centre. After lunch, we continue our scenic drive to the picturesque village of Grassington, with its many gift shops and cafes to enjoy afternoon tea.

THURSDAY Join us today as we make the short journey to the unspoilt city of Ripon. The cathedral has over 1300 years of history, with medieval woodcarvings that inspired Lewis Caroll’s Alice in Wonderland story. The traditional market square is host to a weekly Thursday market and is surrounded by quaint medieval streets and Georgian buildings, filled with fascinating shops and tearooms. After lunch, we continue to the pretty town of Thirsk, with its quaint cobbled market place, and home to James Herriott, Yorkshire vet and author of “All Creatures Great & Small”.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, with comfort and lunch stops on route. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£365


Boat trip to Caldy IslandTravel insurance £21.00


YOUR HOTEL

A coastal resort in attractive Pembrokeshire, Tenby is situated on a narrow promontory jutting out into Camarthan Bay. Once a prosperous port, Georgian houses overlook the picturesque harbour with its generous sandy beaches.

Clarence House Hotel, Tenby Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years, this excellent hotel enjoys an enviable position on the esplanade. All rooms are ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee facilities. Some rooms benefit from spectacular sea views. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves highly recommended cuisine with a choice menu, evening entertainment is provided most evenings, and there is a “Happy Hour” each night.

TENBY & PEMBROKESHIRE


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way over the Prince of Wales Bridge to Abergavenny for lunch and time to browse the shops. We complete our journey to Tenby via the scenic Brecon Beacons, reaching our hotel with ample time to settle in before dinner and an evening of entertainment.

TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please exploring Tenby’s enchanting narrow streets. There are museums, shops, a good art gallery and a castle to visit, in addition to the chocolate-box pretty harbour. You may like to take boat trip to Caldy Island (weather permitting) – just 3 miles from Tenby and formerly home to monks who inhabited the monastery there for more than 1,500 years. If the stunning scenery alone isn’t enough, there’s a shop and an excellent tearoom on the island, as well as the opportunity for guided walks.

WEDNESDAY This morning we travel to Carmarthen, a neat little county town, encircled by the River Towy and full of pretty shops. Today is market day too, and you will have plenty of time to sample the local cuisine and perhaps snag a bargain! After lunch we continue to Laugharne – a quiet town on the Taf Estuary, where Welsh poet Dylan Thomas lived and is bur-ied. His boathouse and writing shed, where he penned Under Milk Wood, are well worth a visit, as are the imposing castle ruins.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way north, travelling through the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park, an area of outstanding natural beauty, to Cardigan, a lovely market town at the mouth of the river Teifi, once one of the busiest ports in Wales. With time to explore and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we return via the world-famous Cenarth Falls where the salmon leap, to Saundersfoot, a very pretty harbour village, with time to browse the gift shops and enjoy tea.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to Cardiff, the vibrant Welsh capital. With plenty of time to browse the shops, visit the castle and a variety of museums and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we later complete our homeward journey into England, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to the Black Country Living Museumn Boat Cruise on the Dudley Canaln Entrance to RAF Cosford Museumn Entrance to Wightwick Manor & Gardens (NT)n Severn Valley Railway Ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The affectionate term “Black Country” is a name given to the region of the midlands where the coal seams came to the earth surface and where 19th century folk worked the coal mines, iron foundries and forges. Discover this region full of heritage as we visit an open-air museum, a stately home and the local RAF museum.

Buckatree Hall Hotel, Telford A delightful 3* hotel nestled in the beautiful Shropshire countryside. Each comfortable en-suite bedroom is fully equipped with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to most floors. The restaurant serves a deliciously tempting menu and the lounge bar offers a quiet place to relax and retreat.

BLACK COUNTRY EXPLORER


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Tewkesbury for lunch. Whilst here you may like to explore the fine Abbey or browse the independent shops with many antiques and collectables. We continue to our hotel near Telford, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY Join us today as we visit the Black Country Living Museum, set in 26 acres this open-air museum offers an insight into 300 years of industrial history. Explore the many areas which bring to life how life and work in the Black Country developed through time, with vintage vehicle rides, traditional shops, a 1920’s cinema, Edwardian school and industrial demonstrations from past trades. With a variety of cafes including a fish ‘n’ chip shop, there are plenty of places to enjoy lunch. This afternoon we make the short journey to the Dudley Canal & Tunnel Trust for a guided boat cruise through underground tunnels, limestone mines and caverns with fantastic light shows inside as we learn about folk from the past who carved and worked these canals and tunnel routes.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we make our way to RAF Cosford with time to explore the hangers which tell the story of the RAF through its people and collections. A place of story-telling, exhibitions include personal accounts from serving personnel and veterans together with technological innovations and archive documents. You may like to enter the 4D experience where you can discover the thrills of a Red Arrow flying formation or the flight of a WWII bomber (extra charge). We continue to Wightwick Manor & Gardens, designed in a timber frame style. Inside you can explore the stunning collections of artwork and William Morris interiors. Enjoy the gardens and parkland, before enjoying a bit to eat in the Maunders Tea Rooms or browse the gift shop.

THURSDAY Join us this morning as we travel to Kidderminster to join the Severn Valley Railway for a steam train journey to Bridgnorth through lovely scenery. Bridgnorth is actually two towns - the High Town (with good views down) and the Low Town (with good views up), connected by the steepest inland funicular railway in Britain. After lunch we return along the route of the River Severn with an afternoon tea stop in the village of Ironbridge, where you can see the world’s first ever engineered cast iron bridge and the birthplace of the industrial revolution.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way south to the historic city of Worcester, with time if you wish to visit the Porcelain Museum (with the world’s largest collection of Worcester Porcelain) or the fine Cathedral, which overlooks the River Severn, where you will find the tomb of King John. We later complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£395


Please ask re travel insurance

PRICE INCLUDES:n 9 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Coffee and cake 1 afternoon in Austrian Lunch in Oberammergau before the Passion Play beginsn Top priced ticket for the Passion Play (Category 1A)n 2 x train journeys and a boat trip in Austrian Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The world-famous Passion Play in Oberammergau is held once every ten years, and is due to be performed in 2020.

Tyroll Hotel, Soell A traditional 4* hotel, just a 5 minute walk from the centre of the village with wonderful views of the mountains. All rooms are en suite, there is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves traditional cuisine. Leisure facilities include a pool.

OBERAMMERGAU PASSION PLAY & THE AUSTRIAN TYROL

Sunday 7th – Tuesday 16th June

ITINERARYSUNDAY We travel to Dover, for the ferry crossing to Calais and to our overnight hotel in Aachen,

MONDAY We continue our journey into Austria to our hotel for the next 5 nights.

TUESDAY The day is free for you to relax and enjoy your new surrounding.

WEDNESDAY Today we take a train ride on the Zillertal steam railway from Jenbach to Mayrhofen with time to explore and have lunch.

THURSDAY Today we travel to Innsbruck. The Golden Roof in the old town is the most important symbol of this charming city You can visit the Hofburg Imperial Palace or the Ambras Castle and there are cafés and restaurants to enjoy lunch.

FRIDAY After a breakfast we journey to Jenbach to board the Achenseebahn, Europe’s oldest steam operated cog railway, then on to the resort town of Pertisau for a relaxing boat cruise to the northern shores of Lake Achen.

SATURDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to Seefeld with time to explore and have lunch We continue to Oberammergau, and our hotel NB… Our hotel will not be allocated until the end of 2019 but will be of a 4* standard.

SUNDAY Late morning we travel to Oberammergau, for the celebrated Passion Play. Lunch will be provided before the performance which begins at 2.30pm and a three hour interval, when a hot dinner will be served. The play finishes approximately 10.30pm. You may like to take a small cushion and coat to help keep warm and comfortable and a small torch as it may be quite dark towards the end of the play.

MONDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to our overnight hotel, in Metz for dinner.

TUESDAY We return to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. & to the West Country, arriving mid/late-evening.

10 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1575

NEW


Saturday 13th – Saturday 20th June

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Return journey on the Schafberg Mountain Railwayn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



When Michael Portillo travelled on the Schafberg (Sheep) Mountain Railway in his “Great Continental Railway Journeys”, he said that of all the railways, Austria was the most memorable. The Salzgammergut region is full of natural beauty, affectionately known as Austria’s Lake District. With its beautiful deep-blue lakes, snow- capped mountains and delightful villages with flowered window boxes, this really is picture-postcard Austria at its very best.

Hotel Lohninger-Schober, St Georgem im Attergau A traditional 3* family run hotel. All rooms are en-suite with TV and hairdryer. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked menu and there is a lounge bar with panoramic views. Leisure facilities include an indoor and heated pools, sauna & gym.

AUSTRIA...BEAUTY ON THE EDGE OF THE WORLD

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£725

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Aachen, arriving in time for the evening meal.

SUNDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey, with regular comfort stops en-route, travelling through Germany, and into Austria, on to our hotel in St Georgen, arriving in time to freshen up before dinner.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to the region’s capital, and home to the Sound Of Music, Salzburg. The old town is a maze of charming pedestrian alleyways, with many famous and historic landmarks such as the Hohensalzburg Fortress and the beautiful Mirabell Gardens.

TUESDAY This morning we make the short journey to St Wolfgang to board the train for our return journey on the Schafberg Mountain Railway. Michael Portillo described the locomotive as “strange looking” but the “astonishing beauty” was abundant during the 40 minute journey up 3 ½ miles, climbing 3930ft, to the summit. At the summit there is a historic hotel built on a sheer cliff edge some 5870ft above Lake Wolfgang. “It is

here”, he said, “that you feel as though you have come to the top of the world”.

WEDNESDAY Join us for a scenic tour of the Lake District. We make a coffee stop by the crystal-clear shores of Lake Mondsee. Here, in the village of Mondsee, we see the pretty basilica of St Michael, where Maria and Captain Von Trapp were married in “The Sound Of Music”. After lunch, we continue to the shores of Lake Wolfgang, where we visit the picturesque traffic-free village of St Gilgen, where the family of the famous composer Mozart were based. We return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way along the shoreline of Lake Attersee to the Imperial town of Bad Ischl, formerly the summer residence of Kaiser Franz Josef and a popular spa resort. Enjoy a gentle stroll through the streets, sample some of the local cakes or maybe visit the impressive Kaiservilla, former home to the Danube monarchy, Franz Josef and his popular wife Empress “Sisi”. We later re-join the coach and continue to the UNESCO World Heritage village of Hallstatt, referred to as the “world’s most beautiful lakeside village” and just one look is enough to see why! This unspoilt village has retained its unique charm with quaint streets and picture postcard buildings.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel, and begin our return journey, travelling through stunning scenery, with comfort stops en-route, to our overnight hotel in Aachen, arriving in time for dinner.

SATURDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, with comfort stops en route, arriving mid/late-evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Boat Cruise on River Dee, Chestern Entrance to Arley Hall & Gardensn Boat Trip on Llangollen Canal & Pontcysyllte Aqueductn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Anglo-Welsh border runs for over 160 miles from the Dee Estuary in the north to the Severn Estuary in the south. Join us for a new tour as we explore the waterways and towns in this charming corner of Britain.

Hallmark Llyndir Hall Hotel, Wrexham A delightful 19th century manor hotel set within 5 acres of landscaped gardens. Each of the stylish en-suite bedrooms is furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and gym.

WELSH BORDERS & WATERWAYS

Sunday 14th – Thursday 18th June

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave our home area and journey north, with stops for coffee and lunch on route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle in and enjoy dinner.

MONDAY Today we make our way to the city of Chester where we enjoy a short sight seeing city cruise by boat along the River Dee. We follow the course of the river under the suspension bridge, past Grosvenor Park, following the long sweep of the Meadows to the city limits and back. The rest of the day is free to explore Chester at leisure, perhaps discovering the almost complete Roman city walls, or the medieval timber framed buildings in the historic centre with the famous “Rows” and the 1000 year old cathedral.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to the Cheshire stately home of Arley Hall and Gardens. One of the North-West’s most impressive historic homes, explore the exquisite interior with elaborate ceilings and oak panelling, beautiful fireplaces, intricate stained glass and impressive furniture collections throughout the rooms. Outside you can explore one of Europe’s finest gardens which have been lovingly created over 250 years. Discover over 8 acres of formal gardens with England’s first ever planted herbaceous border, an arboretum and peaceful woodland walk. With time to explore the Hall and grounds and enjoy lunch in the café we return to our hotel with time to relax and make use of the facilities or stroll around the gardens.

WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way to the town of Llangollen, surrounded by hills and situated on the River Dee. Take a stroll along the Victoria Promenade, watch the river tumble down beneath the bridge or browse the independent shops in the centre. After an early lunch we board a boat at Llangollen Wharf for a 5 mile cruise along the Llangollen Canal and across the country’s highest navigable aqueduct above the River Dee supported by 18 stone piers with spectacular views across the Welsh & English countryside. We re-join the coach and make the scenic journey up the Horseshoe Mountain Pass to the summit where you may like to browse the “Shop in the Clouds” or enjoy afternoon tea in the café admiring the views across the landscape.

THURSDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and begin our journey south. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£395




YOUR HOTEL

The English Riviera is a 22-mile stretch of outstanding south Devon coastline, renowned for its award-winning beaches, rocky coves, pretty villages and mild climate.

Queens Hotel, Paignton A modern, family-run 3* hotel just a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Each of the comfortable rooms is en-suite, with TV, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers traditional cuisine and a hearty cooked breakfast, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and games room. Entertainment is provided each evening.

ENTERTAINMENT BREAK ON THE ENGLISH RIVIERA

Friday 12th – Monday 15th June

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Torquay, in the heart of Devon’s English Riviera, with its iconic palm trees, busy harbour, international marina and wonderful array of shops and restaurants. With time to enjoy lunch, we later continue to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of entertainment.

SATURDAY After an unhurried breakfast, this morning we make our way to the market town of Tavistock, with time to enjoy lunch and explore. Birthplace of Britain’s great seafarer, St Francis Drake, the town lies on the southwest edge of Dartmoor National Park, and today is market day, with stalls offering a wide variety of products, from antiques to handcrafted gifts. We later continue to Buckfast Abbey, founded as a Benedictine monastery in 1018. The Abbey today is self-supporting, producing honey, vegetables and tonic wine. With time to explore and enjoy afternoon tea, we later return to Paignton in time for dinner and more entertainment.

SUNDAY Join us this morning as we travel to the picturesque marina resort of Dartmouth. You may like to take a stroll along the embankment and enjoy the array of yachts and vessels on the water, or maybe take a boat trip up the estuary. The town itself is choc a block with sailing stores, independent boutiques and gift shops and art galleries, and there are many cafes, pubs or restaurants to enjoy a warming lunch. We later return to Paignton with the afternoon free for you to spend as you please. You may like to take a ride on the Paignton - Dartmouth Steam Railway, before returning in time for our final evening meal and entertainment.

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to Teignmouth – a real hidden gem on Devon’s southern coast, with a Georgian crescent, long promenade and sandy beach. The town is both a historic port and a classic holiday resort, packed with traditional seaside attractions including a Victorian pier. We later continue to our home area, arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£239

NEW



Upgrade to Queen Anne Enclosure £54.00Travel insurance £14.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to the Windsor Enclosure on Ladies’ Dayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Royal Ascot race on “Ladies’ Day” is perhaps one of the most famous and glamorous events in the British sporting calendar! Steeped in tradition, the third day of Royal Ascot is a truly spectacular day of Gold Cup racing and vibrant fashion for both ladies and gentlemen to enjoy a truly memorable day out with friends and family.

Holiday Inn, London Heathrow, London A modern 4* hotel. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious hot buffet evening dinner, and generous buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities include a fitness suite.

ROYAL ASCOT LADIES’ DAY

Wednesday 17th – Thursday 18th June

ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country early morning and make our way east, stopping for coffee on route. We visit the regal town of Royal Windsor, where you can explore the famous castle, or wander through the historic town with its unusual gift shops and cosy cafes where you can enjoy lunch and afternoon tea. You may like to join a sightseeing tour bus to explore Windsor and nearby Eton with audio guided commentary or perhaps take a leisurely boat cruise along the Thames, before we continue to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.THURSDAY After breakfast we make our way to Ascot Racecourse for a whole day to enjoy one of Britain’s best loved race meetings. Our tour includes entrance to the Windsor Enclosure, a more relaxed and informal environment for all race goers, with extensive lawns, casual dining options, live music and a more relaxed dress code and located at the very heart of the racing action. For those looking to upgrade, we can offer the Queen Anne Enclosure which offers views of the Parade Ring, impressive choices of stylish bars and restaurants and atmospheric raised terraces with a more formal dress code. Races commence early afternoon and we will be returning to the West Country following the last race of the day, arriving back in our home area mid evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£185

Thursday 18th – Friday 26th June

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 8 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Journey on the Borders Railwayn Royal Highland Show Ticketn Entrance and guided tour of Blair Athol Distilleryn Loch Lomond Boat Tripn Entrance to Scone Palace & Gardensn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £65.00 (Max 5)Travel insurance £27.00

Scotland offers some of Britain’s most scenic landscapes and fascinating towns steeped in history. Join us as we experience some of the best that Scotland has to offer including a day at the prestigious Royal Highland Show, a guided tour of a whisky distillery, a boat trip on Loch Lomond and a visit to Scone Palace where Scottish Kings were crowned and history was made.

Angus Hotel, Blairgowrie A warm welcome awaits at this 3* hotel in the centre of Blairgowrie, a picturesque country town nestled at the foot of the Sidlaw hills. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers traditional cuisine, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool. Live Scottish entertainment is provided some evenings.

SCOTTISH SPLENDOUR & THE ROYAL HIGHLAND SHOW

9 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£625

ITINERARYTHURSDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, with comfort and lunch stops on route, to our overnight accommodation in Carlisle, arriving in time for dinner.

FRIDAY We continue our journey north to the market town of Melrose where we enjoy a scenic train ride on the Borders Railway. This 30 mile journey travels through former mining villages, open farmland and lush valleys of the Scottish Borders, arriving in the centre of Edinburgh. With time to explore the Scottish capital and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we re-join the coach and complete our journey to our hotel in Blairgowrie, our base for the next six nights.

SATURDAY Today we enjoy a full day at the Royal Highland Show near Edinburgh; one of Scotland’s most iconic events which showcases the best Scottish farming and country living has to offer. With over 5,000 entries from all over the UK and Ireland, the show guarantees magnificent displays of beef and dairy cattle, sheep, goats, horses and poultry, as well as the usual countryside stalls and marquees with information on countryside matters. There are food tents offering local produce, clothing and crafts, and ringside events and displays.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, today we journey north through some stunning scenery to Pitlochry, a delightful town under the towering Ben Vrackie (at 2,760 feet). It’s well-known for its salmon ladder, and boasts lovely Victorian architecture, independent shops and tearooms. After lunch, we travel to the Blair Athol Distillery, for a guided tour and tasting of the 12-year-old traditionally distilled single malt whisky.

MONDAY Following breakfast, the entire day is free to spend as you please in Blairgowrie. One of Perthshire’s largest towns, it is situated on the banks of the

River Ericht. Historically, it was a centre for growing flax, with twelve spinning mills for its linen-making industry, but nowadays it’s known for its soft fruit industry. Explore at your leisure by taking a riverside walk before browsing the local shops and soaking up the atmosphere.

TUESDAY Join us today for a tour of the Trossachs through some picturesque villages and stunning natural scenery. With a coffee stop on route, we continue through more outstanding scenery to Balloch, for an hour-long boat trip on Loch Lomond, complete with commentary (refreshments available on board). Loch Lomond Shores (Scotland’s most spectacular visitor centre) is nearby and combines the scenery with a blend of leisure and shopping overlooking the majesty of Loch Lomond. There is also an aquarium and several cafés in which to enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later return to our hotel via the market town of Crieff, where Highlanders came for many centuries to sell their cattle.

WEDNESDAY Today we travel to the nearby city of Perth, the ancient capital of the Picts. Here we visit Scone Palace, one of Scotland’s most important stately homes, which has doubled as a seat of parliament and the crowning Palace of Scottish Kings including Robert The Bruce and Macbeth. Explore the exquisite palace interiors with outstanding collections of antiques and paintings, together with the exterior stunning gardens and grounds. We later travel the short distance into the heart of Perth with time to enjoy lunch and explore this pretty city steeped in royal history, located on Scotland’s longest river, The Tay, one of the best spots for salmon fishing.

THURSDAY This morning we leave Blairgowrie and begin our homeward journey, with comfort and lunch stops on route, arriving at our overnight accommodation in Staffordshire, with time to relax before dinner.

FRIDAY After breakfast, we complete our journey home, and with comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket for the Severn Valley Railwayn Entrance to Spetchley Park Gardensn Entrance to Witley Court & Gardens (English Heritage)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Worcestershire is a quiet county in central England, well known for its beautiful hills, waterways and picturesque scenery. Worcestershire is perhaps the most garden-loving county in England and home to more public gardens than anywhere else. Join us as we explore some of the least known gardens and surrounding towns.

Hallmark Hotel, Stourport Manor, Stourport on Severn A delightful 3* Victorian hotel, once the home of Prime Minster Stanley Baldwin. Each of the en-suite bedrooms are furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna & gym.

STEAM TRAINS & SECRET GARDENS OF WORCESTERSHIRE


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Tewkesbury for lunch and time to explore this tranquil riverside market town with its beautiful abbey. We continue to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in and relax before dinner this evening.

TUESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to the town of Bridgnorth, with the High town & Low town separated by the River Severn, connected by the steepest inland funicular railway in Britain. Explore this once thriving port with castle, churches and fine mansions and enjoy lunch in one of its many cafes. This afternoon we take a steam train ride on the Severn Valley Railway along the 16 mile heritage line criss-crossing the Shropshire/Worcestershire border towards Kidderminster.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we make our way into the county town of Worcester perhaps best known for its porcelain and beautiful cathedral. Wander through Friar Street and admire the half-timbered buildings or take a stroll along the banks of the River Severn. After lunch we visit Spetchley Park Gardens whose landscape boasts some of the finest private collections of plants in the country, pretty herbaceous borders and rose garden. Home to the Berkley family for over 400 years and surrounded by ancient woodland, a deer park and lakes there is so much to explore and enjoy over the 30 acre estate.

THURSDAY Today we make our way west in the direction of Shropshire where we visit the thriving medieval town of Ludlow. Here you may like to explore its 11th century castle or browse the many independent shops selling everything from clothing, antiques, gifts and books. There are several cafes, restaurants and pubs to enjoy a cosy lunch, before we make our way to Witley Court & Gardens this afternoon. Explore the extensive ruins of the Victorian country house, once staffed by over 100 servants, accidentally destroyed by fire in 1937. The extensive gardens include the centrepiece of the magnificent water fountain, which fires every hour, seasonal topiary, lakeside pathway and the rustic boathouse and the tearooms serve delicious afternoon teas.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to the peaceful Worcestershire town of Great Malvern. Largely Victorian, the oldest roots of this town date back many centuries. The 900 year old Priory contains some of the finest medieval stained glass in the country and the centre of town is home to a peaceful garden with shops lining the hillside high street. After lunch we continue our journey back t the West Country, stopping for tea on route, arriving home early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345

NEW NEW


Saturday 20th – Friday 26th June

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Boat cruise to St Goarn Wine tasting on 1 eveningn Musical entertainment on 2 eveningsn Outdoor BBQ (or indoor buffet, weather permitting) 1 eveningn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


By popular demand, we are delighted to return for a third year to this beautiful region of Germany. The Rhine Valley is one of Germany’s most popular regions and around every corner are steep vineyards, castles perched high on hilltops and pretty villages, all dotted along the banks of the mighty river, meandering pathways through enchanting scenery. Our hotel hosts give us a warm welcome with entertainment, a free hour’s bar each evening and wine tasting, offering a great value tour.

Rheinhotel Wagner, Kamp-Bornhofen A friendly family-run traditional hotel located in the town centre just a short walk from the river. Each en-suite bedroom is equipped with TV and hairdryer. The restaurant offers a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast, and the garden terrace offers a perfect place to relax Leisure facilities include a sauna and hot tub.

TREASURES OF THE GERMAN RHINE VALLEY

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£435

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and journey east to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our journey with comfort stops on route, to our overnight accommodation near Aachen, arriving with time to settle in before our evening meal.

SUNDAY After breakfast we continue our journey through Germany, with comfort and a lunch stop on route, arriving at our hotel, with time to settle in and explore this delightful riverside town.

MONDAY Join us this morning as we enjoy a scenic boat cruise from Kamp-Bornhofen to the delightful village of St Goar, famous for its enchanting houses, giant cuckoo clock and Steiff teddy bear shops! Whilst here you may like to take the miniature railway from the market square to the Rheinfels Fortress, one of Germany’s largest ruined castles. The quaint village is full of gift shops where you can pick up a beautifully decorated German beer stein. We later join the coach and make the journey along the riverbank to the charming vineyard town of Boppard, with a beautiful riverside promenade and the oldest Roman fort walls north of the Alps.

With time to enjoy lunch in one of the town’s many cafes, we return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we take a scenic journey by coach, along the Rhine, to the charming winemaking town of Rüdesheim. Why not take a stroll down the famous Drosselgasse, a cobbled pedestrianised lane through the heart of the town, lined with gift shops, taverns and cafes, where you may like to sample the local Riesling wine! Or maybe take the cable car up to the heights of the Niederwald Monument, with panoramic views across the Rhine Valley.

WEDNESDAY Today we make a short journey, to the historic Roman city of Koblenz, located where the Rhine meets the Moselle river, at a point known as Deutches Eck (German Corner). With its castles, palaces and fortresses there is so much culture to explore in the city. The heart of Koblenz is a maze of narrow lanes and romantic squares, teaming with cafes, churches and shops. With time to discover the compact city on foot and soak up the local atmosphere whilst enjoying lunch in one of the many cafes, we later return to our hotel for our final evening with our hosts.

THURSDAY We sadly leave our hosts on the Rhine and begin our journey home, stopping for lunch on route to our overnight hotel in Ostend, arriving with time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure exploring the seafront.

FRIDAY After breakfast, we make our way back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our homeward journey, reaching the West Country early evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Light entertainment on some eveningsn Entrance to the Big Pit (free entry) - National Coal Museum & Underground Tourn Guided coach tour of the Forest of Deann Steam Train ride on the Forest of Dean Heritage Railwayn Boat Cruise on River Wyen Guided coach tour from Tintern Abbey Milln 2 course buffet lunch at Abbey Milln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are delighted to repeat this popular tour, discovering one of England’s last ancient forests and first designated National Forest Park in 1938. The natural beauty of this region has attracted writers, poets and artists through the ages, drawing inspiration from the natural elements of the land. Join us as we cruise down the River Wye, enjoy a gentle steam train ride and visit sites of national heritage.

Bells Hotel, Coleford A delightful 3* hotel located in the heart of the Forest Of Dean, with views across the golf course. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared menu with traditional dishes and entertainment is provided on some evenings.

THE FOREST OF DEAN & THE WYE VALLEY BY COACH, BOAT & TRAIN

Monday 22nd – Friday 26th June

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way across the River Severn, stopping for a comfort stop on route, to the Welsh medieval town of Chepstow for lunch. We later complete our journey to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in and relax before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to the Big Pit National Coal Museum. Discover the history of coal mining, and the role of Welsh miners in this heritage industry, and for our brave passengers - go underground on a fascinating guided tour to experience what life was like for thousands of men who worked at the coal face. We later continue to the Welsh border market town of Monmouth, and birthplace of Henry V and situated on the confluence of 3 rivers. With time to browse the shops, explore the town and enjoy lunch.

WEDNESDAY This morning we are joined by a knowledgeable guide for a tour of the Forest Of Dean, to learn about the natural environment, flora and fauna, and discover the forest’s hidden secrets. We continue to Norchard Heritage railway station for lunch and visit to the railway museum, before boarding a steam train for a picturesque return journey along the route of the River Lyd. We later re-join the coach and return to our hotel.

THURSDAY This morning we travel to Tintern Abbey Mill. After coffee we are joined by a knowledgeable guide for a 2 hour coach tour of the Wye Valley and Tintern area, before returning to the Mill for a buffet lunch and time to browse the independent gift and craft shops in the Old Mill, overlooking the River Wye. This afternoon we travel to Symonds Yat to board a boat for a leisurely cruise along the River Wye

FRIDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and travel to the charming town of Ross-On-Wye, gateway to the Wye Valley. With time here to explore the town with its 17th century Market Hall and Tudor timbered houses, browse the shops and have lunch before we complete our journey home, arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£375



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Waddesdon Manor & Gardens (NT)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Chiltern Hills is a beautiful landscape, quintessentially English with tucked away villages and picturesque market towns and stately homes. It is also loved for its appearances in the TV Series Midsomer Murders!

Holiday Inn, High Wycombe A 3* hotel with modern décor. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift at the hotel, but some ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared evening menu and hearty breakfast.

MIDSOMER, MANOR & MARLOW

Friday 19th – Monday 22nd June

ITINERARYFRIDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way to the market town of Marlborough. Explore this quaint town with narrow alleys, arcades and coaching inns, half-timbered cottages and a beautiful parish church. With time to enjoy a leisurely lunch, we complete our journey reaching our hotel with ample time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY Join us today as we travel around the Chilterns and explore some of the towns associated with filming locations of Midsomer Murders. We begin with a stop for coffee in the elegant town of Amersham with its broad high street filled with half-timbered houses and a handsome Market House, making it one of the most photographed of all Chiltern valley towns. Six episodes of Midsomer Murders have been filmed here. We continue to Marlow, with its pretty streets, many used in the film sets of the TV series. Its 19th century bridge spans the River Thames and St Peter Street is the oldest lane running down to the waters edge. After lunch we continue to Henley-On-Thames (known as Causton in the latest Midsomer Murders) with its historic centre a short throw from the river. The visitor centre can provide Midsomer Murder walking trail.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we visit perhaps one of Buckinghamshire’s grandest stately homes, Waddesdon Manor & Gardens. Built in 1870 for Baron Ferdinand de Rothschild to display his private collections and entertain lavish banquets, the architecture is wholly inspired by chateaux of the Loire Valley. Wander through exquisite State Rooms and enjoy the estate and gardens with carpets of flowers, woodland area, water garden, aviary and quiet spaces to sit and enjoy the peace and tranquillity. There are a variety of restaurants and cafes to enjoy lunch and afternoon tea, and a fully stocked gift shop to find that perfect souvenir.

MONDAY We sadly leave our hotel this morning and begin our journey home. We travel to the heart of the Cotswolds and to Bourton-On-The-Water for lunch, with time to explore the riverside village with gift shops and tea rooms, before continuing our homeward journey with a stop for tea, arriving back in the West Country late afternoon/early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Chartwell (NT)n Entrance to Sissinghurst Castle Garden (NT)n Entrance to Scotney Castle (NT)n Entrance to Ightham Mote (NT)n Entrance to Polesden Lacey (NT)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The National Trust is a conservation organisation which works to preserve and protect the coastline, countryside and buildings of Great Britain. One way it does this is through encouraging millions of people to enjoy their national heritage. The trust owns many heritage properties, including historic houses and gardens and we are delighted to be able to offer a tour to five of its loveliest properties.

Mercure Great Danes Hotel, Maidstone A modern 4* hotel located just on the outskirts of Maidstone. Each of the comfortable en-suite rooms is furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated swimming pool, sauna & gym.

NATIONAL TRUST TREASURES...KENT

Monday 22nd – Friday 26th June

ITINERARYMONDAY We make our way east, with a comfort stop en route, to Chartwell, the much-loved family home of Sir Winston Churchill. The rooms remain much as they were when he lived here, with pictures, books, personal mementoes and wide-ranging interests of the great statesman, writer, painter and family man. We complete our journey to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.TUESDAY Join us this morning as we visit Sissinghurst Castle Garden, one of the most individual and beautiful gardens in Europe. It is divided into a series of rooms filled with informal arrangements of plants around a theme; the White Garden, the Purple Border, the Rose Garden, the Herb Garden, the Lime Walk, and the Cottage Garden. Whilst here, you can marvel at the colourful floral displays and take a lakeside woodland walk, as well as taking lunch & tea in the restaurant. We later visit the medieval cathedral city of Canterbury, with time to visit the cathedral, the famous Canterbury Tales visitor attraction and enjoy a late lunch or afternoon tea.WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we travel to the spa town of Royal Tunbridge Wells, famous for “The Pantiles”. With time to browse the shops and enjoy coffee, we make the short journey to the 14th century moated Scotney Castle, a country house with a romantic garden, idyllically situated on a wooded estate. The house is crammed with paintings, textiles, furniture and books and the tea-room serves delicious lunches and teas. There is also a gift and plant shop.THURSDAY Join us this morning as we visit Rochester, dominated by its fine Norman Castle and cathedral. With time to browse this historic town, famous for its connections to the Victorian novelist Charles Dickens, we continue to the 14th Century moated manor house of Ightham Mote, described by David Starkey as ‘one of the most beautiful and interesting of English country houses.’ Built almost 700 years ago highlights include the pretty courtyard, Great Hall, crypt, Tudor painted ceiling and the private apartments of Charles Henry Robinson, who gave Ightham Mote to the National Trust in 1985. The house is surrounded by peaceful gardens with an orchard, water features, lakes and woodland walks and the Mote restaurant serves delicious lunches and teasFRIDAY We leave our hotel and travel to Polesden Lacey, an 18th Century country retreat where the late King George VI and Queen Mother spent their honeymoon. Surrounded by breathtaking views of the Surrey Hills, its rich collections of art and stories provide a fascinating insight into the Edwardian era. The landscaped gardens offer delightful walks, and the tearooms offer tempting treats. We then resume our homeward journey, reaching the West Country early/mid evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Admission to Blenheim Palace Flower Show (also includes entry to park and gardens)n Entrance to Abbey House Gardensn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Blenheim Palace provides the perfect backdrop for this annual flower show, which is set inside the beautiful gardens. It features over 150 floral and garden exhibitors, a grand floral marquee, garden landscapes and numerous gift and garden shopping villages.

Jurys Inn, Swindon A comfortable 4* hotel, with a contemporary feel. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast.

BLENHEIM PALACE FLOWER SHOW & ABBEY HOUSE GARDENS

Saturday 27th – Sunday 28th June

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop, make our way to Blenheim Palace with the remainder of the day free for you to enjoy the Flower Show with its beautiful show gardens, floral art displays, the grand floral marquee, gardening talks, plants & gift marquees and numerous refreshment stalls. Your admission ticket also allows access to Blenheim’s parkland and gardens, which cover over 2000 acres, designed by Capability Brown. We later re-join the coach and travel the short journey to our hotel, arriving in time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Malmesbury to the historic Abbey House Gardens. This truly spectacular 5 acre garden has featured in many TV programmes, and is located beside the 12th century Malmesbury Abbey. The carefully laid gardens boast over 10,000 different plant species and has been credited as being one of the most delightful of English Gardens in the world! The areas include knot gardens, herb gardens, river walks, waterfalls, fish ponds and over 2000 different roses (the largest collection in the UK). The “Coy Carp Café” provides a peaceful area to enjoy lunch and watch & feed the superb extensive collection of Koi carp. We later continue our journey back to the West Country, arriving early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£125

Saturday 27th June – Friday 3rd July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Train ride from Derry to Colerainen Admission to Giants Causeway Visitor Experiencen Guided coach tour to Malin Headn Guided walking tour of Derryn Entrance to Glenveagh National Park Visitor Centre & Castle and Gardensn Admission to Ulster American Folk Parkn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel


Shuttle bus at Giant’s CausewayTravel insurance £37.00

Ireland’s beautiful northern coast is full of spectacular landscapes and wonderful scenery. The coastal route is full of rugged cliffs and natural beauty, which we will experience on a scenic train ride to the northern coastline.

Inishowen Gateway Hotel, Buncrana A delightful 3* hotel located on the Inishowen Peninsula, overlooking the bay. All en-suite rooms are well equipped with TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a mouth-watering menu and hearty Irish breakfast, and the lough View Bar offers an area to relax in the evenings.

IRELAND’S BEAUTIFUL NORTHERN COAST

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£565

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area and travel north, with comfort and lunch stops on route, to our overnight hotel in Carlisle, arriving in time to settle in before dinner.

SUNDAY After breakfast we make our way to the port of Cairnryan, with a stop for an early lunch, for our afternoon ferry crossing to Larne. We continue our journey to our hotel in Buncrana, our base for the next four nights, arriving with time to relax before dinner.

MONDAY Today we make our way to Derry where we board a train for Coleraine, affectionately known as the “Causeway Coaster”. Described by Michael Palin as “one of the most beautiful rail journeys in the world” we begin our journey in the riverside historic city of Derry, through lush countryside, and on to golden sandy shores of Benone Strand. Here the railway track runs alongside the Atlantic Ocean, with views of one of Ireland’s most unspoilt beaches, before finally coming to settle alongside the River Bann in Coleraine. We re-join the coach for the short journey to the world-famous Giants’ Causeway, a natural landscape created by a volcanic eruption. After a short video presentation in the visitor centre you can walk (or take a shuttle bus) to the magnificent site with its 40,000 hexagonal columns on the stunning coastline.

TUESDAY This morning we are joined by a guide for a tour to the most northerly point on the Irish coastline, at Malin Head, home to Europe’s largest sand dunes and spectacular views across the Atlantic Ocean. We continue our guided journey to Derry-Londonderry for a walking tour of this intact walled city, including the walls and Peace Bridge. With

time to enjoy lunch at a restaurant of your choice, and soak up the atmosphere in this historic city, we return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.

WEDNESDAY Join us today for a scenic tour of Glenveagh National Park via the cathedral town of Letterkenny. The Glenveagh Visitor Centre is located on the northern shore of Lough Veagh and has extensive displays of the park’s natural history. The National Park is a remote and hauntingly beautiful natural landscape with oak woodlands, tumbling waterfalls and crystal lakes. A shuttle bus takes us to the 19th century castle and former hunting lodge and exotic gardens. There are tearooms at the castle and a restaurant in the visitor centre to enjoy lunch.

THURSDAY We leave our hotel and journey south to the Ulster American Folk Park, which tells the fascinating story of Irish emigration to America over three centuries. During the experience you will see the thatched cottages of Ulster and by-gone Irish culture, board a full-scale emigration ship, and explore the log cabins of the American Frontier. We continue to our overnight hotel in Wexford, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

FRIDAY After an early start we make our way to Rosslare for a morning ferry crossing to Pembroke. We continue our journey home, with comfort stops and lunch on route, arriving in the West Country early-mid evening.

5 DAYS

£375

TOUR PRICE

NT MEMBERS

£445

NON NT MEMBERS


Monday 29th June – Monday 6th July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 1 Night Bed & Breakfast at first night overnight accommodationn Welcome drink in Andorran House wine & water with dinner in Andorran Live musical entertainment most eveningsn Ticket for the mountain rack railwayn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


Tucked away in the eastern Pyrenees is the tiny Catalan principality of Andorra, a paradise of ragged mountain peaks, narrow valleys and breathtaking natural scenery. In addition to the stunning landscape, Andorra contains many historic towns and pretty villages, as well as one of Europe’s oldest parliaments.

Nordic Hotel, El Tartar A modern 4* hotel located in the picturesque town of El Tarter. Each en-suite room is well equipped with TV, hairdryer and air-conditioning. The spacious restaurant serves a delicious home-cooked menu and the bar offers a peaceful area to relax. Leisure facilities include an indoor and outdoor swimming pool, spa and sauna.

ANDORRA...A PYRENEES MOUNTAIN PARADISE

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£645

ITINERARY

MONDAY After an early departure, we make our way, with a comfort stop on route to Dover, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our journey, making a stop for dinner on route, to our overnight accommodation south of Paris.

TUESDAY This morning we continue our journey down through central France, with comfort stops on route. We cross the Andorra border and make our way up through the mountain roads to our hotel, and base for the next five nights, in the charming town of El Tarter, with time to settle in before dinner this evening.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel over the French border to visit the lovely town of Foix, with its magnificent castle, founded by Charlemagne and key in French history and their crusades. The heart of the old town has retained its medieval character with narrow streets and half-timber framed houses. After a relaxing lunch, we make our way back into Andorra making a visit to Meritxell, to discover the Sanctuary, home to the patron saint of Andorra “Our Lady of Meritxell”, and where seven wooden figures represent the seven parishes of Andorra.

THURSDAY Today we are joined by a local guide, as we make our way over the border, into Spain, and across the Catalan countryside to the village of Ribes de Freser. Our guide will provide us with an informative

tour on route. We board the historic rack railway and take in the stunning views in the Vall de Nuria, and out across the Pyrenees, as we wind our way up the mountain to a height of 2,000 metres! At the summit, there are many walking trails to explore the area, or visit the Basilica Sanctuary, exhibition and enjoy lunch in the café.

FRIDAY This morning we are joined by an experienced guide for a coach tour of Andorra’s four scenic valleys. Travelling through some outstanding natural mountain scenery, we visit Ordino, La Massana, Pal and Escalades, before stopping for lunch in Andorra’s capital, Andorra La Vella, with its wealth of shops and designer boutiques. Whist here you can explore the Barri Antic (old town) – the original heart of the town, when it was little more than a village.

SATURDAY Join us this morning, if you wish, for an excursion over the Spanish border to Le Seu d’Urgell, a lively town once governed by Andorra. Historically one of the most important cities in medieval Catalonia, here you will find the cathedral Santa Maria and the historic market which has been held here since 1029. After lunch we make our way back to El tarter with this afternoon free to explore the pretty town and maybe make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities.

SUNDAY Sadly, after a hearty breakfast we today bid a fond farewell to the Pyrenees, making our way back into France, with stops on route, before we arrive at our overnight accommodation in time for evening meal.

MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey to Calais, for the ferry crossing to Dover, arriving back in the West Country mid-late evening.


Premier chalet upgrade £30.00 per personTravel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation, delicious food, great things to do and fantastic entertainment each evening. With its ruggedly beautiful sea views, hospitable staff and excellent entertainment, Norton Grange is the perfect adults-only Warner’s Leisure Resort.

Norton Grange, Isle of Wight One of the real gems of your stay at Norton Grange is surely the fabulous views of the western Solent, a busy and colourful waterway which stretches from Cowes to the Needles. Each of the traditionally styled en-suite chalets is comfortably equipped with a TV and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant and coffee shop offer a delicious variety and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, bubble pool, sauna, solarium, fitness studio, 9-hole pitch-and-put, all-weather bowls green, archery and shooting range… and much more! Excellent entertainment is provided each evening by the resident band.

NORTON GRANGE COASTAL VILLAGE, ISLE OF WIGHT

Monday 29th June – Friday 3rd July

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area, and with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Southampton for the 1 hour ferry crossing to East Cowes. Once on the island, we make the short journey to Norton Grange, to give you plenty of time to settle in and familiarise yourself with your new surroundings before dinner and the first night of entertainment.

TUESDAY The morning is free for you to continue to enjoy the facilities of our resort. Join us, if you wish, for an afternoon excursion to Cowes, a famous yachting centre. Here you will be able to browse the shops, or sit and watch the lively harbour, where there are always boats of all sizes coming in and going out. We return to our resort for dinner and another evening of excellent entertainment

WEDNESDAY Join us today as we take a wonderful circular tour of the island, stopping in Ryde, the second largest town on the island, for coffee and Shank-lin Old Village for lunch, with its picturesque thatched buildings, gift shops and cafés. Just past the entrance to the Crab Inn is the beginning of Shanklin Chine, a deep gorge carved out by a stream. Dinner this evening will once again be followed by top entertainment

THURSDAY This morning we travel to the very picturesque village of Godshill – the most-photographed village in Britain! Spend the morning admiring the thatched cottages and the 15th Century church, visiting the immaculate Model Village, browsing the gift shops, and maybe treat yourself to coffee and a large cream cake from the Old Smithy. We return to our resort with the afternoon to spend as you please, maybe take a stroll into Yarmouth before our final evening dinner and entertainment.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave after breakfast, and make the short journey to East Cowes for the return ferry crossing back to Southampton. We then continue to Salisbury for lunch before we complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£365



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Visit to the Royal Mint Experiencen Canal Boat Cruisen Return Journey on Brecon Mountain Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us as we go “heads & tails” in South Wales with a visit to the hugely popular Royal Mint Experience. You will get unprecedented access behind the scenes, discover the process of coin making, and learn about surprising stories from our history and a fascinating tour of the world’s leading coin manufacturing installation. We also enjoy a day in the Brecon Beacons National Park with a canal cruise and steam train journey through stunning Welsh scenery.

The Cardiff North Hotel, Cardiff A 3* modern hotel located on the outskirts of the city. All rooms are en-suite with TV, free Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and ground floor rooms are also available. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty Welsh breakfast. The leisure facilities include a fitness suite.

HEADS AND TAILS... IN SOUTH WALES (CANALS, COINS & CARDIFF)


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and, with a stop for coffee, make our way over the Severn Bridge and up to the market town of Monmouth, with time to browse the shops and enjoy a relaxing lunch. We later make our way to our hotel, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning we travel to the quiet seaside resort of Porthcawl, with its Victorian seafront houses and promenade. The town’s seven beaches have won Blue Flag awards and offer long sandy beaches to stroll along whilst enjoying an ice cream! We later continue on to the Royal Mint Experience, for a guided tour of the manufacturing areas to learn how blank pieces of metal become coins. You will see the Striking Hall where thousands of coins are produced 24 hours each day, and you will have the opportunity to strike your own coin as a memento of the day. The interactive exhibition has 6 different zones where you will discover the history of coins, the manufacturing process and fascinating collections. The café serves afternoon teas, and the gift shop is full of souvenirs and gifts.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way into the Welsh capital of Cardiff for the whole day for you to spend as you please. There is a wonderful shopping district with all the usual high street brands, together with more unusual boutiques and independent gift shops. Cardiff castle is well worth a visit with its network of secret underground tunnels and fascinating museum. Cardiff’s waterfront is a cosmopolitan area with vibrant cafes at Mermaids Quay, and boat docking stations from which you can enjoy a relaxing cruise around the bay.

THURSDAY Join us today as we travel north, passing through the heart of the Brecon Beacons National Park, to the town of Brecon. Here we enjoy a gentle canal cruise along the historical waterway, cruising through locks and over an aqueduct, accompanied by on-board commentary providing an insight into the fascinating industrial heritage which formed the canal today. With time to browse the shops and explore this Welsh market town, we enjoy a return steam train journey on the Brecon Mountain Railway to see the beautiful Welsh valleys and reservoir scenery.

FRIDAY This morning we leave our hotel and make our way to the market town of Abergavenny for lunch, before completing our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345

NEW


Sunday 5th – Friday 10th July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Admission to the Royal Yacht Britannian Firth of Forth Boat Cruisen Train ride on the Bo’ness & Kinneil Railwayn Ticket for the Falkirk Wheeln All coach travel



Join us as we steam and cruise through some of central Scotland’s famous sights from a different perspective, as we travel by train, boat and a wheel! We bring you the majestic Royal Yacht Britannia in all her glory, and fabulous views of the famous Firth Of Forth Bridge, and the regal city of Edinburgh herself.

Double Tree by Hilton Hotel, Glasgow Westerwood A modern, 4* hotel ideally located between Edinburgh and Glasgow, with delightful views across to the Campsie and Kilsyth Hills. All rooms are en-suite with TV, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious menu using locally sourced produce and leisure facilities include indoor pool.

SCOTLAND...THE AGE OF STEAM, BOATS & WHEELS

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£495

ITINERARY

SUNDAY After an early departure we make our way north, with comfort and lunch stops on route, arriving with time to settle in before our evening meal.MONDAY After breakfast we travel into Edinburgh and board the world class Royal Yacht Britannia, Step aboard and experience this truly magical floating palace, and view the captain’s bridge, state apartments, royal bedrooms, crew’s quarters and gleaming engine room (fully accessible throughout with lifts and ramps along the tour). After lunch we travel to the pier and step aboard for a 90 minute boat cruise around the Firth Of Forth. This is the best way to see the iconic UNESCO World Heritage Forth Bridge, a monument to Victorian engineering, together with the Forth Road Bridge which carries 24 million vehicles across the river estuary each year… and you may just catch a rare glimpse of a dolphin or killer whale as we cruise close to some of the small islands.TUESDAY This morning we travel to Bo’ness and board a

steam train for a one-hour return journey on the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway. We climb through woodlands passing a majestic waterfall, before turning inland through fields to Birkhill, then crossing over the impressive viaduct over the wooded Avon Gorge, with stunning views. We re-join the coach and travel to Falkirk for lunch, before boarding the stunning Falkirk Wheel, the world’s only rotating boatlift, which is used to connect the Forth & Clyde and Union Canals in central Scotland. Marvel at this incredible piece of engineering and stunning views as we complete a full rotation.WEDNESDAY Join us today as we take a wonderful tour of the Trossachs, through some picturesque villages and stunning scenery, stopping in Aberfoyle for coffee and time to explore this lovely town. We then continue over the stunning Duke’s Pass, with a stop at Loch Katrine for lunch and time to admire the wonderful scenery and the views. We return to our hotel with a stop for tea in Callander.THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel into the centre of Edinburgh with the day free to explore. Why not jump on a sightseeing bus to explore the city’s many beautiful sights with an on-board audio guide? Or you may like to visit the famous castle, which contains the Scottish Crown Jewels and the Stone of Destiny, or maybe stroll along the Royal Mile. There are also an abundance of shops and restaurants to enjoy lunch.FRIDAY This morning we sadly leave Scotland, with comfort stops on route, before completing our journey home, arriving early evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Burghley House & Groundsn Ticket for the Nene Valley Railwayn Boat Cruise on Rutland Watern All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are delighted to introduce a new tour discovering a rural pocket of England with quaint market towns, peaceful waterways, heritage railway lines and historic stately homes.

The Olde Barn Hotel, Grantham A delightful 3* hotel with modern comforts. Each en-suite bedroom is tastefully decorated with TV, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant offers a delicious traditional seasonal menu and the lounge bar provides a relaxing area to enjoy a drink after dinner. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated swimming pool, spa bath, sauna, steam room & fitness suite.

TREASURES OF RURAL ENGLAND


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch on route. We continue to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in and relax before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning we the short journey to the market town of Melton Mowbray. The Farmers Market brings people from far and wide to purchase locally grown produce from the surrounding countryside. Known as the “Rural Capital of Food”, you may like to sample some of the town’s traditional cuisine – pork pies, from the “Ye Olde Pork Pie Shoppe” or the local stilton cheese. After lunch we visit Burghley House, one of the grandest and largest estates from the Elizabethan period, built by William Cecil, Lord High Treasurer to Queen Elizabeth I. Explore over 35 exquisite State Rooms together with 80 smaller rooms with unique collections of artwork, furniture and textiles. The external grounds include a deer park, formal gardens and a sculpture garden and there is a restaurant to enjoy afternoon tea.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we enjoy a return heritage train ride on the Nene Valley Railway, travelling through a picturesque landscapes of water meadows, farmland and country parkland. We continue to the pretty County town of Oakham for lunch with its Norman Castle, historic market place and variety of cafes. This afternoon we enjoy a leisurely boat cruise of Rutland Water with its surrounding countryside.

THURSDAY Join us today for an excursion to Lincoln, with time to explore this beautiful city, with its narrow streets and quaint buildings. The castle holds a prominent position and is worth a visit, and the cathedral stands high above the town on a ridge with views across to the lower town. Inside the cathedral quarter is Bailgate with its specialist shops, trendy boutiques and souvenir shops. Cafes and restaurants line the river, offering a relaxing place to enjoy lunch. We continue to Boston for an afternoon stop. Whilst here you may like to visit St Botolph’s Church Flower Festival, its theme celebrating 400 years of the Mayflower’s epic voyage to America.

FRIDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and make our way south. With comfort stops en route, we return to the West Country early –mid evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£349



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Train ride on Lakeside and Haverthwaite Steam Railwayn Boat trip on Lake Windermeren Entrance to World of Beatrix Potter Attractionn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle and bustle of daily routine, with some of the UK’s most stunning scenery. Join us as we make a magical scenic journey on a steam train, a boat cruise across Lake Windermere and a visit to the World Of Beatrix Potter!


LAKE DISTRICT – RAIL, SAIL & BOBTAIL

Monday 6th – Friday 10th July

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we journey through some of the most spectacular scenery you’ll see anywhere in England. We stop in Kendal for coffee and then continue north up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass and along part of Ullswater to Keswick for lunch and time to explore this charming town We complete our scenic drive back to our hotel with time to relax.

WEDNESDAY Join us today for the highlight of our tour … rail, sail and bobtail! We make our way to Haverthwaite, to board a nostalgic steam train for a scenic journey to Lakeside, the most southerly tip of Lake Windermere. From here we take a gentle boat cruise across Windermere, with refreshments available on board. We arrive in the delightful town of Bowness, with time for lunch, before re-joining the coach and make the short journey to the delightful World Of Beatrix Potter. Our visit starts with a short film presentation of the author’s life, stories and illustrations, before we explore the magical world of characters with 3D scenes, exhibitions and atmospheric lighting. Visit Peter Rabbit’s garden, Mrs Tiggywinkle’s kitchen and Jeremy Fisher’s lily pad boat plus many others, and the beautifully stocked shop with a treasure trove of gifts.

THURSDAY Today we enjoy a circular tour through some of the Lake District’s loveliest sights. We travel a little further north, following part of Coniston Water and Coniston Village, to Ambleside for coffee and time to look around this picturesque village. We then make our way to the pretty village of Grasmere for lunch, with its many gift shops and time if you wish to visit Wordsworth’s museum and Dove Cottage – his home from 1799 to 1808, the years of his supreme work as a poet. We return with some time to explore Grange over Sands.


5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£395

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn West Highland Railway Ticketn Guided tour of Electric Mountain, Llanberisn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL



LLANDUDNO & THE WELSH HIGHLAND RAILWAY

Tuesday 7th – Saturday 11th July

ITINERARYTUESDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On arrival at our hotel, enjoy a cup of tea while your luggage is delivered to your room before dinner and our first evening of entertainment.

WEDNESDAY This morning is free to spend as you please exploring Llandudno, known as the Queen of Welsh Resorts. You may like to ride the Great Orme Tramway to the summit, on one of only three cable-hauled street tramways in the world. There is also a fine pier (over 700 metres long), attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. This afternoon we visit Conwy – a medieval walled town with an imposing castle and lively quay, where you will find what is claimed to be the smallest house in Great Britain!

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to Porthmadog Station to board the Welsh Highland Railway, Snowdonia’s newest railway. We enjoy a spectacular 25 mile scenic journey, hauled by the world’s most powerful narrow-gauge steam locomotive passing through the magnificent Aberglaslyn Pass, zigzagging down the steep hillside to the village of Beddgelert, as the train crosses the flanks of Mount Snowdon, before it descends from over 650 feet down towards sea level, arriving at Caernarfon. With time to explore this harbour town with its spectacular 13th century castle, narrow streets and redeveloped waterfront, we re-join the coach and return to our hotel.

FRIDAY Today we make our way through part of the Snowdonia National Park, with some of the most stunning scenery to be found anywhere, to Llanberis where we then board a bus at the Electric Mountain Centre for an underground guided tour of the Hydro Electric Power Station. Here you’ll witness Dinorwig’s massive pump/turbines in action, and see how quickly electricity is made when the demand arises. (Please note: sensible footwear is required for the tour). The bus then returns to the surface, with time to enjoy lunch and explore the village of Llanberis, with its stunning mountain backdrop. We then make our way to the picturesque village of Betws-y-Coed. Set in a beautiful valley within the Snowdonia Forest Park, it’s North Wales’ most popular resort. Here you will find a railway museum, craft and gift shops, and tearooms.

SATURDAY Sadly we today leave North Wales and make our way home, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We complete our homeward journey back into England, arriving early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£415


Entrance to the Savill Garden (Windsor Great Park)Travel insurance £14.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Buffet English Breakfastn RHS Hampton Court Flower Show Ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Organised by the Royal Horticultural Society, Hampton Court Palace Flower Show is the world’s largest flower show, held in the grounds of Hampton Court Palace in West London. On show will be water gardens, conceptual gardens, contemporary and traditional gardens to suit all tastes. Hundreds of the UK’s best nurseries will fill the floral marquees and floral art, floristry, fruit and vegetables will also be a major part of the show, with opportunities to buy gifts, making it a glorious day out.

Holiday Inn, London Heathrow, London A modern 4* hotel. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious hot buffet evening dinner, and generous buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities include a fitness suite.

RHS HAMPTON COURT PALACE FLOWER SHOW

Friday 10th – Saturday 11th July

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country early morning and make our way east, stopping for coffee on route. When we reach Windsor, you have a choice. Either to visit the regal town of Royal Windsor, where you can explore the famous castle, or wander through the historic town with its cosy cafes and unusual gift shops OR visit Savill Garden located in Great Windsor Park, one of Britain’s finest ornamental gardens. With world class horticultural displays, set within 35 acres of interconnecting gardens with stunning seasonal displays and rare plant collections, there is so much to see and explore. The café serves delicious lunches and afternoon teas. We later continue to our hotel, with time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY After breakfast we make our way to Hampton Court Palace, where you will have the day free to enjoy the spectacular RHS flower and garden show. As well as the stunning floral displays, you can learn about growing your own fruit and vegetables and get tips on gardening in a changing climate, so whether you are a gardener, a would-be-gardener or a non-gardener there is something for everyone. There are also hundreds of opportunities to buy gifts and gadgets and numerous places to enjoy coffee, lunch and tea. We leave late afternoon, making our way back to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£165

SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement for 1st 3 singles

£15.00 for subsequent singlesTravel insurance £14.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 2-day ticket to Goodwood Festival of Speedn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Held in the immaculate grounds of Goodwood House, the Goodwood Festival of Speed is the world’s largest celebration of motoring culture in the world – a unique weekend that brings together a marvelous mix of cars, motorcycles, motorsport celebrities and professional drivers.

Europa Hotel, Maidenbower A modern hotel with a beautiful courtyard and landscaped gardens. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant serves a seasonal menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and gym.

GOODWOOD FESTIVAL OF SPEED (DATES TBC)

Saturday 11th – Sunday 12th July

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and make our way, with a comfort stop en route, to Goodwood for the world’s largest car event. From current Formula 1 racers and 200mph supercars to steam-powered carriages of the 19th century, and from 3,000bhp top fuel dragsters to classic rally cars, the Festival of Speed attracts the heroic from every era in an exuberant display of colour, style, sound and smell. All cars and motorcycles are painstakingly selected to reflect the event’s major theme of the year, and to ensure their authenticity and provenance, all competing vehicles are presented in their original condition and livery. You can expect to see cars and motorbikes from over 100 years of worldwide motor racing history, driven by celebrity and professional drivers, attempting the Goodwood Hill Climb – the event’s principal attraction. The grueling course covers 1.16 miles and rises 300ft along the steep and narrow estate road. No fewer than 300 cars are expected to complete the course every day, grouped thematically with the oldest first. Early evening, we travel to our hotel, where you’ll have time to enjoy dinner and perhaps make use of the on-site leisure facilities.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and return to Goodwood for another full day to continue exploring all the excitement of the weekend event. With public access to all vehicles on display, and many major brand exhibits as well as more vehicles attempting the Goodwood Hill Climb, there is plenty to see and do. We leave Goodwood late-afternoon, and with a comfort stop en route, we return to our home area, arriving mid/late-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245


Sea view Room Supplement (per person) £32.00Travel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Osborne Housen Ticket for Isle of Wight Steam Railwayn Fery crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Isle of Wight – only 23 miles long by 13 miles wide – is quite a world of its own, managing to crowd into its small surface area an entire realm of unspoilt English landscapes in miniature.

Shanklin Hotel, Shanklin A warm welcome awaits at this 3* hotel, commanding stunning views over Sandown Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves quality food. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, and spa, and entertainment is provided most evenings.

ISLE OF WIGHT

Saturday 11th – Wednesday 15th July

ITINERARYSATURDAY We leave our home area, and with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Southampton for the 1 hour ferry crossing to East Cowes. before continuing to Shanklin and our hotel, with time to settle in and perhaps enjoy a swim before dinner.

SUNDAY Today we take a wonderful circular tour of the island, travelling through Ventnor and along the picturesque west coast to Alum Bay. While here, you may like to take the chair lift down to the sea for the best views of the Needles, or perhaps make yourself a souvenir with the multi-coloured sands found around the bay. We also visit the historic harbour town of Yarmouth with time to browse the shops, view the old buildings including the 16th century castle, and enjoy lunch in one of the many cafes. We return to Shanklin with time free to explore at leisure, maybe visiting the Old Village with its picturesque thatched buildings. Just past the entrance to the Crab Inn is the beginning of Shanklin Chine, a deep gorge carved out by water.

MONDAY After breakfast we make a short visit to St Mildred’s Church in Whippingham, which has strong links with Osborne House and Queen Victoria. We continue to Osborne House, Queen Victoria’s palace by the sea. Much more than a royal residence, it was also a family home, and as you walk through the Queen’s bedroom, the nursery rooms and even the royal bathrooms, you’re offered a glimpse into the royal family’s life. There are acres of gardens and grounds to explore, and a horse-drawn cart ride to Swiss Cottage, the royal playhouse.

TUESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to Havenstreet to join the Isle of Wight Steam Railway for a nostalgic 10 mile journey back in time through some lovely scenery. After the round trip you may like to enjoy an early lunch in Granny Winter’s Pantry, which offers a wide variety of hot and cold meals and snacks, before browsing the railway shop – packed with nostalgic gift ideas. After lunch we visit the picturesque village of Godshill – the most-photographed village in Britain, to admire the thatched cottages and 15th-century church, stroll around the immaculate model village and browse the many gift shops. There are also some lovely cafés in which to enjoy a cream tea (or a very large cream cake!).

WEDNESDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel across the island to Cowes for the return ferry crossing to Southampton. We then continue our homeward journey, stopping in Salisbury for lunch, and reaching our home area early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£385


Saturday 11th – Saturday 18th July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Boat cruise around the Borromeo Islandsn Enrance to Isola Bella Baroque Palace and Gardensn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Shuttle Land Train in OrtaSingle supplement £175.00


Due to its popularity, we are delighted to repeat this tour. Italy’s majestic lakes are full of natural beauty, with sumptuous villa-lined shores & beautiful gardens, all set in a sun-bathed summer climate. The longest of all the lakes, Lake Maggiore, is 40 miles in length stretching from Switzerland in the north, down to Italy in the south. Lake Orta is small at 9 miles long, a peaceful setting, enveloped by luscious woodlands, with its captivating medieval village of Orta San Giulio. The most elegant is Lake Como, with stunning villas, the destination of choice for 19th century nobility.

Hotel Milan Speranza au Lac, Stresa A warm welcome awaits you at this Italian 4* hotel, ideally situated on the shore of Lake Maggiore, in the town of Stresa, with its narrow streets & 19th century villas. All bedrooms are en-suite and equipped with air conditioning, TV, safe & Wi-Fi access. The restaurant serves a traditional menu using locally sourced produce, with lounge areas to relax in.

MAJESTIC LAKES OF ITALY...MAGGIORE, ORTA & COMO

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£695

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Metz, with a stop on route for an evening meal.

SUNDAY This morning we continue our journey through France, then a scenic journey through Switzerland, and finally into Italy, arriving at the hotel in Stresa, our base for the next five nights, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY Join us today for a boat cruise around the stunning Borromeo Islands set within Lake Maggiore. We first visit Isola Bella (the beautiful island), with its Baroque Palace & elegant Italianate gardens. Here we take a tour of the house with its Napoleon Room, where he & Josephine slept in August 1797, the Great Hall, and 16th century Flemish tapestry gallery. The gardens are also a treasure, with wonderful views across the lake. We continue by boat to Isola Pescatore (Fishermen’s Island), the most picturesque of the Borromeo Islands with its ancient tiny village and

long balconies traditionally used for drying fish. We return by boat to Stresa, with time to relax before our evening meal.

TUESDAY This morning we travel across to neighbouring Lake Orta, to the pretty village of Orta San Giulio. The centre is a traffic-free haven, with cobbled streets and picturesque houses. The main square is set by the lake edge, with a selection of lovely cafes to enjoy lunch. For the more energetic, a woodland pathway meanders up to the hill above, passing 21 chapels containing almost 400 life-size terracotta statues dating from 17th century, depicting scenes of the life of St Francis of Assisi. We later make the short journey back to our hotel, with time to relax before dinner.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we journey east of Lake Maggiore to the elegant town of Como, known for its silk production, located at the southern end of Lake Como. The Cathedral, dating from the 15th century, dominates the Piazza Duomo, a masterpiece of gothic architecture and statues. Piazza Cavour lies on the lake edge, and has a wide range of cafes and pizzerias, to enjoy lunch by the harbour front.

THURSDAY You have the whole day free to explore Stresa. Stroll along the elegant lakeside promenade, and marvel at the luxurious gardens, or maybe wander inland to see the opulent 19th century villas, including the famous Villa Pallavicino with its zoological park. For those with a head for heights, you may like to take the Stresa cable car up to Mottarone Mountain where spectacular views of seven lakes can be seen across the Po Valley, towards the Alps.

FRIDAY Sadly we today bid a fond farewell to Italy, journeying back through Switzerland, with comfort stops en route, to our overnight accommodation in Metz, arriving in time for our evening meal.

SATURDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving early/mid-evening.

Sunday 12th – Thursday 16th July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket for the Waterford & Suir Valley Railwayn Guided Tour of Smithwick’s Brewery, Kilkennyn Ticket for the Dunbrody Famine Ship Experiencen Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


We are delighted to bring you a new tour discovering Southern Ireland’s “ancient east” south east corner. The Copper Coast derives its name from the 19th century copper mines that lie at its heart, with stunning coastal views and charming Irish towns including Waterford & Kilkenny.

Dooley’s Hotel, Waterford A delightful 3* hotel ideally located on the historic Merchant’s Quayside overlooking the River Suir. Each en-suite bedroom is equipped with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty Irish breakfast and there is a lounge bar to relax in.

SOUTHERN IRELAND & THE COPPER COAST

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£435

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave our home area and travel over the St David’s bridge into Wales, before continuing to Pembroke, with a comfort stop en route, for our afternoon crossing to Rosslare. After docking in Ireland, we travel on to Enniscorthy, arriving at our hotel in time with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY Join us this morning as we take a scenic drive along the Copper Coast, a 25 kilometre stretch of spectacular coastline consisting of scalloped beaches, coves and rocky headlands. We make our way to the harbour town of Dungarvan for lunch. Located in the heart of Waterford County with a bustling seaside, here you will find the remains of a ruined abbey, a picturesque bridge, an old market house and the vibrant quayside, together with shops and cafes. This afternoon board a heritage train at Kilmeaden as we enjoy a scenic journey through the beautiful Suir Valley, across rolling farmland landscape and offering views across the riverbanks and over to the famous Mount Congreve Gardens, arriving in back in Waterford.

TUESDAY After breakfast we make our way to the medieval town of Kilkenny with its spectacular castle to the south and the magnificent St Candice’s Cathedral to the north. For a time in 17th century, Kilkenny was the unofficial capital of Ireland with its own parliament and it

remains Ireland’s medieval capital with its narrow streets and historic buildings to explore. For a true discovery of the town, you may like to take the tourist road train through the streets to learn more about its history and hidden stories or walk the medieval mile to experience the town up close. After lunch we enjoy a guided tour through Smithwick’s, Kilkenny’s Irish Ale brewery, dating back to 17th century, with an informative talk about the history of the brewery and the famous ale it produces. We return to Waterford via County Tipperary, passing Cashel, Cahir, with an afternoon stop in the heritage town of Clonmel.

WEDNESDAY Today we visit the famous Dunbrody Famine Ship near New Ross, an authentic reproduction of an 1840’s emigrant vessel which explains the Irish Emigration history. During the 19th century hardship, strife and potato blight famine in Ireland lead to mass emigration of more than 1.5 million citizens. The Dunbrody Famine Ship experience brings history to life with costumed performers and exhibitions from the departure of the ship, the voyage and the arrival in the New World. This afternoon we return to Waterford with the rest of the day free to explore Ireland’s oldest city, founded by the Vikings showcasing over 1000 years of history. You may like to visit the world-famous Waterford Crystal factory and join a guided tour or just browse the beautifully stocked shop. Or perhaps explore some of the town’s historic attractions such as Reginald’s Tower or the elegant Bishop’s Palace.

THURSDAY After an early Irish breakfast, we leave our hotel and travel back to Rosslare for the return ferry crossing to Pembroke. We then continue our homeward journey through Wales, with a comfort stop en route, reaching the West Country mid-evening.

NEW


SUPPLEMENTS:Upgraded tickets...please phone for details


PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 3-day general admission to British Grand Prixn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The British Grand Prix has successfully managed to secure its place once again on the Formula One racing calendar! Join us for a long weekend at one of the highlights of the world’s sporting calendar: the British Grand Prix at Silverstone. As well as being Lewis Hamilton’s home race, many of the top constructors are also based in the UK, which almost makes it F1’s home race, too.

Leicester Marriott Hotel, Leicester A modern 4* hotel. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV, mini fridge, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared evening menu and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and fitness suite.

BRITISH GRAND PRIX WEEKEND (DATE TBC)

Friday 17th – Sunday 19th July

ITINERARY

FRIDAY After an early departure, we leave the West Country and make our way east, with a comfort stop on route, to Silverstone. Today the practice session takes place, and your general admission ticket will give you the freedom to change location throughout the day, visiting areas like Hangar Straight, where you will see the cars at top speed as they slipstream each other on the approach to Stowe or Becketts, which offers views of the fast Maggots-Becketts complex and out towards Chapel. There are a variety of food and drink outlets on-site, and once the day’s sessions are completed, we make our way to our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we return to Silverstone for the day’s exciting qualifying sessions. Soak up the incredible atmos-phere and experience the sights and sounds of this major sporting event first-hand. Once again, your ticket will allow you wander the general admission areas, which include International Pits Straight, Hangar Straight, Becketts, Vale, Stowe and Luffield corners, as well as the new double-left at Village. As yesterday, when the day’s racing draws to a close and the positions for tomorrow’s race are decided, we return to our hotel for dinner.

SUNDAY Join us today for the highlight of our weekend, as we leave our hotel and return to Silverstone for the 2019 British Grand Prix! Choose a spot to see the best of the action and feel the tension as the cars line up on the grid. After the race and the pres-entations have been made, we begin our homeward journey. With a comfort stop on route, we reach the West Country mid-evening (traffic permitting!).

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£399



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided tour of Suffolk’s Villagesn 2 hour boat cruise on River Debenn Entrance & guided tour of Tiptree Fruit Farm & Museumn Afternoon Cream Tea at Tiptree Farm Tearoomn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Suffolk is a special place to visit and full of old world charm, with medieval wool towns, picturesque villages, ancient landscapes and a seaside heritage with more than 50 glorious miles of coastline.

Best Western Marks Tey Hotel, Colchester A modern 3* hotel located on the outskirts of Colchester. Each en-suite bedroom with comfortably furnished with TV, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared evening menu and hearty breakfast, and there is a lounge bar to relax in. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated swimming pool, sauna & seam room and fitness suite.

SUFFOLK’S TRANQUIL VILLAGES & PICTURESQUE COAST

Sunday 19th – Thursay 23rd July

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave our home area and journey east, with stops for coffee and lunch on route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle in and enjoy dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast we are joined by a local guide for a fully guided day of Suffolk’s villages. We will visit pastel coloured towns and beautiful villages with timber framed houses and thatched roof tops, passing though Sudbury, home to the artist Thomas Gainsborough’s townhouse, Long Melford, Cavendish and Lavenham, with stops for coffee and lunch along the way. At Lavenham we visit the Guildhall, one of the finest timber-framed buildings in Britain which reflect’s the town’s wealth dating from the 16th century.

TUESDAY This morning we make our way to the Suffolk’s Heritage Coast to visit the pretty coastal town of Aldeburgh, with its unspoilt beach dotted with fishermen’s huts and charming historic high street. After lunch we enjoy a relaxing 2 hour boat cruise on the River Deben. The tidal estuary is a specially protected site within the Suffolk Coast and Heaths area.

WEDNESDAY Join us today as we make our way into the centre of historic market town of Colchester and the first Roman-founded city in Britain. With over 2000 years of history, explore the centre surrounded by its city walls, its Norman castle and ancient priory, together with vibrant shopping district and cosy cafes to enjoy a relaxing lunch. We later continue to Tiptree Visitor Centre, home of the famous Tiptree fruit farms where quality jams and preserves have been made since 1885. We begin our visit with a 40 minute tractor & trailer tour of the farm & strawberry fields and discover the story of the Wilkin family, before we explore the jam shop & museum. We end our visit with a fabulous cream tea with delicious Tiptree jam!

THURSDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and begin our journey home. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£399

Sunday 19th – Friday 24th July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Entrance to Alnwick Castle & Gardensn Entrance to Beamish Open-Air Museumn All coach travel



Northumbria is a tapestry of castles, cathedrals, clustered villages and moorland ruins. The cities to the south and the rugged eastern coastline combine dramatic history with abundant natural beauty.

Marriott Hotel, Newcastle-Gateshead A luxuriously-appointed, contemporary 4* hotel, within easy reach of Europe’s largest leisure and retail complex. Each of the comfortable, spacious rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors, the restaurant offers a tempting choice menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, gym and spa.

NORTHUMBRIA & HOLY ISLAND

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£459

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and we make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY Join us today as we make our way to Beamish, an extensive open-air museum that effectively recreates an authentic picture of family, community and working life in the North-East of England from Victorian times through to the 1940’s. It has a typical high street with many shops, as well as a colliery, coal pit village, farm, and there are guides in period costumes, and a restored tramline serving all areas of the attractions. Restaurants and tea rooms can be found across the site, serving a warming lunch and delicious afternoon teas.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to Alnwick Castle and Gardens. Known as the Windsor of the North and dominating the market town of the river Aln, it is home to the Duke of Northumberland, whose family has lived here since 1309. Used in several of the Harry Potter films, and more recently Downton Abbey, the interiors of the house are decorated in the Renaissance style, but there is so much to take in besides the sumptuous staterooms – exhibitions, fine art treasures and stunning landscapes. There is also lots to explore

in the vibrant Alnwick Garden with its beautifully landscaped gardens, magnificent architecture and other unique features, all brought to life with water. There are also water sculptures, the infamous Poison Garden and one of the world’s largest wooden treehouses.

WEDNESDAY Today we make our way south to the historic city of Durham with its fine Norman cathedral and castle, where there are some of the most panoramic views across Northumbria. There are a wide variety of shops and restaurants, which co-exist happily with the Victorian Market in the cobbled market place, as well as street entertainment and many paths leading down to the riverbank, where you can join the Prince Bishop river cruiser for a gentle trip along the river with stunning views.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way north to Holy Island (or Lindisfarne), where twice daily a narrow neck of land sinks beneath the North Sea, separating the island from the mainland. Made famous by St Aidan, St Cuthbert and the Lindisfarne Gospels, you can marvel at the 11th-century priory’s magnificent arches – the only remains of the Celtic monks’ monastery. You may also like to visit Lindisfarne Castle, browse the gift shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch while soaking up the scenery.

FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our homeward journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

NEW


Tuesday 21st July – Thursday 30th July

PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights Dinner, Bed & Breakfast in overnight hotelsn 7 Nights’ Full Board accommodation on MV Esmeraldan Welcome cocktail drink on MV Esmeraldan Hot & cold buffet breakfasts on boatn Afternoon tea & biscuits on boatn 3 course lunch on applicable days on boatn 4 course dinner with tea/coffee on boatn Evening entertainment from ship’s musician on at least 2 nightsn Midnight snack on boat (served at 11.00pm!)n Captain’s farewell dinnern Half day guided city tour of Vienna & Budapestn Guided tour by land train in Bratislavan Morning guided tour & entrance to Melk Abbeyn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel


Upper deck cabin £77.00 per personTravel insurance £41.00

Deposit £250.00 per person

The Danube River is much more than just a waterway. Its sheer magnificence makes it one of the Europe’s major geographical features. Join us for a leisurely cruise to Linz, Vienna, Budapest, Bratislava, Durnstein and Melk.

MV Esmeralda The 3* Esmeralda is a modern and comfortable ship. The attractively decorated 2 berth cabins all have satellite TV, air-conditioning, safe and en-suite shower & toilet. The Old-Dutch lounge and reception are located on the upper deck, and the tastefully decorated restaurant, serving high standards of cuisine, is on the main deck. There is a small lift to both passenger decks and a stair-lift to the sun deck and the entire ship is air-conditioned.

CRUISING THE DANUBE

10 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1225

ITINERARYTUESDAY Set your alarm clock for an early departure, we leave the West Country and journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue our journey to our overnight accommodation near Cologne.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we continue our journey through Germany, and into Austria, arriving late-afternoon in Linz, where we embark on the MV Esmeralda, with time to settle in before dinner and our first night on board. Your coach driver will be on-board throughout the tour and will be on hand to assist and advise during the cruise.

THURSDAY Our boat departs from at Linz before breakfast, as we wake for a full day relaxing cruising on the Danube, giving you time to relax, enjoy your meals on board and admire the scenery, arriving in Vienna early evening.

FRIDAY After breakfast we board a local coach and spend the day based in Vienna, a wonderful city of Imperial palaces and residences. We are joined by a guide who will show us, by coach and on foot, the highlights of this city full of romance and music. You then have the remainder of the day free to continue exploring. The Homburg is a town within a town; the winter residence of the Hapsburgs, featuring the Spanish riding school, the treasury and several museums. St. Stephen’s Cathedral is a vital part of the city skyline and is well worth a visit. We later rejoin our cruise vessel which departs for an overnight sailing to Budapest, whilst you enjoy dinner and an overnight onboard.

SATURDAY We arrive in Budapest this morning, and join a coach, beginning with a morning guided city coach & walking tour, followed by free time to spend exploring at your leisure and sampling the local cuisine. Budapest is

split into sections, leaving you to explore, with many of the important sites concentrated along the banks of the Danube. On the hilly Buda side you can explore the Hungary of Old; the medieval castle district and the many museums. On the flat Pest side admire the oldest historical monuments such as Heroes Square. This evening we set sail and cruise overnight towards Bratislava, whilst you relax and enjoy the evening on-board.

SUNDAY Spend the morning relaxing and enjoying the scenery before our vessel arrives in Bratislava at midday. The afternoon is free to enjoy one of the youngest Capitals of Europe. Located on the banks of the River Danube, it is a seaside resort without the sea, and offers and a rich mix of cultures and cuisine. Here we are joined by a guide for a road train journey through the compact city. We return to the ship at leisure in time for evening dinner, moored alongside the riverbank.

MONDAY A leisurely day cruising. Plenty of time to relax, enjoy the scenery and meals on-board. We arrive in Durnstein this afternoon, the most famous medieval Danube river town in the Wachau region of Austria. This is a wonderful town to take a stroll through old and narrow cobbled alleyways, leading on to beautiful squares full of charming old buildings, and a flat promenade along the River with views across to the ruined castle.

TUESDAY We set sail from Durnstein early morning and makes our way along the Danube River to Melk. After breakfast we meet a local coach and enjoy a guided tour of the beautifully decorated Benedictine Abbey which dominates this little town, perched on a hill that slopes steeply down to the Danube. The Abbey is one of the most splendid monastic houses in Austria, with stunning frescoes and interiors. We return for a midday departure from Melk for our journey back to Linz. This evening you are invited to a captain’s farewell dinner.

WEDNESDAY Sadly, after breakfast we disembark in Linz and rejoin our coach to begin our journey home. With comfort stops en-route, we return to the outskirts of Cologne for an overnight stay, arriving in time for evening dinner.

THURSDAY After breakfast we continue our journey back to Calais for the short sea crossing to Dover. We arrive back in the West Country mid-evening.

YOUR SHIP



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Bodnant Garden (NT)n Tour of Inigo Jones Welsh Slate Worksn Entrance to Plas Newydd House & Gardens (NT)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

North Wales has some of Britain’s most spectacular scenery with the magnificent Snowdonia National Park. Anglesey is an island connected to the mainland by a road bridge across the Menai Straits, a historic island full of character and scenery.

The Royal Victoria Hotel, Llanberis A delightful 3* hotel located near the foot of Snowdon mountain, set within 30 acres of gardens & woodland. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms is equipped with TV, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared traditional menu and hearty Welsh breakfast. The lounge bar offers an area to relax.

NORTH WALES & ANGLESEY

Monday 20th – Friday 24th July

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We arrive at our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY After breakfast, we travel to Llandudno with its 19th century pier and Great Orme headland. Whilst here you may like to take the tram to the summit to experience the fine views across the bay, or perhaps take a stroll along the promenade. After lunch we continue to Bodnant Garden (National Trust), world-famous garden home to National Collections and champion trees. Created over a 150 year period, this 80 acre garden is the stunning backdrop of the Careddau Mountains with grand flower-filled terraces, wildflower meadows, water gardens and Champion Trees.

WEDNESDAY Today we explore the spectacular Snowdonia National Park., stopping first in the picturesque village of Betws-Y-Coed for coffee and time to browse the gift shops. We continue to the Inigo Jones Welsh Slate Works. Founded in 1861 to produce writing slates for British school classrooms, today it uses the 500 million year old Welsh slate to produce many crafts from memorial plaques to craft products. We enjoy a self-guided tour through the workshop learning about the mining process and a chance to try calligraphy and slate engraving to take home. After lunch, we return to Llanberis with the afternoon free. You may like to enjoy a ride on the Snowdon Mountain Railway to the summit or the scenic Llanberis Lake Railway.

THURSDAY Join us today as we explore the Welsh island of Anglesey, once home to fearless Celtic Druids. Travelling across the famous Menai Suspension Bridge, the first suspension bridge in the world in 1826, we make a coffee stop in the small seaside town of Beaumaris with its mix of Victorian, Edwardian & Georgian architecture and its famous 13th century castle. We continue to the Welsh village with the longest name in Britain (otherwise known as Llanfair PG) for lunch in the Woollen Mill and time to browse the large outlet shop. This afternoon we visit Pas Newydd House & Gardens (National Trust) with sweeping views across the estuary and spectacular views of Snowdonia. The enchanting mansion is set on the shores of the Menai Strait and contains exquisite interiors and furniture collections. The gardens, arboretum and Italianate style terraces are a delight to explore. You may even spot a rare red squirrel in the woodlands where a breeding programme and protection project has been successfully implemented to promote these native creatures.

FRIDAY Sadly we today leave North Wales and make our way home, stopping for coffee and lunch on route. We complete our homeward journey back into England, arriving early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£409



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 2-day ticket for the Royal Welsh Shown All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Royal Welsh Show is the biggest agricultural show in Europe, transforming the sleepy market town of Llanelwedd into a bustling visitor attraction. It celebrates local farming and rural life with a variety of events, including carriage driving, mounted games, livestock competitions and displays of vintage machinery.

Holiday Inn, Newport A 3* hotel located in the leafy outskirts of Newport. All en-suite rooms are well furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. Although there is no lift, ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared evening menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool.

ROYAL WELSH SHOW

Wednesday 22nd – Friday 24th July

ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and make our way north, with a comfort stop en route, to the Royal Welsh Showground, where you have the remainder of the day to spend as you please enjoying all that the show has to offer. Livestock competitions are the main attraction, with many categories including hunters, shires and agricultural heavy horses, beef and dairy cattle, sheep, sheep-shearing and a host of other farming activities. The usual marquees offering food, crafts and flowers another key attraction, and there are a huge variety of events and displays to enjoy in the main ring. With over 1,000 trade stands to browse, there are also opportunities to shop, in addition to plenty of family entertainment and places to eat. Late-afternoon we make our way to our hotel near Newport with time to freshen up and relax before dinner and an evening at leisure.

THURSDAY After breakfast, we return to Llanelwedd and the Royal Welsh Show, with plenty of time to continue ex-ploring all the show has to offer. Once again, late-afternoon we return to our hotel for dinner.

FRIDAY This morning, we make our way home, making a stop in Chepstow, known as the gateway to Wales. With time to explore the ancient castle or stroll the heart of this once important port and market town, there will be time to enjoy an early lunch before we continue our journey back to the West Country, arriving late afternoon.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£225

NEW


Monday 27th – Friday 31st July

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


Join us for a shorter, summer, European tour to three of the loveliest and most picturesque areas in Western Europe. Valkenburg is perhaps one of The Netherlands most treasured gems, with narrow cobbled streets, medieval city gates, an old hilltop castle and secret velvet caves. With a friendly café culture, this beautiful town welcomes visitors to explore and experience a much-loved region of the Low Countries.

Hotel Walram, Valkenburg We are delighted to return to this 3* family run hotel which always offers a warm welcome to all, and is idyllically situated along the River Geul in the centre of this beautiful town, just a short walk from cafes and shops. Each en-suite room is equipped with TV, telephone, and hairdryer. There is a lift serving all floors, and the cosy bar offers the perfect area to relax. The restaurant serves a delicious menu and buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool and sauna.

VALKENBURG, MONSCHAU& THE EIFEL NATIONAL PARK

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£355

ITINERARYMONDAY After an early departure we travel east to Dover, with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our journey to our hotel, and base for the next four nights, with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make a short excursion by coach to the hilltop known as Dreilandenpunt, where the countries of Netherlands, Germany & Belgium all meet at the triangular border and you can stand with your feet and hands in all three countries at the same time! We return to Valkenburg at lunchtime with the rest of the day free to explore the quaint town with its narrow, cobbled streets, an array of shops, cafes and historic buildings. You may like to visit the velvet caves, which date from the 12th century. In times of siege the knights and their footmen used these cave net-works to escape from the castle that stands high above the town and were also used by local folk and American troops during the German invasions of WWII. Cafes line the historic streets, together with a good selection of local shops where you may pick up a gift or souvenir of your visit.

WEDNESDAY Join us for a full day excursion to the vibrant city of Cologne. A must-see is the impressive cathedral with its twin towers piercing through

the city skyline. Admire the exquisite Gothic exterior and wondrous interior, and perhaps climb the tower or visit the treasure chamber within. Nearby is the old quarter of Cologne with its distinctive historic charm, rustic narrow alleyways and traditional houses, located along the banks of the River Rhine. You will also discover many monuments, fountains and museums in the old town together with cosy cafes and taverns to enjoy a relaxing lunch.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way once again across the border into Germany and towards the Eifel National Park with expan-sive forests, idyllic streams, lakes and reservoirs. Home to thousands of endangered animals and birds such as black storks and the wildcat, this beautifully natural environment is a delight to drive through. We make a stop for coffee on one of the reservoirs, before making our way across to the quaint village of Monschau with its medieval half-timber houses and cobblestone streets lining the tranquil river which flows through the centre. Here you will find a delightful selection of shops and cafés to sample the local cuisine.

FRIDAY This morning we make our way back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue, with comfort stops en route to the West Country, arriving mid evening.

NEW



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return journey on Brecon Mountain Railwayn Penderyn Distilery Whisky Tour & Tastingn Entrance to National Botanic Garden of Walesn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

If you are looking for a break not too far from home, South Wales is a perfect location. Offering National Park landscape across the stunning Brecon Beacons, spectacular coastlines and delightful market towns, we have included a visit to the fascinating National Botanic Garden of Wales and a steam train ride.

Ivy Bush Royal Hotel, Camarthen We are delighted to return to this lovely 3* hotel ideally located in the heart of town. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a delicious choice of dishes, using local, seasonal produce, and the bar offers a relaxing area to sit.

GARDENS & TRAINS OF SOUTH WALES

Monday 27th – Friday 31st July

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area, with a comfort stop en route, travel over the border into Wales and on to Abergavenny for lunch. We then complete our journey to Carmarthen and our hotel, arriving with ample time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY Today we make our way across the Brecon Beacons, one of three National Parks in Wales. A breath-taking landscape with natural resources and industrial heritage sites, it is dotted with sleepy villages and market towns, where Welsh life continues to thrive. We stop in Brecon, a Norman town located in the Usk Valley, with its 12th century cathedral, narrow streets, Georgian buildings and military museum. After lunch we head south through the National Park to the Brecon Mountain Railway at Pant, for a return journey across spectacular scenery.

WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way to the Mumbles, a headland just west of Swansea Bay, a small fishing village at the entrance of the Gower Peninsula. With time for coffee, we make our way around the bay to Swansea, one of Wales’ largest coastal cities, and birthplace of Dylan Thomas, Wales’ greatest poet. This waterfront city is home to more than 230 shops, parks & gardens and a popular market with over 100 stalls. The National Waterfront Museum tells the story of Welsh industry, and the marina is a delight to stroll around. After lunch we make our way to the Penderyn Distillery for an informative tour of the award-winning whisky distillery, produced here since the 19th century, finishing with a tasting of the perfect blend.

THURSDAY The morning is free to explore Carmarthen at leisure. Said to be the oldest town on Wales, it is steeped in history from Roman times, and with cultural links to the wizard Merlin! Today a local market can be found in the town centre, popular for delicious local Welsh produce and crafts. This afternoon we travel to the nearby National Botanic Garden of Wales, a spectacular visitor attraction and research facility for botanical and conversation studies. It is also home to the world’s largest single-span glasshouse measuring over 110 metres long housing one of the world’s best Mediterranean climate zone displays. With over 8000 species of plants, there is also a tropical butterfly house, bird of prey centre and a nature reserve within 560 acres of beautiful countryside.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to the Welsh capital, Cardiff. While here, you may like to visit the castle and discover 2,000 years of history in the heart of the city. There are also an abundance of shops to browse and restaurants in which to enjoy a leisurely lunch, before we complete our homeward journey, reaching our home area early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£395



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Kedlestone Hall (NT)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Sitting astride the backbone of England, Derbyshire boasts some of the country’s finest landscapes. The wonderful scenery of the Peak District National Park is hard to rival and the rolling hillsides of the Derbyshire Dales are dotted with picturesque villages and bustling market towns.

Mercure Sheffield Kenwood Hall & Spa, Sheffield A delightful 4* hotel located within 12 acres of beautiful parkland. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms are furnished with TV, hairdryer, safe, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The elegant restaurant serves a freshly prepared evening menu and generous breakfast. Facilities include an indoor pool & gym.

THE PEAK DISTRICT & DERBYSHIRE DALES

Sunday 26th – Thursday 30th July

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and journey north to our hotel, making comfort stops en route, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY Join us today as we make our way to the market town of Chester-field, famous for its crooked church spire. Today there is a flea market in the heart of the town, which is fast becoming one of the biggest weekly flea mar-kets in the country with over 150 stalls and traders. We continue to the pretty town of Bakewell, where you may like to try the famous Bakewell Pudding, created by mistake at the Rutland Arms pub in the town. Located along the River Wye, this is the largest of the Peak District towns with its mellow stone buildings, medieval five arched stone bridge, quaint courtyards you may like to take a riverside stroll or enjoy an afternoon tea in a cosy café.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel across the northern edge of the National Park to the market town of Glossop. We continue through Hope Valley, travelling along the spectacular Snakes Pass and the picturesque shores of Lady Bower Reservoir and on to the village of Castleton where the semi-precious stone “Blue John” is found. With stops for coffee, lunch & photographs along the way, there will be plenty of time to admire the scenery and tranquil villages at the heart of the Peak District.

WEDNESDAY This morning we visit Kedleston Hall (National Trust), a spectacular 18th century country mansion surrounded by historic parkland. Designed for lavish entertaining, it has been home to the Curzon family since the 12th century and was used to film scenes from the film “The Duchess” in its opulent state rooms and beautiful grounds. After lunch we travel to Matlock Bath, a rather picturesque village set in the beautiful gorge of the River Derwent. Whilst here you may like to take a cable car ride to the Heights of Abraham, where (weather permitting) you can absorb breathtaking views of the village. At the summit there are two underground show caves, a café and a gift shop. Other attractions include the mining museum, an aquarium as well as souvenir shops and cafés.

THURSDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, stopping for coffee and lunch on route. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£395


Monday 27th July – Sunday 2nd August

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfast in first overnight hoteln 4 nights’ full board accommodation on MS Cyrano de Bergeracn 1 Night Bed & Breakfast in overnight hotel on returnn Welcome cocktail reception on MS Cyrano de Bergeracn Continental breakfasts on boatn Unlimited selected drinks from noon to midnight on boardn Entertainment each eveningn Gala Dinner on last night on MS Cyrano de Bergeracn “Bordeaux by night” excursionn Coach tour of the Chateaux du Medoc Route & wine tastingn Excursion along Route de le Corniche Fleurie and guided tour of Bourg & Blayen Guided tour of Saint Emilion & Vineyard visit with wine tastingn Ferry crossings

SUPPLEMENTS:Middle deck cabin £102.00

Upperdeck cabin £118.00 per personSingle supplement £351.00

Travel insurance £37.00 (Middle & Upper deck cabins have a larger panoramic window)


We are delighted to introduce our first Croisi Europe river cruise aboard one of their Premium Ships, the MS Cyrano de Bergerac. Join us for a relaxing river cruise with a touch of class through the exceptional Bordeaux region with its world-class vineyards, diverse landscapes and historical sites of interest.

MS Cyrano de Bergerac (Premium Ship) Introducing one of Croisi Europe’s premium ships, the MS Cyrano de Bergerac is a 3 deck vessel plus a sun deck. Each elegant cabin has an en-suite toilet & shower and furnished with TV, telephone, safe, air-conditioning and Wi-Fi access. Main deck cabins have port hole style windows, upgrade to middle or upper deck for larger window. There is a lift between decks. The reception, restaurant & lounge bar are located on the middle deck, the Piano Bar & terrace on the upper deck.

CRUISING THE BORDEAUX REGION – PREMIUM SHIP RIVER CRUISE

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1325

ITINERARYMONDAY Set your alarm for an early departure as we leave the West Country and journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our overnight accommodation south of Paris, arriving in time for dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we continue our journey by coach through the regions of the Loire and Dordogne, with comfort and lunch stops on route, to the Garonne River where we board the MS Cyrano de Bergerac ship docked in Bordeaux, with time to settle into your cabin. Dinner follows a welcome cocktail reception, after which we enjoy a guided tour of “Bordeaux by night”.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we begin our cruise along the River Garonne towards Pauillac, a village on Bordeaux’s Medoc peninsula. We take a coach tour to explore this prestigious wine growing region, a corner of France located between an ocean and an estuary, which produces some of the best red wines in the world! Following the famous Chateaux route, we will stop to taste some of these wines, before returning to our ship to relax before dinner and tonight’s entertainment.

THURSDAY We set sail early this morning, along the Gironde Estuary in the direction of Blaye, whose citadel built by Vauban is not to be missed. Today we enjoy a coach tour for a journey along the Route de la Corniche Fleurie, where you will see old traditional fishing huts on stilts and remarkable limestone cliffs. We stop in Bourg to take in the impressive views and walk to the market centre to perhaps try the local figs. We return to Blaye, for a guided tour of the citadel, including the monastery and army barracks.

FRIDAY Today we cruise towards Libourne, a town rich in history and full of character located at the confluence with the Isle and the Dordogne Rivers. From here we join a coach for a guided tour of the underground monuments in Saint Emilion village, where we learn all about the history of this medieval town. We continue to

an exceptional troglodytic site with its monolithic church hewn from limestone, the largest of its kind in Europe. We also enjoy a visit to a family-owned vineyard where the owner will explain the stages of wine making process followed by an opportunity to taste the product!! Tonight, relax with a gala dinner and entertainment on board the ship.

SATURDAY We cruise back towards Bordeaux whilst enjoying breakfast, before disembarking and re-joining our coach. We make the journey north to our overnight hotel, where you can choose a restaurant of your choice for an evening meal.

SUNDAY After breakfast we continue our journey back to Calais for the short sea crossing to Dover. We arrive back in the West Country mid-evening.

NEW

YOUR SHIP




YOUR HOTEL


Clarence House Hotel, Tenby Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years, this excellent hotel enjoys an enviable position on the esplanade. All rooms are ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee facilities. Some rooms benefit from spectacular sea views. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves highly recommended cuisine with a choice menu, evening entertainment provided on some evenings.

A WEEKEND IN PEMBROKESHIRE

Friday 31st July – Monday 3rd August

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way over the St. David’s bridge to Abergavenny for lunch and time to browse the shops. We complete our journey to Tenby via the scenic Brecon Beacons, reaching our hotel with ample time to settle in before dinner and an evening of entertainment.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, the morning is free for you to spend exploring Tenby’s enchanting narrow streets. There are museums, shops, an art gallery and a castle to visit, in addition to the chocolate-box pretty harbour. You may like to take a boat trip to Caldy Island, formerly home to monks who inhabited the monastery there for more than 1500 years. Join us, if you wish, this afternoon for an excursion to Saundersfoot, just around the bay, a very pretty harbour village with gift shops and tea rooms.

SUNDAY This morning we travel to Carmarthen, a neat little county town, encircled by the River Towy and full of pretty shops. There will be plenty of time to sample the local cuisine and perhaps bag a bargain in the shops! After lunch we continue to Laugharne – a quiet town on the Taf Estuary, where Welsh poet Dylan Thomas lived and is buried. His boathouse and writing shed, where he penned Under Milk Wood, are well worth a visit, as are the imposing castle ruins.

MONDAY We sadly leave our hotel this morning and make our way to the Welsh capital, Cardiff. While here, you may like to visit the castle and discover 2,000 years of history in the heart of the city. There are also an abundance of shops to browse and restaurants in which to enjoy a leisurely lunch, before we complete our homeward journey, reaching our home area early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£265



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Buckingham Palace State Roomsn Ticket for the Royal Windsor Steam Express Trainn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are delighted to bring you a new tour discovering the world-famous Buckingham Palace, official London residence of Her Majesty The Queen and a wonderful steam train ride in a period Pullman Carriage to Royal Windsor.

Park Plaza Riverbank Hotel, Central London A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel ideally located along Albert Embankment, near Lambeth Bridge. All rooms are ensuite and air-conditioned, with satellite TV, telephone, hairdryer, trouser press, mini-bar and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves an excellent buffet breakfast.

BUCKINGHAM PALACE & THE ROYAL WINDSOR STEAM EXPRESS

Sunday 2nd – Tuesday 4th August

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London, stopping for coffee en route. We arrive at our hotel where, after checking in, the remainder of the day is then free for you to spend as you please and chose an evening meal at a restaurant of your choice.

MONDAY This morning we visit the magnificent working royal Buckingham Palace to discover its exquisite State Rooms with an audio guided tour. Wander between each room filled with historic treasures, ornate artwork and the most beautiful furnishings to experience perhaps one of the grandest palaces in the world. Each State Room is intricately designed to reflect the tastes of King George IV who transformed Buckingham House into the opulent palace it is today. Experience the Throne Room used by the Queen for court ceremonies, see where official entertaining is held in the Ballroom and the stunning White Room, perhaps the grandest of all rooms, used by the Royal Family as a reception room before official gatherings. The rest of the day is free to continue exploring our magnificent capital city with its numerous attractions, vibrant shopping districts or the historic Westminster district.

TUESDAY After breakfast we make our way to Waterloo Station where we board the Royal Windsor Steam Express for a memorable journey in one of the Pullman carriages with a light brunch served as we enjoy a comfortable journey out of London, crossing the Thames and out to the countryside of Windsor. Enjoy the rest of the afternoon exploring the royal town of Windsor with its famous castle and upmarket shops and restaurants, before we re-join the coach for our journey back to the West Country, with a comfort stop on route, arriving home mid-evening.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£349

NEW





YOUR HOTEL


Crown & Mitre Hotel, Carlisle Situated close to the historic cathedral in the heart of the city, this 3* hotel offers the perfect mix of Edwardian grandeur (complete with beautiful original features, such as the elegant sweeping staircase) and contemporary comfort. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves an excellent menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and whirlpool.


Monday 3rd – Friday 7th August

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with comfort stops en route, to our hotel, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.


WEDNESDAY This morning we stay just within the English border, following what is probably one of the best-known landmarks of the north: Hadrian’s Wall. We make a visit to the Roman Army Museum, just inside the Kielder Forest, as we step back in time to 2000 years ago, and experience life as a Roman soldier and life on the front line of Emperor Hadrian’s British frontier. We watch a spectacular 3D film, with aerial views of the wall and brief story of the Roman soldiers based here and the museum houses interesting artefacts excavated along the wall. We later continue to the market town of Hexham, with winding streets, ancient Shambles, a 15th century town hall and ancient Abbey. After lunch, we return to Carlisle with the rest of the afternoon free to explore this lovely city with its cathedral and shops, or perhaps make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities.

THURSDAY Join us today for a wonderfully scenic, circular tour around the northern reaches of the Lake District. We travel through the picturesque towns of Keswick and Windermere, up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass (weather permitting!) and on to Ullswater, with stops for coffee, lunch and photographs along the way. We later complete our tour back to our hotel via Penrith.


5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket for Kynren – An Epic Tale of England (seated)n Entrance to Beamish Open-Air Museumn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

With the dramatic Bishop Auckland Castle in Durham providing the back-drop, this spectacular open-air live performance of “Kynren” lights up the skies as a 90- minute live action show takes its audience through 2000 years of history, myth and legend. Guaranteed to thrill and enthral audiences of all ages!

Grand Hotel, Sunderland Situated close to the historic cathedral in the heart of the city, this 3* hotel offers the perfect mix of Edwardian grandeur (complete with beautiful original features, such as the elegant sweeping staircase) and contemporary comfort. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves an excellent menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and whirlpool.

KYNREN – AN EPIC TALE OF ENGLAND...THE UK’S MOST SPECTACULAR OPEN-AIR SHOW

Friday 7th – Monday 10th August

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and we make our way north stopping for coffee and lunch on route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle in before our evening meal.

SATURDAY Join us today as we make the short journey to the compact city of Durham, a captivating place with winding cobbled streets crowned with the dramatic cathedral and castle, which has one of the most stunning panoramas in Europe. We return to our hotel late afternoon for an early dinner, before setting out to Bishop Auckland Castle, the setting for tonight’s spectacular live open-air show, starting mid-evening. From our seated terrace, we will experience the action unfolding before us, in an extravaganza that will take us on a voyage through 2000 years of history, myth and legend, as we meet characters that have shaped our lands and times, performed by a cast of more than 1000. Spectacular sets appear as if by magic, with mass choreography and fierce battle scenes, illuminated by dazzling special effects, lighting and pyrotechnics, set to a spine-tingling musical score, all culminating in an unforgettable performance with surprises around every corner, leaving you uplifted and exhilarated. (We advise you take clothing suitable for outdoor evening).

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to Beamish, an extensive open-air museum which effectively recreates an authentic picture of family, community and working life in the northeast prior to World War I. It has a typical High Street, with many shops as well as a colliery and farm, and there are guides in period costume and a restored tramline serving all areas of the attraction. We return to our hotel this afternoon, with time to enjoy a stroll along the seafront before dinner.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our homeward journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early – mid evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£285

SUPPLEMENTS:Entrance to the James Herriot Museum


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn North Yorkshire Moors Railway ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

York is a city renowned for its exquisite architecture, tangle of quaint cobbled streets and iconic Minster. The city has retained so much of its medieval structure that walking into its centre is like entering a living museum.

Queens Hotel, York We are delighted to return to this 3* hotel, ideally situated on the banks of the river Ouse in the heart of the city centre. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant offers delicious traditional food.

THE VERY BEST OF YORKSHIRE

Monday 3rd – Friday 7th August

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and reaching our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening stroll around York.

TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to explore all that York has to offer. You may like to visit the imposing Minster, the Jorvik Centre the Chocolate Story, where you will learn about the city’s connection to the sweet treat and even try your hand at creating your own chocolate souvenir! or the National Railway Museum to discover 300 years of railway history. Take a leisurely boat cruise along the River Ouse, and see the city from a different perspective, or jump on a sight-seeing bus with on-board commentary. The Little Shambles is an absolute delight and there are many shops and cafes. As our hotel enjoys a central location, you can spend as much or as little time exploring as you wish

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel north to Pickering, where we join the North Yorkshire Moors Railway for a scenic train ride across the heart of the moors to Grosment. We then re-join the coach for the short drive to the picturesque fishing port of Whitby, with its ancient abbey and stunning coastline. The ruins of the 13th-century abbey are fascinating, and for the more energetic, the views from the top are well worth the climb. We later return to York through the wild, heather-clad North Yorkshire Moors National Park, stopping in Goathland – famous as Aidensfield in the TV series Heartbeat, and the bewitching Hogsmeade in the first Harry Potter film.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel a little further north to Thirsk, a small compact Market Town mentioned in the Doomsday book. Whilst here you may like to visit the James Herriot Museum, in the house he lived in and used as his surgery. After lunch we visit the delightful spa town of Harrogate, with its wonderful architecture and public gardens, as well as shops to browse…and Betty’s tea shop is a must!

FRIDAY This morning we leave of our hotel and begin our journey south. Once again stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£365



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Chatham’s Historic Dockyardn Entrance to Dover Castlen Day trip to Bruges via Eurotunneln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Kent’s coast is famous for its spectacular white cliffs, golden beaches, famous seaside resorts and historic towns. Bruges is a wonderfully picturesque town in Belgium with cobbled streets, delightful buildings and majestic squares.

Ashford International Hotel, Ashford A 4* hotel with spa and health club facilities. Each of the stylish bedrooms is en-suite and equipped with TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The Brasserie style restaurant offers a great range of freshly prepared dishes and a generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, jacuzzi and spa treatments (extra charge for spa).

KENT & BEAUTIFUL BRUGES

Sunday 2nd – Thursday 6th August

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and travel east, stopping for coffee and lunch on route, and arriving at our hotel with time to freshen up before evening dinner.

MONDAY This morning we make our way to the pretty town of Rochester, the great author Charles Dickens’ childhood home, often referred to the town in his Victorian novels. The stunning cathedral was founded in 604AD making it England’s second oldest. Rochester Castle, built on the highest point of the Roman city walls, offers splendid views from the top of one of England’s tallest keeps. We continue to Chatham’s Historic Dockyard where you can climb aboard three historic war ships, including a submarine, visit the Victorian Ropery and try your hand at making rope, the largest RNLI collection of lifeboats, exhibitions and discover the fascinating 400 years of history at the Royal Dockyard.

TUESDAY Join us today as we visit the historic castle of Dover, perhaps the most iconic of all English fortresses. Climb the Great Tower and experience its medieval interiors, delve into the White Cliffs to explore the underground hospital and walk through the wartime tunnels to learn about Operation Dynamo (rescue operation from the beaches of Dunkirk). We later travel to the city of Canterbury, with its world-famous cathedral and seat of the Archbishop. The Canterbury Tales centre takes you back 500 years to the time of great pilgrimage and see the characters out of Chaucer’s famous novels, on their journey from London to Thomas Beckett’s shrine in Canterbury cathedral. There is also a vibrant shopping district and numerous cafes.

WEDNESDAY After an early breakfast, this morning we make our way to the delightful town of Bruges, via Eurotunnel. Affectionately known as the “Venice of the North” its winding canals and picture postcard bridges create a beautiful setting for this historic city with its World UNESCO heritage. From medieval times, Bruges was a great trading place with Guilds and local craftsmen bringing riches into the city. This in turn created beautiful architecture, magnificent churches and breath-taking public squares. There are many museums to visit, churches to marvel at, shops selling lace and famous Belgian chocolate, boat trips along the canal or horse & carriage rides through the city.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and begin the homeward journey, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and reaching the West Country early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£409


Saturday 8th – Saturday 15th August

YOUR SHIP

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Full Board in outside cabinsn Welcome cocktailn Tea, Coffee & biscuits each afternoonn Late evening snacks on board each nightn Captain’s farewell dinner with a small gift for the ladiesn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £285.00“Deluxe” cabin supplement £55.00 per peson

“Deluxe Plus” Cabin Supplement £75.00 per person“Deluxe” cabins have 2 windows. “Deluxe Plus” cabins are larger

Travel insurance £39.00Deposit £250.00 per person

Join us for a leisurely cruise along two of the most famous waterways in Europe … the scenic River Rhine & Moselle. Admire the scenery as these beautiful rivers flow past an array of historic cities, fairytale castles and rolling vineyard hillsides.

MV Prinses Christina The MV Prinses Christina is a modern and comfortable, fully air-conditioned ship, with a lift between decks. The en-suite cabins are equipped with satellite TV. The spacious lounge/bar provides an area to relax with panoramic river views, and the restaurant offers an excellent selection of dishes. Entertainment is provided on some evenings. Our driver will be on-board throughout the cruise, guiding you to the best places to visit when the boat is in dock.

CRUISING THE ROMANTC RHINE AND MAJESTIC MOSELLE

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1050

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with a comfort stop en-route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue our journey through Belgium, and into Germany, to Cologne, where we board our ship for a welcome cocktail and evening meal.

SUNDAY Enjoying breakfast on-board, we leave Cologne, and cruise along the Rhine, passing the historic city of Bonn. We arrive in Andernach early afternoon, with time to explore this attractive town with elegant riverside promenades. You may like to visit the cathedral of Mary, or the Round Tower, before returning to the ship for our evening meal.

MONDAY We leave early morning, continuing along the Rhine, crossing to the Moselle, on to the Roman town of Cochem, with its magical castles, arriving early afternoon. You have free time to explore this delightful town with its medieval marketplace, half-timbered houses and the imposing Reichburg Castle, before returning to our ship for dinner.

TUESDAY This morning we sail back along the Moselle River, travelling past the slate-mining town of Klotten, to Boppard, arriving early afternoon. You may like to explore the historic centre or enjoy a chair lift that takes you on a panoramic ride, high above the valley, with spectacular views of the vineyards below. We return to our ship for dinner.

WEDNESDAY – We continue our cruise, passing the age-old rival castles of Burg Maus and Burg Katz, on the approach to St Goar, before sailing

past the famous Lorelei Rock, where, a legendary siren lured sailors to their doom. We arrive at Rüdesheim after lunch, with time to explore the old town, or maybe enjoy a cable car ride to the Niederwald Monument, with panoramic views of the valley. We return in time for dinner, after which you may like to stroll back into the town.

THURSDAY– Today we loop back along the Rhine, towards the ancient walled city of Koblenz. Here the Rhine and Moselle meet at Deutches Eck (German corner). The centre of Koblenz is a maze of narrow lanes and romantic squares, teaming with cafes, churches and shops. We arrive early afternoon, with free time to spend in Koblenz, returning to our ship for evening meal, but there will be plenty of time after dinner to stroll back into this magical town to explore further.

FRIDAY We leave Koblenz early morning, sailing to the small town of Königswinter. Towering high above the river lies the infamous Drachenfels (Dragon’s Rock) and Schloss Drachenburg (castle) accessed by a rack railway. We depart at midday, enjoying lunch on-board, and continue towards one of Germany’s oldest cities, Cologne. Arriving mid-afternoon, there is time to explore this majestic city with its beautiful twin tower cathedral. Although much of the city was destroyed by WWII allied bomb raids, the picturesque old centre retains much of its original architecture. We return to our ship for the Captain’s farewell dinner, enjoying a final evening moored alongside the riverbanks of historic Cologne.

SATURDAY We re-join the coach and travel to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving early/mid evening.




YOUR HOTEL

Liverpool is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, like the Great Wall of China and the Pyramids of Giza in Egypt. The city won the status in 2004 because of its impressive waterfront, and the World Heritage Site officially stretches from Albert Dock, which alone has the largest collection of Grade I listed buildings in the UK. Join us for a tour where you have two days to explore some of the city’s many attractions.

Hallmark Inn, Liverpool This converted Grade II listed Georgian terraced hotel is located in the heart of Liverpool and within easy reach of the city’s many attractions, shopping precincts and Albert Docks. All en-suite bedrooms are equipped with TV, hairdryer and Wi-Fi access. There is no lift in the hotel, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious seasonal evening menu and hearty breakfast.

LIVERPOOL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and arriving at our hotel in central Liverpool with time to settle in and unwind before dinner.SATURDAY–SUNDAY Each day is free for you to spend as you please exploring vibrant Liverpool –there really is so much to see and do! The city offers world-class culture, with more museums and galleries than anywhere outside of London and there are also two majestic cathedrals. You may like to take a trip to the Beatles Story at Albert Dock: a brilliant tour through the Beatles’ lives, with fascinating Fab Four memorabilia and insights from friends and family. Or perhaps you’d prefer a sightseeing tour in an open-top double decker, where you can purchase a hop on-hop off ticket to explore the city at your leisure. Liverpool is also full of fabulous new shops and restaurants. Liverpool ONE, in the heart of the city, is a shiny new designer shopping centre and is home to more than 160 famous high street names, from John Lewis to Topshop. The Liverpool Queensway Mersey Tunnel tour is an engineering masterpiece; a unique behind-the-scenes adventure where you will be guided beneath the river Mersey. The Yellow Duckmarine is an hour-long tour, half on land and half in the water, taking in the city’s major historic sights along with the Dockland’s maritime history – all accompanied by a fun live commentary. As our hotel benefits from a central location, you can do as much or as little sightseeing as you wish.MONDAY After breakfast we begin our homeward journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£229



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 1 Night Bed & Breakfastn Edinburgh Tattoo Ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Always very popular, the Edinburgh Tattoo is a spectacular event held each year on the Esplanade of the city’s magnificent castle. A celebration of talents from four continents, it includes pipers, gymnasts, singers, dancers and an amazing motorcycle display team. The emphasis is very much on music and the exciting programme usually includes the music of the Massed Pipes and Drums and the Massed Military Bands.

The Salutation Hotel, Perth A warm welcome is assured at this 3* hotel in the heart of Perth, one of Scotland’s oldest hotels. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms is well equipped with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared menu using locally sourced produce and the cosy bar offers a comfortable place to relax.

SCOTLAND...EDINBURGH TATTOO & THE TROSSACHS

Sunday 9th – Thursday 13th August

ITINERARYSUNDAY After an early departure we make our way north, with comfort stops on route to Perth, arriving with time to settle in before our evening meal, and maybe take a stroll sound the city or along the River Tay.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we take a leisurely tour of the Trossachs, through some picturesque villages and stunning scenery, stopping in Aberfoyle for coffee. We continue over the stunning Duke’s Pass with its outstanding views and wonderful scenery to Loch Katrine. Here you will find a visitor centre with restaurant serving delicious lunches & snacks, shops selling lovely gifts and places to sit and relax and admire the views.

TUESDAY We leave our hotel mid-morning and make our way into Edinburgh with the whole day to explore this magnificent city and all its attractions. You may like to visit the Royal Yacht Britannia which served the British Royal Family for more than 40 years, or the famous castle, which contains the Scottish Crown Jewels and Stone of Destiny. There are also an abundance of shops and plenty of places to enjoy lunch, and evening meal, before re-joining the coach for the short journey to the renowned spectacle of the Edinburgh Military Tattoo for tonight’s show. We suggest you pack some wet weather clothing just in case the weather is inclement!

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, this morning is free to spend as you please exploring Perth. This Scottish city is steeped in royal history is easy to navigate on foot. You may like to visit the cathedral or the Black Watch Museum which brings to life the history of Scotland’s oldest Highland regiment. There are many shops to browse or perhaps take a stroll along the banks of the River Tay. After an early lunch we make the short journey to the vibrant Highland town of Pitlochry, famous for its salmon ladder and Victorian architecture.

THURSDAY This morning we leave Scotland, and begin our journey south, making regular comfort stops on route, back to the West Country, arriving home early-mid evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£439



Entrance to attractions in PortsmouthUpgrade to Harbour Suites £80.00 per person

(Harbour Suites include separate lounge with sofa, landscaped patio with garden furniture, robe

& slippers & bottle of wine on arrival day)Travel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Use of leisure facilities at the resortn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Surrounded by water, with a beach on your doorstep, this lovely resort is the perfect base for enjoying some of the English south coast’s finest attractions, A Warner holiday offers something a bit extra…stunning scenery, fantastic live entertainment every evening, inclusive activities and first-class accommodation.

Lakeside Coastal Resort, Hayling Island A traditional coastal resort, offering a warm and friendly atmosphere with a village feeling. Each of the classily furnished chalets is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. The elegant cabaret restaurant offers excellent cuisine, and the resort’s exceptional leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, sauna, tennis courts, championship-quality indoor bowls complex, archery range, pitch ‘n’ putt course, beauty salon, gift shop and games room. Live music and entertainment is provided each evening.

THE SOUTH COAST - LAKESIDE RESORT...WARNER BREAK

Monday 10th – Friday 14th August

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area and travel to Dorchester for lunch and a chance to browse the shops. We continue to Hayling Island, arriving at our resort with ample time to settle in and begin exploring before evening dinner and our first evening of excellent entertainment entertainment.

TUESDAY The morning is free for you to familiarise yourself with your new surroundings and enjoy some of the many facilities available in the hotel. Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion to nearby Chichester with time to browse the shops and have afternoon tea.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to Portsmouth’s celebrated dockyard, home to HMS Victory and the Mary Rose. You may like to visit the Royal Naval and D-Day Museums, the Blue Reef Aquarium, the Gunwharf Quay – a modern waterfront shopping, eating and entertainment centre – or the Spinnaker Tower, which rises 170m and offers wonderful views across to the Isle of Wight (weather permitting). We return to our hotel in time for dinner and another evening of live entertainment

THURSDAY Join us this morning as make our way a little further north to the tranquil market town of Winchester, the capital of the Wessex kingdom of Alfred the Great. There are many interesting sights, including the cathedral and the Great Hall, home to King Arthur’s round table. With time to enjoy lunch and browse the shops we return to our resort with the remainder of the day free to continue to enjoy some of the wonderful facilities and activities before a final evening dinner and entertainment.

FRIDAY Sadly it’s now time to leave our resort and journey back towards the West Country, stopping in Salisbury with ample time to enjoy lunch, browse the shops and maybe visit the cathedral. We complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£325

Tuesday 11th – Sunday 16th August

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Return ferry ticket from Poolen Hotel transfers in Jerseyn Ticket to Battle of Flowers day paraden Coach Transport to and from Poolen All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Ticket to the moonlight parade £18.00No single supplement (Max 2 singles)

Additional singles (subject to availability £185.00Travel insurance £35.00


In 1902, to celebrate the coronation of Kind Edward Vll and Queen Alexandra, Jersey decided to hold a parade. Large floats of up to 45 feet compete for the Prix d’Honneur. The fresh flowers are predominately chrysanthemums, which have been shipped in from the UK and Holland and locally-grown asters. The parade also includes marching bands and takes place on two days – the first an afternoon parade, and the following evening a moonlight parade.

Mayfair Hotel, St Helier A warm welcome awaits at this lovely 3* hotel, just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of Jersey’s capital, St Helier. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a wide variety of dishes Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and gym, and entertainment is provided each evening.

JERSEY INCLUDING THEBATTLE OF FLOWERS SPECTACULAR

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£485

ITINERARY

TUESDAY We leave our home area, after a possible early departure, (time to be advised) and make our way east to Poole for the ferry crossing to St Helier. Upon arrival, you will be greeted by a hotel representative and taken to your hotel. The representative will act as your point of contact for the duration of your stay on the island, and he or she will be available each day to offer you advice on things like attractions and car hire. Dinner this evening is followed by entertainment.

WEDNESDAY – SATURDAY Each day is free for you to spend exploring Jersey’s wonderful coastline and inland attractions. Perhaps you’d like to visit the Jersey War Tunnels; parts are preserved as they were left after World War II. Other worthwhile attractions include the Living Legend, the zoo and Mont Orgueil Castle. We also highly

recommend a trip to Corbiere Lighthouse with its stunning views, which you can walk to when the tide is out. A regular bus service operates on the island and is useful for visiting the many picturesque bays and harbours, or you may like to hire a car for the duration of your stay… the hotel can offer help with this if required. There are also numerous venues on the island in which to enjoy coffee, lunch, afternoon tea and Jersey ice cream!

THURSDAY The highlight of our tour – the Battle of Flowers – takes place today, and we have included a ticket in a seated area to allow you to enjoy in comfort one of the highlights in Jersey’s calendar: a spectacle of flower-covered floats, musicians, dancers and entertainers. The grand parade takes place during the day, but tomorrow (Friday) the moonlight parade begins at 9.00pm, when the flower-covered floats are further festooned with thousands of lights; a truly magical sight and a fitting finale to this floral extravaganza. If you would like to purchase tickets to the evening parade, please let us know at time of booking.

SUNDAY Sadly it’s today time to leave Jersey. Your hotel representative will inform you of the necessary details, including when you’ll need to leave the hotel to be taken by coach to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole. On arrival, you will be met by a Blakes coach and driver, who will return you to your home area.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided Coach Tour of Pendle Hilln Entrance & Guided Tour of Samlesbury Halln Ticket for East Lancashire Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Ribble Valley is a picturesque area with a rich landscape of rolling hillsides, charming villages, and market towns, lying between the old mill towns of Lancashire and the southern edge of the Yorkshire Dales. We enjoy a guided tour of Pendle Hill and the Lancashire countryside to discover the history of the Pendle Witch trial.

Best Western Plus Samlesbury Hotel, Samlesbury A delightful 4* hotel with comfortably furnished en-suite bedrooms, equipped with TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared menu and hearty Lancashire breakfast. There is a large lounge bar area to relax in, and a fitness suite.

RIBBLE VALLEY & THE PENDLE WITCHES


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with comfort stops and lunch on route. We complete our journey into Lancashire, and to our hotel in Samlesbury, with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY Today as we are joined by an experienced local guide for a coach tour of the beautiful Lancashire countryside to learn about its history, including the most famous Witch Trial in England – the Pendle Witch Trial of 1622. Hear about the dark deeds and wicked plots as we visit where they happened in an area changed very little in 400 years. After the light-hearted tour and time for lunch at Pendle Village Mill, we travel to Samlesbury Hall. Its beautiful exterior decoration is a breath-taking sight, as you step into the black and white half-timbered medieval manor house. We enjoy a fascinating guided tour of the house, packed with entertaining stories of residents and visitors to the Hall.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way south to the Lancastrian town of Bury, where the award-winning market has hundreds of stalls to browse. You may like to visit the Fusilier Museum or the Bury Transport Museum or sit back and enjoy lunch in one of the town’s many cosy cafes. This afternoon we board a steam train for a scenic journey along the East Lancashire Railway, which historically connected the old mill towns along the Irwell valley, past quaint villages and rural landscapes to the old cotton town of Rawtenstall.

THURSDAY This morning we make the short journey to the ancient Saxon town of Clitheroe, in the heart of the Ribble Valley. The 12th century castle is said to be the smallest Norman castle in England and is home to a museum and 16 acres of landscaped gardens. Enjoy the panoramic views across the Ribble Valley and Pendle Hill from the castle keep. We continue to the market town of Skipton, the southern edge of the Yorkshire Dales for lunch and time to explore the quaint cobbled streets, 900 year old castle, ruined abbey or maybe enjoy a gentle boat ride along the Leeds-Liverpool canal.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, with comfort and lunch stops on route. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345

NEW


Saturday 15th – Saturday 22nd August

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Ziller Valley Steam Train ticketn Lake Achen Cog Railway ticketn Boat cruise from Pertisau to Sholastikan Guided village walk in Sölln Afternoon coffee and cake 1 dayn Gala dinner on last nightn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



The Austrian Tyrol has an outstanding landscape with breathtaking scenery, waterfalls and majestic mountains. What better way to explore this area than by using the local transportation of years gone-by. We hope you will enjoy this nostalgic way of travelling and return home with some wonderful memories.

Ferienhotel, Söll Surrounded by rolling hills just a short stroll from the cafés in Söll’s centre, this family-run 3* hotel is traditionally furnished for a true Tyrolean atmosphere. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV and hairdryer. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers a tasty traditional menu, and leisure facilities include a pool, gym and outdoor terrace from which to enjoy the mountain scenery.

LITTLE TRAINS & BOATS OF AUSTRIA

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£645

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Aachen, arriving in time for the evening meal.

SUNDAY This morning we continue our journey through Germany and into Austria, to our hotel, where we stay for the next five nights, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY This morning we journey on the nostalgic Ziller Valley narrow gauge train from Jenbach, to the popular holiday resort of Mayrhofen, where there will be time to sample the local cuisine. Mayrhofen is well-known for its excellent ski conditions, but the town itself has a lovely laidback atmosphere. We return to Söll via Mittersill and Kirchberg in Tyrol, completing our circular scenic day out with time to relax before dinner.

TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please. The hotel have arranged a guided village walk for those who wish, to help familiarise yourself with your new surroundings. Enjoy exploring the enchanting village of Söll at the foot of the Hohe Salve Mountain. You

may like to take the Hochsöll funicular to the top of the mountain, where you’ll find a chapel with a famous wind harp. This afternoon enjoy coffee and cake with our hosts.

WEDNESDAY Today we travel down to Jenbach, where we join the original Lake Achen cog railway for the journey up to Seespitz. The railway dates from 1889 and the steam engines are some of the oldest in the world still to be used for public transport. The train winds its way up above the Inn Valley to its destination – Lake Achen, the largest Alpine lake in the Tyrol. With time to enjoy lunch in Pertisau, we later enjoy a short boat cruise along the beautiful shores of Achensee to Scholastika. On our return journey, we stop in the delightful town of Rattenberg – famous for its glass and crystal workshops demonstrating stunning creations.

THURSDAY Join us today as we travel via the alpine resort of Kitzbühel and over the scenic Thurn Pass, to the neighbouring province of Salzburgerland. Our journey continues down the Salzach Valley to the pretty town of Zell am See, nestled on the shores of lovely Lake Zell. With time to wander through the medieval centre and along the lake shore, you may like to take a boat trip on the lake. This evening we enjoy a farewell dinner.

FRIDAY Sadly we today bid a fond farewell to Austria, with comfort stops en route, to our overnight accommodation in Metz, arriving in time for the evening meal.

SATURDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving early/mid-evening.




YOUR HOTEL

Amsterdam is host to a spectacular maritime event, connecting the past, present and future with the prestigious Tall Ships Festival. Every five years up to 600 vessels sail into the historic Dutch capital of Amsterdam including the iconic Tall Ships together with heritage fleets and Naval vessels for a special festival atmosphere along the harbour front.

Apollo Hotel, Papendrecht A warm welcome is assured at this locally rated 4* hotel. Each of the comfortably furnished bedrooms is en-suite and well equipped with telephone, TV, safe and Wi-Fi access. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared seasonal menu and the bar area provides a cosy place to relax with a drink in the evening.

AMSTERDAM – TALL SHIPS FESTIVAL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We complete our journey, arriving at our hotel in Papendrecht with time to settle in before dinner this evening.SATURDAY Join us today as we make our way to the medieval town of Delft, perhaps most famous for its royal blue earthenware. The historic centre is easy to explore on foot with narrow streets and quiet canals. The old church dates from 13th century and is the resting place of the famous Dutch painter, Vermeer. The grand Gothic architecture of the East Port (Oostpoort) is seen in many Dutch old paintings. You may also like to visit one of the town’s museums or take a gentle boat ride along the canals to experience Delft from the water’s edge. The centre is full of charming cafes to enjoy lunch and shops to pick up a souvenir of the famous Delft blue pottery!SUNDAY After breakfast, we make our way to the centre of Amsterdam, where you have the whole day to enjoy the “Set Sail” Tall Ships festival along the harbour front (free entry). The Dutch have a rich historical tradition of sailing and this large nautical event attracts ships of all shapes and sizes from around the world, assembling on the Ij Lake behind Amsterdam’s Central Station. The centre of the city is easily accessible on foot and whilst here, you may also like to take a gentle canal boat cruise, or perhaps visit some of Amsterdam’s most popular attractions such as Anne Frank House Museum, art galleries or take a stroll across bridges and footpaths to admire the beautiful architecture and peaceful waterways.MONDAY We leave our hotel this morning for the homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, with comfort stops en route, arriving mid/late-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Bed & Full English Breakfastn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

London… not just the Capital of England, but a city full of so much history, and so many attractions, theatres, shops and so much more that a day or a weekend is never enough. With this tour you organise what you want to do and where you want to go and also stay in a luxurious 4* hotel in Central London, close to the transport network.

Copthorne Tara Hotel, London Kensington A luxuriously appointed 4* hotel located in the heart of Kensington, tucked away in a quiet road off High Street Kensington, near to the Royal Albert Hall, Hyde Park, Kensington Palace & Natural History Museum. All rooms are ensuite with satellite TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves an excellent buffet breakfast.

JUST LONDON


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London, stopping for coffee en route. We arrive at our hotel where, after checking in, the remainder of the day is then free for you to spend as you please and chose an evening meal at a restaurant of your choice.SATURDAY – SUNDAY Each day is free for you to continue exploring as you please. There are a great many museums along with numerous other attractions, like the Shard, London Eye, the Tower of London, Madame Tussauds, St Paul’s Cathedral and the Dungeons – to name just a few! You may also like to book tickets to tour one of the Royal Palaces – Buckingham Palace, Clarence House, or Kensington Palace. Perhaps you’d rather see one of the West End’s top shows or take an open-top bus tour or boat trip to see the best views and learn about the history of the city. There are also countless opportunities for retail therapy, along with many cafés and restaurants in which to have coffee, lunch, afternoon tea and dinner.MONDAY We leave London late morning and return to the West Country, again with a comfort stop en route, arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£275

NEW


Sunday 16th – Saturday 22nd August

YOUR HOTEL


SUPPLEMENTS:Entrance to Muckross House & Gardens

Cart ride / boat trip in KillarneySingle supplement £165.00


Ireland’s beauty is legendary, from the lush, green pastures to the deep, lakes and the rolling hills. The Kingdom of Kerry is renowned for its natural magnificence of colourful contrasts, rugged coastline and dramatic mountain views.

The Killarney Towers Hotel, Killarney A fabulous 4* hotel situated in the heart of Killarney. All rooms are en suite, with TV, wifi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the excellent leisure facilities include an indoor pool.. Excellent Irish cuisine is followed by traditional Irish entertainment each evening.

IRELAND...KILLARNEY & THE RING OF KERRY

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£575

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way, into Wales and on to Pembroke, with, for the afternoon crossing to Rosslair. After docking in Ireland, we travel to our overnight hotel in Waterford or Wexford for dinner.

MONDAY We leave our hotel and make our way west, stopping somewhere interesting for coffee and lunch en route. We later make our way to our hotel in Killarney, where dinner and our first evening of traditional Irish entertainment awaits us.

TUESDAY We’re guaranteed some magnificent scenery today as we embark upon an unforgettable, leisurely tour around the spectacular Ring of Kerry which has deservedly earned its reputation as one of the most beautiful regions in Ireland. The route of a 179km loop starts, and ends, in Killarney, passing through lively villages with bustling pubs, charming bookshops and pretty cafés. The striking coastline is overlooked by an enchanting amalgamation of hills, cliffs, and lakes. We will stop for coffee, lunch and photographs en route… don’t forget your camera!

WEDNESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please… you may like to explore the classically Irish town of Killarney via an hour-long cart ride, or take a boat trip on a nearby lake? Only a short bus or taxi ride away is Muckross House and Gardens, a 19th

century magnificent Victorian mansion, one of Ireland’s leading stately homes. situated close to the shores of Muckross Lake and set against the stunning beauty of Killarney National Park. The elegantly furnished rooms portray the lifestyles of the landed gentry, while downstairs in the basement you can experience the working conditions of the servants employed in the House. The Gardens are renowned world-wide for their beauty which include an extensive water garden and an outstanding rock garden hewn out of natural limestone. Queen Victoria, Prince Albert and four of the princes and princesses stayed at the mansion for 2 nights in 1861.

THURSDAY After a traditional Irish breakfast, we travel around the breathtaking Dingle Peninsula. Unlike the Ring of Kerry, where the cliffs tend to dominate the ocean, it’s the ocean that dominates the smaller Dingle Peninsula. The opal-blue waters surround the green hills and golden sands which once was the setting for the film Ryan’s daughter. Once again we stop for coffee, lunch and photographs en route. We pause at Slea Head, the most westerly mainland point in Europe, with splendid views.

FRIDAY Sadly, we today leave Killarney and make our way back across Ireland’s lovely countryside to Waterford with time to browse the town, before arriving at our overnight hotel in time for dinner.

SATURDAY We leave our hotel and travel back to Rosslair for the return ferry crossing to Pembroke. We complete our homeward journey, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Manchester Ship Canaln Steam Train journey on East Lancashire Railwayn Anderton Boat Lift ticket & Canal Boat Cruisen Guided tour of Port Sunlightn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Cheshire offers some of the country’s most picturesque scenery, and tranquil rivers and canals. Join us as we explore a region with its heritage cities and beautiful waterways.

Mercure Chester Woodhey House Hotel, Chester A delightful 3* hotel situated in quiet rural surroundings, and a short walk from the nearby village of Little Sutton. Each en-suite bedrooms are furnished with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to most rooms. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool.

CHESHIRE – STEAM TRAINS, CANALS & BOATS

Monday 17th – Friday 21st August

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and journey north, with stops for coffee and lunch on route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle in and enjoy dinner.

TUESDAY Join us today as we make the short journey north to Seacombe and embark upon a truly memorable cruise inland along the 35 mile stretch of the Manchester Ship Canal, complete with live commentary offering an insight into the dramatic history of one of Britain’s major waterways. We travel through locks, under bridges, passing historical buildings, industrial landscape and beautiful countryside, as we get a sense of how this spectacular canal’s construction shaped England’s northwest. Refreshments are available on board through the journey, lasting approximately 5 – 6 hours.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we make the journey north to the town of Bury, with time to browse the shops or stroll around the famous market hall, or maybe the Bury Transport Museum which its beautifully restored vehicles, original artefacts and interactive exhibits, and enjoy lunch in one of the numerous restaurants or cafes. This afternoon we board the East Lancashire Railway for a steam train ride across the Irwell Valley, through tunnels and over viaducts, arriving in Rawtenstall, a historic textile town with cobbled streets.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short drive to Northwich for a ride on the Anderton Boat Lift, one of the greatest monuments to Britain’s last canal age. Known as the Cathedral of Canals, we begin with a relaxing 30-minute pleasure cruise to Northwich town Swing Bridge with a commentary whilst on board. We remain on board for a guided tour through the Boat Lift – a 60-foot high hydraulic lift system, built in 1875, which transports narrow boats. There is also a visitors’ centre with an interactive exhibition, shop and café. This afternoon we visit Port Sunlight a unique and beautiful 19th century village and gardens which was created by William Hesker Lever for his ‘Sunlight Soap’ factory workers. We are joined by a local guide for an informative tour about how it was to work and live here during the village’ heyday!

FRIDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and begin our journey south. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£335



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn National Stud Farm Guided Tourn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The county of Cambridgeshire covers a large part of East Anglia, with its cathedral cities, elegant towns, charming countryside and natural Fenlands. The city of Cambridge is steeped in history and culture, and famous for its University, lazy waterways and majestic cathedral. Newmarket is home to the National Stud Farm which showcases British Thoroughbred breeding at its very best, producing champion racehorses for the future.

Marriott Hotel, Huntingdon A modern 4* hotel. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV, telephone, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, fitness gym & sauna.

CAMBRIDGE & THE NATIONAL STUD

Monday 17th – Friday 21st August

ITINERARYMONDAY We make our way towards East Anglia, with comfort stops and lunch on route, and travel to our hotel, with time to relax and maybe make use of the leisure facilities before dinner.

TUESDAY Join us today as we travel just across the border into Suffolk, to the historic market town of Bury St Edmunds with time to explore this architectural delight with its medieval streets, Georgian & Regency architecture and a glorious cathedral and Abbey gardens. With many shops to browse, and numerous cafes to enjoy lunch. This afternoon we make our way across the Fenlands to Ely, one of the most important cathedral cities in England. Whilst in Ely you may also like to visit Oliver Cromwell’s House, the majestic cathedral nearby, and the Stained-Glass Museum housed inside.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we make the short journey to the centre of Cambridge where you have the whole day to explore the University city and its attractions. You may like to visit the renowned Fitzwilliam Museum, or the new shopping areas with all the favourite High Street brands you would expect to find. Or you may like to see the city as it is meant to be seen, and take a leisurely punt along the River Cam, passing age-old colleges with immaculate lawns.

THURSDAY Today we enjoy a guided tour at the Newmarket National Stud Farm to learn about the excellent breeding programme of British Thoroughbred racehorses. See the foaling unit, the nursery paddocks with the mares and foals and the superb Stallion unit to see up close these beautiful animals. We continue to the picturesque medieval market town of Saffron Walden with a rich history and interesting old buildings. To-gether with St Mary’s church, one of the most beautiful in Essex, there is a delightfully restored Victorian garden containing a yew maze hedge. With time to enjoy lunch and explore the town, we return to our hotel.

FRIDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and travel homewards, with comfort and lunch stops on route, completing our journey home to the West Country, arriving early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345

NEW


CRUISING THROUGH BURGUNDY – RIVERS RHÔNE & SAÔNE

PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfast in overnight hotelsn 7 Nights’ Full board on MS Rhone Princessn Welcome cocktail reception on MS Rhone Princessn Continental breakfasts on boatn Unlimited selected drinks from noon to midnight on boardn Entertainment each eveningn Gala Dinner on last night on MS Rhone Princessn Guided city tour of Lyon (by coach & on foot)n Excursion to Cluny Abbey

SUPPLEMENTS: Single supplement £489.00

Upper Deck Cabin supplement £165.00 per personTravel insurance TBA


We are delighted to introduce our first Croisi Europe River Cruise aboard their MS Rhone Princess, as we experience the charming region of Burgundy to the beautiful Carmargue River Delta, on the Mediterranean coast. This relaxing river cruise takes in some of the region’s most historic cities, stunning landscapes and natural wonders as we traverse the Rivers Rhône & Saône.

MS Rhone Princess Introducing one of Croisi Europe’s modern ships, the MS Rhone Princess is a 2 deck vessel plus a sun deck. Each comfortably furnished cabin has an en-suite toilet & shower and is furnished with TV, telephone, safe, air-conditioning and Wi-Fi access. There is stair access between decks and the reception, restaurant and lounge bar are all located on the upper deck.

FRIDAY We leave the West Country early morning and journey east, with a comfort stop en route, to Dover for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our overnight accommodation in Laon, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

SATURDAY After breakfast we continue our journey south through France, with comfort and lunch stops on route, to Lyon where we board our ship with time to before a welcome cocktail reception and this evening’s dinner.

SUNDAY Join us today for a guided tour of Lyon by coach and on foot, starting at the Fourvière Basilica, then on to the historic “traboules” narrow passageways that are typical of the city and enjoy free time in the heart of the old town, before we return to our ship, docked along the backs of the Saône, where lunch is served on board. We set sail this afternoon as we gently cruise to Mâcon, with an evening of dinner and dancing.

MONDAY Today we enjoy an excursion to Cluny Abbey, the largest church in Western Christianity until the completion of Saint Peter’s Basilica in Rome. We return to our ship and set sail this afternoon for Vienne, arriving whilst dinner is served this evening.

TUESDAY Join us this morning if you wish for a guided walking tour of Vienne to discover this delightful Roman city, hidden from view from the banks of the Rhône River. Discover the Roman theatre, one of the largest in Europe, the exterior of the Temple of Augustus and Livia and the exterior of the Cathedral of St Maurice, before we return to the ship for lunch. We sail this afternoon in the direction of Arles.

THURSDAY Arriving alongside the banks of the River Rhône in Avignon, we leave the ship on foot for a guided tour of the old town of Avignon to experience an array of historic monuments, plus a visit to the interior of the exquisite Pope’s Palace, known as the capital of Christianity during the Middle Ages, where we explore the interior staterooms, Pope’s private apartments and terrace with wonderful panoramic views across Avignon and the Rhône. We return to the ship and continue sailing north to Viviers, where we take a guided walking tour of the compact medieval town, housing France’s smallest cathedral, the House of the knights and Towers of St Michel.

Friday 21st – Sunday 30th August

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we enjoy a guided walking tour of Arles where you will find a Roman Amphitheatre and St Trophimus Square with its cloister and church on one of the famous pilgrimage routes to Santiago de Compestela. We end our tour at the Roman baths of Constantine, then join a coach and travel to Tarascon to a Provencal Country House with a large orchard of olive trees for an authentic tractor & trailer tour around the estate and learn about the cultivation and production of this delicate olive oil. We return to the ship in Arles by coach for lunch. This afternoon we experience a panoramic

guided tour of the Carmargue, the natural environment where rivers, marshes and ponds provide habitats for pink flamingoes, black bulls and the famous indigenous Carmargue horses. Discover the salt and rice fields that make the area so well known, plus we visit an authentic manade (bull breeding farm) as we learn about the work of the manadier and how they skillfully work with the animals. This evening’s dinner is followed by traditional Provençal entertainment.

MS Rhone Princess

10 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1735

FRIDAY Breakfast is served this morning as we continue our cruise north, towards Tournon. Located in the heart of the Rhône Valley, the gateway to Provence, join us for a walking tour through the historic centre with its monuments and medieval alleyways. We return to the ship for our final evening’s cruising and a farewell gala dinner with entertainment.

SATURDAY We disembark our ship after breakfast and make our way north, with comfort stops and lunch on route, to our overnight hotel in Laon, arriving with time to relax before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After breakfast we continue our journey back to Calais for the short sea crossing to Dover. We arrive back in the West Country mid-evening.

n Guided walking tour of Viennen Guided walking tour of Arlesn Tractor & Trailer tour of Olive Oil Farmn Panoramic Guided tour of the Carmargue & visit to Bull Farmn Guided walking tour of Avignon including entrance to the Pope’s Palacen Guided walking tour of Viviersn Guided walking tour of Tournonn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

Lyon by night

Temple of Augustus,

Vienne

Aerial view of Arles

Carmargue Flamingoes

Carmargue Horses

Papal Palace Avignon

10DAY

TOUR

NEW

YOUR SHIP


Saturday 22nd – Saturday 29th August

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Tour of the Gruyeres Cheese Factoryn Guided tour of the Callier-Nestlé Chocolate Factoryn Vintage journey on the Belle Epoque Trainn All coach travel

SUPPLEMENTS:Single supplement £40.00 for 1st 2 singles


The Swiss Alps is a truly spectacular location for a summer tour with a superb mountain resort hotel. Enjoy all things Swiss with a tour of the Gruyere cheese factory and Nestlé chocolate factory together with a vintage style train journey and stunning alpine landscapes throughout the tour.

Central-Residence Hotel, Leysin A delightful 3* hotel decorated in the scenic Swiss style. All bedrooms are ensuite, with TV & hairdryer, and some boast views across the valley. There is a lift to all floors. The traditionally decorated restaurant serves locally sourced food and enjoys fabulous views across the valley floor and mountains beyond. Leisure facilities include a large bar/lounge area, indoor pool, sauna and gym.

SWITZERLAND – NESTLÉ AMONGST THE GLACIERS

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£745

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight hotel in Laon, with time to freshen up before the evening meal.

SUNDAY We today continue our journey through France and into Switzerland. Travelling through some stunning mountain scenery, we reach our hotel in the hilltop village of Leysin with time to freshen up before evening dinner.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way down to the stunning setting of Lake Geneva to the charming town of Vevey, affectionately known as one of the “Pearls of the Swiss Riviera”, the town is lined with elegant hotels and flower decked promenades, it was here that Charlie Chaplin spent his last 25 years. We continue along the lake to the chic town of Montreaux, famous for its annual Jazz Festival and where Freddie Mercury enjoyed his final years recording his last album. With plenty of cafes to enjoy lunch and flat promenades to stroll along the water’s edge to enjoy this tranquil location.

TUESDAY Today is free to enjoy the resort of Leysin with its friendly village centre filled with shops and cafes. You may like to take the cable car to the top of the Berneuse mountain to marvel at the stunning mountain scenery and lunch in the restaurant at the summit. Perhaps you might like to take advantage of the hotel’s leisure facilities with a large

heated indoor pool, whirlpool, sauna and steam room, or enjoy an afternoon drink on the hotel terrace with a picturesque mountain backdrop.

WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we make our way to the mountain village of Gruyeres for a visit to the famous Cheese Factory where this Swiss mild cheese has been produced for centuries. We continue into the medieval centre of Gruyeres to explore the quaint cobbled village with its imposing castle and enjoy a relaxing lunch, before we re-join the coach and make our way to the nearby Callier-Nestlé chocolate factory for an interactive guided tour and that all important chocolate sampling!

THURSDAY Today we travel along the Col du Pillon to embark on a cable car journey to Scex Rouge (known as Glacier 3000) where we will experience a spectacular panorama of no fewer than 24 snow-capped mountains including the Eiger, Jungfrau and Matterhorn. Enjoy lunch in the restaurant at the summit or for the more adventurous you may like to take a ride on the alpine coaster or walk across the suspension bridge between two peaks! We later make our way to the elegant town of Gstaad with its traffic free pedestrian streets, boutiques and cafes. Late afternoon we board the beautiful Belle Epoque Train for a vintage scenic journey back down to Lake Geneva, to Montreaux, where we re-join the coach and return to our hotel.

FRIDAY Sadly we today leave our hotel and enjoy the scenic journey back into France, reaching our overnight hotel in Laon with time to freshen up before the evening meal.

SATURDAY After breakfast, we continue the journey back to Calais, with comfort stops en route, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our homeward journey, arriving in the West Country mid-evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to BBC Countryfile Live Shown All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

BBC Countryfile Live is moving to its new home in Windsor Great Park in 2020. Its new Berkshire location will feature many of the shows favourite events including the farmyard, the Countryfile Kitchen, the Dog Lovers Arena and the BBC Countryfile presenters on the Main Stage. With so much to see, this promises to be yet another firm favourite on the British countryside calendar.

Holiday Inn, London Heathrow, Heathrow A modern 4* hotel. All rooms are en-suite with TV, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious choice menu and generous breakfast.

BBC COUNTRYFILE (LIVE)

Saturday 22nd – Sunday 23rd August

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country, with a comfort stop on route, to the grounds of Windsor Great Park for the BBC Countryfile Live show. This traditional outdoor country show is packed with arena shows, animal displays, countryside talks, cookery demonstrations, live music and trade stands, together with Adam Henson’s farm animals, sheep shows, falconry flying and British Wildlife exhibitions. We later travel on to our hotel, for dinner and an evening at leisure.SUNDAY After breakfast, we make our way into Windsor with the day free to explore this historic town. You may like to visit the famous castle, the largest and oldest inhabited castle in the world and the Queen’s favourite weekend home. Or perhaps enjoy a leisurely boat trip along the Thames. With time to browse the shops and enjoy a relaxing lunch in one of the many cafes, restaurants or pubs, we later complete our journey home, arriving early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£139



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Blenheim Palace, Park & Gardensn Entrance to Highclere Castlen All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a new tour to 4 of the loveliest shire counties in England, which offers a blend of historical towns and cities, beautiful surrounding countryside and peaceful riverside locations.

Shillingford Bridge Hotel, Wallingford A delightful 3* hotel ideally located on the banks of the River Thames. Each en-suite bedroom is furnished with TV, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant offers a fabulous vista across the River Thames, with a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast. The lounge bar provides a quiet area to relax.

STATELY HOMES & RIVERSIDE RETREATS OF OXFORDSHIRE

Sunday 23rd – Thursday 27th August

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Blenheim Palace. a monumental country mansion in the Cotswolds, the historic family home to the Duke of Marlborough and the only non-royal house in England to hold the title of a palace. Explore the birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill, as you wander through the opulent State Rooms, and intimate chapel before discovering the formal gardens and grounds with a butterfly house and a two-mile yew tree maze. There is a gift shop and restaurant to enjoy a relaxing lunch. We complete our journey to our hotel, settling in before dinner.

MONDAY Join us today as we explore two charming riverside towns. We begin our day visiting Henley-On-Thames, famous for its Royal Regatta and fringe festivals. Its historic centre is just a few strides from the riverbank where you may like to take a leisurely boat ride or visit the River & Rowing Museum. With time to enjoy lunch, we continue to Marlow, a historic river crossing location with its landmark 19th century suspension bridge. Explore the shops along the town’s oldest streets which lead down to the water’s edge and stroll along the lock with its view of the weir and bridge.

TUESDAY Today we make our way to the University city of Oxford, affectionately named the “City of Dreaming Spires” owing to the architecture of the 38 colleges in the medieval centre. With an array of attractions including the world-famous Bodleian Library and Ashmolean Museum, together with over 1500 listed buildings you can experience every major period of British architecture. You may like to take a sight-seeing bus tour around the city for an interesting guided tour or enjoy a little retail therapy in the vibrant shopping district.

WEDNESDAY Today we travel to Highclere Castle, home to the current 8th Earl & Countess of Carnarvon with plenty of time to explore the majestic state rooms, library, drawing room and bedrooms, all which will feel familiar to those avid Down-ton Abbey viewers. This stunning castle is set in 1000 acres of landscaped parkland. and the Egyptian exhibition has links to the 5th Earl of Carnarvon who together with the archaeologist Howard Carter, famously discovered Tutankhamen’s tomb. The exhibition is filled with fascinating pieces from ancient Egypt, collected by the Earl. The restaurant serves light lunches and afternoon teas.

THURSDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey via the beautiful Cotswolds, stopping for lunch in Bourton-On-The-Water, a peaceful river-side village with gift shops and traditional tearooms before completing our journey, arriving back in the West Country early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£355

NEW


Thursday 27th August – Friday 4th September

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfast in hotel accommodationn 1 night ferry crossing (cabin only)n Guided city tour of Copenhagenn Entrance to Kulturen Open Air Museum, Lundn Entrance to Kronberg Castlen Entrance to Frederiksborg Castlen Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Meals on board overnight ferrySingle supplement £318.00


As one of Europe’s smallest countries spread across a number of islands, Denmark is full of scenic landscapes and a long coastline that stretches along the North Sea & Baltic Sea. We also cross into neighbouring Sweden, across the mighty Oresund Bridge to the compact city of Lund & visit a living museum to experience Sweden’s past and present.

Scandic Sydhavnen Hotel, Copenhagen A contemporary 3* hotel close to parkland and a marina in the Sydhavnen district of the city. All rooms are en-suite and well furnished with TV, hairdryer, air conditioning and Wi-Fi access. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared menu and a buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities include a gym and sauna.

SCANDINAVIAN HIGHLIGHTS OF DENMARK & SWEDEN

9 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1095

ITINERARY

THURSDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Ghent, arriving in time for the evening meal.

FRIDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey, with regular comfort stops en-route, to our second overnight hotel in Northern Germany, to Neumunster, arriving in time for dinner.

SATURDAY After breakfast we travel to the harbour town of Puttgarden for the short ferry crossing to Rødby, Denmark. We continue to Roskilde, one of Denmark’s oldest cities, with a glorious Viking history dating back 1000 years. In medieval times the city was one of Northern Europe’s most important trading centres and the seat of Danish royalty, where many Kings and Queens are buried in the red brick cathedral. You may also like to visit the famous Viking Ship Museum on the harbour front. We later continue the short journey to our hotel in Copenhagen, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

SUNDAY Today we are joined by a knowledgeable guide for a morning’s sight-seeing tour of Copenhagen by coach and on foot. During our tour we will experience some of the highlights of the city such as the

wonderful Amalienborg Palace, the Little Mermaid, the old quarters narrow winding pedestrian streets and the pretty harbour area of Nyhavn. This afternoon is free for you to continue exploring at leisure and enjoy lunch, or perhaps take a boat trip around the harbour.

MONDAY Join us today as we travel east, across the mighty Øresund Bridge into Sweden where we visit the Swedish open-air museum to experience a wide variety of Sweden’s history from basic wooden huts to grand 17th century houses and a treasure trove of artefacts through the ages to discover the Swedish way of life over the centuries. We re-join the coach and make the short journey into the heart of Lund, a compact city with quiet corners and beautiful buildings, buzzing market squares, the botanical gardens and Lund Cathedral. You will find an array of cafes to enjoy lunch and many delicatessans where you might like to sample the local cuisine.

TUESDAY After breakfast we make our way north to Helsingør to visit the famous Kronberg Castle (better known as Hamlet’s Elsinore Castle), set in a dramatic location, overlooking the sea. Here you can explore the Royal Apartments and underground casements where medieval soldiers lived during Danish sieges. After lunch we continue our regal theme and visit Frederiksborg Castle, an impressive 17th century castle built by the Danish King Christian IV, known as the “Danish Versailles”. Located on three small islets, wander through beautifully decorated rooms with royal portraits, furniture and collections of historical items, and the stunning castle chapel and Baroque Gardens.

WEDNESDAY This morning we leave our hotel and make our way to the port of Rødby for the short ferry crossing back to Germany. We make a stop for lunch in the Hanseatic city of Lübeck with its old town charm, historic monuments and cobbled winding alleyways leading to peaceful courtyards. Take a stroll around the harbour with its traditional boats and find a cosy café to enjoy lunch. We continue our journey to Bremen for our overnight accommodation, arriving in time for dinner.

THURSDAY Today we continue our journey through Germany and into the Netherlands, to the pretty town of Delft, famous for its traditional blue and white ceramics. With time to explore the historic town with its peaceful canals and elegant buildings, and perhaps enjoy a meal in a restaurant, before we travel to the Hook of Holland, where we board our overnight ferry.

FRIDAY We arrive in the port of Harwich early morning and continue our journey back to the West Country, with comfort stops on route, arriving late afternoon/mid-evening.

NEW



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Crich Tramway Villagen Ticket for Churnet Valley Railwayn Entrance to Haddon Halln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Hallmark Hotel Derby Midland, Derby A centrally located 4* hotel, Britain’s first purpose-built railway hotel, where Queen Victoria resided when visiting Derby. All rooms are ensuite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves all floors and the restaurant serves a traditional menu.

VINTAGE CHARMS OF DERBYSHIRE


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and journey north to our hotel, making comfort stops en route, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning as we make a scenic journey across the Peak District National Park to the Crich Tramway Village. Step back in time as you enter a peri-od village complete with an old-fashioned sweet shop and tram depot, and many other buildings which have been rescued and rebuilt from cities across the UK. The collection of vintage trams run through the village, transporting passengers out to the local countryside and back again. The indoor exhibitions take you on a journey through the history of the tram, including those run by horse, steam and electric. There is also a café and pub to enjoy lunch. This afternoon we travel to Matlock Bath, a rpicturesque village set in the beautiful gorge of the River Derwent, where you may like to take the cable car to the Heights of Abraham with breath-taking views over the village below.

WEDNESDAY Today we make our way south, via Leek, known locally as the gateway to the Staffordshire moors and on to the picturesque town of Ash-bourne, with its handsome marketplace, Tudor & Georgian architecture and wind-ing cobbled streets. With time to enjoy lunch and browse the shops, we make our way to Kingsley and Froghall Station, where we board the Churnet Valley Railway for a steam train ride back to the era of the 1950’s, through Staffordshire’s rural countryside known as “Little Switzerland”, with riverside views, and heritage canals on our 11-mile round trip.

THURSDAY After breakfast we make our way to the market town of Bakewell, home to the famous Bakewell Pudding – a 19th century jam tart which “went wrong” and accidentally created a local delicacy. After lunch, we make the short journey to Haddon Hall, a stunning English Tudor country house, one of the finest examples of an existing fortified 12th century manor house, and home of Lord Manner, whose ancestral family have been in residence since 1567. The house has been used in many TV series and films including “Jane Eyre” and Pride & Prejudice”, and has a magnificent banqueting hall, oak panelled long gallery, servants’ kitchen quarters and beautiful furnishings including Flemish, French and English tapestries, some once belonging to King Charles I.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, with comfort stops and lunch on route. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£385



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 1 Night Bed & Breakfast (Saturday)n Entrance to Twinwood Festivaln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

In August 1944, Glenn Miller and his orchestra performed at RAF Twinwood Airfield, and later that year the great bandleader took his final flight from there. The annual Twinwood Festival (formerly Glenn Miller Festival) is now the best Vintage music festival in the country.

The Bedford Centre Hotel, Bedford A modern 3* hotel ideally situated just across from the River Ouse, near the town centre. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, safe, Wi-Fi access and tea and coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant offers a varied evening menu and hot buffet and continental breakfast.

TWINWOOD (GLENN MILLER) FESTIVAL & CAMBRIDGE

Friday 28th – Monday 31st August

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Oxford with time to explore this wonderful city of Dreaming Spires. With time for sightseeing, shopping & enjoy a leisurely lunch, we continue to our hotel, with time to settle in before the evening meal.

SATURDAY Today we make the very short journey to the annual Twinwood Festival at the Twinwood Arena near Clapham, for a whole day of non-stop live music and attractions over the whole site. There will be music from the 1920’s – 1940’s, to Rock ‘n’ Roll, Rhythm ‘n’ Blues, Pop & Soul of the 1950’s – 1970’s for a spectacular vintage musical journey. With music performed by well-known jazz bands and orchestras, Country & Folk singers, Swing bands etc as well as living history displays, museums, military and classic vehicles, trade stalls, dance classes and plenty of places to eat and much, much more… this really is an event for all swing, jazz and jive music fans. To enable you to enjoy as much of the festival as possible, we will not return to our hotel until mid-evening (depending on the weather).

SUNDAY Today we make our way to the historic city of Cambridge. Here you will find many museums and shops and the All Saints Market, where local craftspeople sell their own handiwork. Or you may like to see the city as it is meant to be seen and take a leisurely boat trip, punting along the gentle River Cam! Stroll through the heart of the city to admire many of the architectural splendours of University and College buildings, chapels and open green parklands to enjoy.

MONDAY We leave our hotel and travel to picturesque Bourton on the Water – the most popular Cotswold village, often referred to as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’. Whilst here you may like to visit the Model Railway, the Motor Museum, or the pottery. There are also many gift shops and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We complete our homeward journey, stopping for tea on route, arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£275




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 2 Day entrance to the Great Dorset Steam Fairn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are delighted to repeat this immensely popular tour - The Great Dorset Steam Fair has been running for more than 50 years and attracts visitors from far and wide. It is the world’s largest heritage and cultural event, showcasing Great Britain’s national industrial, agricultural and leisure history in the beautiful Dorset countryside.

Crown Hotel, Weymouth A characterful hotel overlooking the historic fishing harbour and close to the town centre. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors.

GREAT DORSET STEAM FAIR WEEKEND

Saturday 29th – Sunday 30th August

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area, with a comfort stop on route, and make our way to the Great Dorset Steam Fair. For the steam enthusiast, there are many attractions including steam tractors, threshing machines and miniature steam engines. There are also many other rural attractions such as heavy horse displays, bygone times and crafts. With entertainment all day, arena events, vintage cars, trade stalls, food and drink and the largest travelling old-time fairground, there is plenty to keep all ages amused. We later make our way to our hotel for dinner, after which you may like to walk to the quay where there is a lively music festival with outside bars and food until late.SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we return to the Great Dorset Steam Fair for a second day to enjoy more of its attractions, entertainment and events. We leave Dorset late afternoon and make our journey back to our home area.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£145



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Bed & Buffet English Breakfastn Entrance to the Postal Museumn Ticket for London’s Mail Railn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Experience the fascinating underground history of London’s Royal Mail Train on the capital’s 100 year old postal railway and discover the maritime Royal Greenwich district situated along the banks of the River Thames.

Novotel Hotel, Greenwich A luxuriously appointed modern 4* hotel. Each on the comfortable en-suite bedrooms is well equipped with TV, hairdryer, safe and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a hearty cooked and continental buffet breakfast and leisure facilities include a fitness suite and jacuzzi spa.

LONDON’S MAIL RAIL & ROYAL GREENWICH

Friday 4th – Sunday 6th September

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London, stopping for coffee on route. We arrive at the Postal Museum where we enjoy a short train ride on the historic Mail Rail, journeying below ground on board a miniature train through the original tunnels and platforms beneath Royal Mail’s Mount Pleasant sorting office. Learn how for 100 years how the workers and trains kept the mail coursing through London for 22 hours each day. Across the road is the Postal Museum where you will discover one of Britain’s greatest inventions – The Post. Uncover our earliest social networking tool! See historic stamp collections, quirky vehicles used to deliver mail, post office uniforms through the ages and interesting exhibitions too. We continue to our hotel in central Greenwich, with time to settle in and choose a restaurant of your choice for dinner tonight.

SATURDAY Today is free for you to explore Royal Greenwich with its great park and World Heritage Maritime base. Home to the Meridian Line, the Royal Observatory & Planetarium, National Maritime Museum, the Old Royal Naval College, London’s fabulous Painted Hall and Queen’s House a cable car to the O2 arena and the historic Cutty Sark the last remaining 19th century Tea Clipper ship, there is so much to do and see in this quiet suburb of London’s capital. Greenwich Market is open seven days a week, lined with boutiques, galleries and cafes, so you don’t have to travel far to experience such a fascinating corner of the city.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel into central London with the day free to explore more of the capital’s famous attractions and vibrant shopping districts. We later make our journey back to the West Country, with a comfort stop en route, arriving mid-evening.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£209



PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return ferry ticket from Penzancen Hotel Transfers at St Mary’sn Welcome drink receptionn Guided walking tours of St Mary’s and Trescon Entrance to Tresco Abbey Gardensn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Isles of Scilly sit 28 miles southwest of Lands End and enjoy an exceptionally mild climate. When you first arrive, you may not realise just how much there is to see and do! Each island has its own unique character and charm and offers its own treasure trove of adventures and experiences. There are a variety of beaches, and many different venues in which to enjoy the local cuisine.

Atlantic Hotel, St Mary’s You are assured of a warm welcome at our chosen hotel, located in the heart of St Mary’s where the buildings are golden granite, the beaches are white, and both the coast and countryside are stunning all year round. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. Many enjoy uninterrupted views of the harbour. The restaurant serves excellent, locally-sourced food.

THE ISLES OF SCILLY

Saturday 29th Aug– Thursday 3rd Sept

ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we make our way to Penzance, where you will board the Scillonian III ferry for the crossing to St Mary’s, the largest of the Scilly Isles. There are refreshment facilities on board, and you may even see dolphins, porpoises or pilot whales. On arrival you will be met at the quay, and you and your luggage will be taken to the Atlantic Hotel, with the remainder of the afternoon free to settle in and familiarise yourself with your new surroundings. An early evening welcome reception from the hotel management will be followed by a delicious three course dinner.

SUNDAY – WEDNESDAY The hotel will organise a programme of events to help you explore and enjoy all that the Scilly Isles have to offer. This will include two days of planned itineraries including guided walking tours of St Mary’s and Tresco, including boat fares and entrance to Tresco Abbey Gardens. Remember to pack sturdy walking shoes. On the other two days you have free time to spend as you please, browsing the small selection of shops and exploring at your leisure… or you may simply choose to relax, enjoy the scenery and beaches and do nothing! A three-course dinner will be served at the hotel each evening.

THURSDAY Sadly it’s now time to leave the Scilly Isles, and after lunch, you and your luggage will be taken back to the quay for the return ferry crossing to Penzance, where a Blakes coach and driver will be waiting to return you to your home area.

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£775



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Train ticket on Bure Valley Railwayn Cruise on the Norfolk Broadsn Entrance to Sandringham House, Grounds & Museumn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Holiday Inn, Norwich City A 3* hotel just a short distance from the city centre. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious choice menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include a fitness suite and access to nearby Riverside Leisure Centre with swimming pool, steam room and sauna.

NORFOLK...THE BROADS & SANDRINGHAM

Monday 31st August – Friday 4th Sept

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Norfolk, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in relax before dinner.

TUESDAY Join us today as we travel to Aylsham where we board the Bure Valley Railway, Norfolk’s longest narrow-gauge heritage railway for a journey through 9 miles of unspoilt countryside, to Wroxham, a beautiful town considered the capital of the Norfolk Broads. With time to browse the abundance of shops and enjoy lunch we board a boat to enjoy a picturesque circular cruise on the beautiful Norfolk Broads, one of the most popular inland waterways in Europe, with full commentary as you relax and enjoy the wonderful scenery.

WEDNESDAY This morning we make the short journey into the centre of Norwich with its splendid Norman cathedral and castle, built by the Normans as a Royal Palace 900 years ago. Now a museum and art gallery, it is home to some of the most outstanding collections of fine art, and in the magnificent Norman keep, models, computers, sound and video bring history vividly to life. There are many shops, and restaurants to enjoy lunch. This afternoon you have a choice… to stay and continue exploring Norwich or travel with us to Great Yarmouth, a popular seaside resort with two promenades, shops to browse and cafés to enjoy afternoon tea. We return to our hotel via the centre of Norwich.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Sandringham, the private country retreat of Her Majesty the Queen. Built in 1870 for King Edward VII, the main rooms used by the Royal family when in residence are open to the public, and you’ll have plenty of time to view them in addition to the 60 glorious acres of grounds and the museum containing fascinating displays of Royal memorabilia. There is also a restaurant, shop and garden centre.

FRIDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Norfolk as we begin our homeward journey. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our home area early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£355

NEW


OUR GRAND RIVER CRUISE FOR 2020 – THE DANUBE TO THE BLACK SEA

PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights Dinner, Bed & Breakfast in overnight hotelsn 14 nights’ Full Board in outside cabinsn (Packed lunch provided on excursion days)n Welcome Receptionn Early morning tea & coffeen City tour of Vienna, Austrian City tour of Belgrade, Serbian Visit to the Danube Delta Museum & Aquariumn Boat trip on the Danube Delta with lunch on boardn City tour of Bucharest, Romanian City Tour of Novi Sad, Serbian City tour of Pecs, Hungaryn City tour of Budapest, Hungary

SUPPLEMENTS: Single supplement £762.00

Main Deck Superior Cabin supplement £252.00 per personUpper Deck Superior Cabin Supplement £497.00 per person

Travel insurance TBA(Superior Cabins have hotel style beds rather than fold-down beds)


YOUR SHIP

Experience breath-taking views as we follow the course of the River Danube on its spectacular journey to the Black Sea. The mighty Danube rises in the Black Forest springs and travels for almost 1800 miles to the Black Sea Delta, a wildlife haven for 300 species of European birds. Discover some of Eastern Europe’s greatest treasures as we sail through seven countries featuring stunning scenery including the picturesque Austrian Wachau Valley and the Iron Gate Gorge cutting through the Carpathian and Balkan Mountains for a truly unforgettable river cruise.

MS Arena The 4* MS Arena is an elegant and comfortable 3 deck ship. All en-suite cabins are outward facing, with floor to ceiling panoramic windows and French balconies, equipped with TV, telephone hairdryer, safe, and air-conditioning, with an option to upgrade your cabin (subject to availability). Reception and the Panorama restaurant serving a delicious menu are both located on the main deck and the Ambassador’s Lounge & Bar on the upper deck, accessed by stairs. There is also a sun deck.

WEDNESDAY After an early departure we make our way east, with a comfort stop on route, to Dover where we board a ferry to Calais. We continue our journey to Cologne, arriving at our overnight hotel in time for dinner.

THURSDAY After an early breakfast we leave Cologne and travel, with comfort stops on route, to Passau, where we board our ship and set sail, enjoying our first evening meal on board as we cruise towards Austria, through the beautiful Wachau Valley.

FRIDAY We arrive in Vienna just after lunch and join a local coach for a city tour, discovering baroque palaces, castles, grand squares and historic monuments. This evening’s dinner is served as we sail overnight towards Hungary.

SATURDAY Our ship arrives Kalosca this afternoon, with free time to explore one of Hungary’s oldest towns, on the banks of the Danube, famous for its spice production of paprika and intricate handcrafted embroidery. We sail overnight to Mohacs, on the Hungarian border to Serbia.

SUNDAY We wake cruising through Serbia, arriving after lunch in the capital city, Belgrade, located on the confluence of the Sava & Danube rivers. Join us for a fascinating guided tour experiencing the

main sights such as the huge fortress and St Sava, one of the biggest churches in the world. We set sail after dinner, travelling east towards Romania.

MONDAY Enjoy a full day cruising through the breath-taking scenery of the Iron Gates, which is the largest river gorge in Europe carving a channel through the Carpathian Mountains. The views are spectacular with the Derdap National Park on the southern side of the Danube in Serbia and the Portile de Fier Nature Park on the northern side in Romania, perfect scenery to admire from the comfort of the sun deck!

TUESDAY The ship arrives in Ruse, the fifth largest city in Bulgaria, and one of its most elegant cities full of exquisite architecture and leafy squares, with free time to explore before we set sail at lunchtime heading north towards Romania.

MONDAY We arrive in Budapest at breakfast time, with a city tour of this popular city with time to explore traditional Buda and the more cosmopolitan side of the river at Pest. See the fairytale towers of the Fishermans Bastion before we return to the ship to continue our cruise towards Austria.

TUESDAY Following a relaxing day’s cruising, we arrive in the Slovakian capital of Bratislava where we have included a guided walking tour of the historic compact city, dominated by its castle and unique suspension bridge. We also sample the local sweet white chocolate known as “Makovka” with a poppy seed filling.

Wednesday 2nd – Friday 18th September

17DAY

TOUR

WEDNESDAY We arrive in Tulcea, Romania, (located near the border with Ukraine) at breakfast where we visit the Danube Delta Museum, a fascinating museum and aquarium full of interesting information about this wonderful natural area. We are transferred to a boat for a trip around the Delta to view its spectacular scenery and amazing wildlife in Europe’s second largest delta, with lunch served on board. We travel along the Danube to re-join our ship in Braila, one of Romania’s largest river ports, and continue cruising overnight as we begin our return journey.

THURSDAY After breakfast we arrive in the picturesque city of Oltenita, where we join a local coach for a city tour of Romania’s capital city of Bucharest, with tree-lined boulevards and many famous landmarks including Parliament Palace, one of the largest buildings in the world! We are transferred by coach to Giurgiu, where we meet our ship and continue sailing through the night.

FRIDAY Relax and enjoy a whole day sailing through the spectacular Iron Gate Gorge once more, letting the scenery drift by.

SATURDAY We arrive in the Serbian capital of Belgrade at lunchtime, where we are taken by coach to Serbia’s second largest city, Novi Sad, nicknamed the “Athens of Serbia”. Experience the city’s highlights including the Petrovaradin Fortress, dominating the city from the banks of the Danube, and discover the historic neighbourhood of Stari Grad.

SUNDAY After overnight cruising we arrive in Mohacs, where we enjoy an interesting city tour of Pecs, Hungary. Pecs has a microclimate due to its proximity between the Danube to the east and the River Drava to the west with a sheltered plain between, excellent for fruit production. The city of Pecs has an illustrious past with many museums and monuments.

MS Arena

St Sava Church,

Belgrade

Liberty Square, Novi Sad, Serbia

Szechenyi Square, Pecs, Hungary

Melk Abbey

17 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£2365

The Wachau Valley, Austria

Iron Gates Gorge, River Danube

WEDNESDAY This morning our ship docks in the Austrian town of Melk, which is filled with quaint cobbled streets and striking buildings, and overlooked by the splendid monastic Melk Benedictine Abbey, which we have included a visit to. This afternoon we enjoy our last relaxing day of cruising along the Danube towards the German border whilst the captain hosts a farewell dinner.

Bratislava Castle

THURSDAY This morning we disembark in Passau after breakfast and bid a sad farewell to the MS Arena following a truly remarkable river cruise! We re-join our coach and travel to our overnight hotel near Cologne, arriving in time for dinner.

FRIDAY After an early breakfast we continue our homeward journey, traveling to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover, with comfort stops on route, arriving back in the West Country early-mid evening.

Cabin on board

n Walking tour of Bratislava with chocolate tasting, Solvakian Entrance to Melk Abbey, Austrian Live entertainment each eveningn In-house activities on some nights (quiz/bingo etc)n Captain’s farewell five-course dinnern Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket for the Swanage Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Dorset is one of southern England’s most popular holiday destinations with beautiful sandy coastlines, bustling harbour towns and rolling countryside landscapes. The New Forest is another of the south’s much-loved locations – England’s newest National Park, where wild ponies wander the roads between the many picturesque villages.

Suncliff Hotel, Bournemouth A delightful 3* hotel located along the east cliff with stunning views across the bay. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms is furnished with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious menu and hearty breakfast. The lounge bar with ocean view terrace provides a quiet area to relax, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool & spa. Entertainment is provided some evenings.

DELIGHTFUL DORSET & THE NEW FOREST

Monday 7th – Friday 11th September

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and journey east, stopping in Dorchester for lunch and a chance to browse the shops. We then continue to our hotel in Bournemouth, with time settle in and maybe take a stroll along the cliff promenade before dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend in Bournemouth. You may like to take a walk along the promenade, sit on the beautiful golden sand and paddle in the warm sea!. The beautiful award-winning gardens are also well worth strolling through, or maybe visit Ocean Aquarium where you can come face to face with many sea creatures including the playful penguins! There are also many shops and restaurants to enjoy coffee, lunch and a Dorset cream tea.

WEDNESDAY We today make the short journey to the picturesque town of Poole which boasts the second largest natural harbour in the world. After lunch we travel to Norden Station where we board a steam train for a journey to Swanage, with time to stroll along the promenade and Victorian pier and enjoy an ice cream, before we return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we take a tour across the New Forest, where ponies and cattle freely graze the land and wild deer can often be seen. We stop first in Lymington, an ancient seaport, once more important than Portsmouth. The High Street has lots of unusual shops and restaurants, many in 18th century buildings. We continue to Lyndhurst, named the “Capital of the New Forest” by William the Conqueror 1079. A picturesque, bustling, small town, you will have plenty of time to enjoy its quaint gift shops, tearooms and thatched cottages.

FRIDAY Sadly we say goodbye to Bournemouth and make our way to Sherborne, one of England’s prettiest towns with mellow stone buildings and picturesque Almshouses and two castles! With time to enjoy lunch, we later complete our homeward journey arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345


Sea view room supplement £24.00 per personTravel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Full evening tour of the Illuminationsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Blackpool… It needs little introduction! The Illuminations, the famous Tower, the Pleasure Beach, sand, shops, shows, trams… fun, fun, fun!

Queens Hotel, Blackpool A traditional 3* hotel located on the Promenade by the South Pier. Each comfortable en-suite bedroom is equipped with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious traditional evening menu and hearty breakfast, and the lounge bar provides entertainment each evening.

BLACKPOOL ILLUMINATIONS

Friday 11th – Monday 14th September

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and journey north, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel in Blackpool with time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure. You may like to take a stroll along the promenade and enjoy the atmosphere this seaside town enjoys in illuminations season, or relax in the hotel bar and listen to the entertainment.SATURDAY Join us if you wish for a morning’s excursion to Fleetwood Market. Offering a wide variety of gifts, goods and produce, you’re bound to find something of interest. The remainder of the day is then free for you to spend as you please enjoying all that Blackpool has to offer. You may like to visit the Tower Complex, which caters for all ages with its many attractions, including the world-famous ballroom where organists entertain throughout the day and you can dance along. There is also the Pleasure Beach with rides and shows for all ages, the Waxworks, the Zoo, three piers and the shops… to name just a few.SUNDAY Today is once again free for you to continue enjoying Blackpool’s many attractions. After dinner this evening, we have a full coach tour of the marvellous Illuminations.MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we begin our homeward journey. Once again stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£235

Sunday 6th – Tuesday 15th September

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 9 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Dunrobin Castlen All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


The stunning scenery and landscape of the Scottish Highlands is perhaps some of the most dramatic in the whole of the UK with lochs and crags, giving way to rugged mountain ranges and a dramatic coastline. Join us as we travel north, south, east and west across spectacular terrain of the Scottish Highlands and coastal towns.

Dornoch Hotel, Dornoch A delightful 3* hotel set in its own grounds. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms are furnished with a TV, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast. The wood panelled bar and lounge offer quiet spaces to relax in the evening.

The Alexandra Hotel, Fort William A lovely 3* hotel, ideally located in the centre of Fort William, noted for its traditional Scottish hospitality. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant offers a delicious range of dishes prepared with locally sourced produce. There is a lift to all floors and entertainment is provided on some evenings.

THE VERY BEST OF SCOTLAND

10 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£725

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country, and make our way north, with comfort stops en route, to our overnight accommodation in Carlisle, arriving in time for dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey north, with a coffee stop on route. We make a stop for lunch in Pitlochry, before continuing our journey through the Cairngorms National Park and to our hotel in Dornoch, our base for the next 4 nights.

TUESDAY Join us today as we travel from coast to coast, following the Firth of Dornoch estuary back upstream where it meets the Kyle of Sutherland river at Bonar Bridge, then out across the Highlands to the harbour town of Ullapool situated on Loch Broom. Whilst here you may like to visit the museum or take a boat trip around the bay and out to the Summer Isles where dolphins, seals and whales have been spotted! We return our circular tour back to our hotel via the stunning scenery of Loch Glascarnoch & Loch Garve.

WEDNESDAY This morning we travel north along the east coast to Thurso, the most northernmost town on the British mainland. With time to explore the harbour with its traditional shops and have lunch in one of its cosy cafes, we continue to the most northerly point in Britain at John O’Groats. Wander through the small village with its local craft shops and stroll along the coast and keep an eye out for wildlife out at sea!

THURSDAY Today we visit Dunrobin Castle, the largest inhabited house in the Northern Highlands. The castle, resembling a French chateau with its towering fairytale turrets and towers has been the ancestral home to the Dukes of Sutherland since the early 14th century. Wander through the exquisite interior State Rooms, visit the museum with its remarkable Victorian collection and stroll through the gardens, inspired by the French Palace of Versailles. There is also well stocked gift shop and charming tea rooms to enjoy a light lunch. We return to Dornoch with time to explore the compact seaside town with its sandy beach and 13th cathedral where Madonna’s son Rocco was baptised in 2000!

FRIDAY After breakfast we make our way south to the historic cathedral city of Inverness, located on the River Ness. Whilst here you may like to take a stroll to the castle, currently used as a courthouse, or the beautiful riverside St Andrew’s Cathedral. With time to browse the shops and enjoy a relaxing lunch, we re-join the coach and travel along the shores of Loch Ness, to our hotel in Fort William, our base for the next three nights.

SATURDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please and explore Fort William. You may like to enjoy a relaxing boat trip on Loch Linnie, to Seal Island with splendid views of Ben Nevis and of course the Seals, along with other wildlife such as Porpoises, Buzzard and Eagle. A short taxi ride away you will find the Ben Nevis distillery where you can have a guided tour around the distillery, and a free taste of the particularly smooth blend of highland whisky. Or you may like to catch a local bus to the Nevis Range, 7 miles north of Fort William, where you can take a ride on a gondola up Ben Nevis, Britain’s highest mountain with spectacular views. There are also some lovely shops to browse and many cafés and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way south, following the banks of Loch Linnhe, with some wonderful scenery to Oban, a bustling town with fishing and pleasure craft rubbing shoulders in the harbour. Whilst here you may like to visit McCraig’s Tower, a coliseum style monument, where a climb to the top offers superb views across to the nearby islands. There are some lovely shops to browse and cafes to enjoy lunch.

MONDAY This morning we leave Fort William and begin our homeward journey, travelling through the Loch Lomond & Trossachs National Park, stopping for coffee and lunch on route, our journey back to our overnight accommodation in Lancaster arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

TUESDAYAfter breakfast, we continue our return journey, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching the West Country early -mid-evening.

YOUR HOTEL


Sunday 13th – Thursday 24th September

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 11 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided tour of the Lipica Stud Farmn Ticket for “A tale of Lipica” Horse Shown Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



CROATIA is becoming one of the most popular new destinations in Europe. Ancient architecture, mild climates, elegant harbour towns and unique, green coastal landscapes help to make it an idyllic and romantic getaway destination. Opatija, often called the Nice of the Adriatic, is one of the most popular tourist resorts in Croatia.

SLOVENIA and especially Lake Bled, is often described as ‘The Garden of Eden’ with its stunning scenery, historic medieval cities, villages and churches. The area offers everything; mountains, natural wonders, caves, lakes, delicious food and friendly people. Bordering Italy, the people speak English, German or Italian.

Amadria Park Grand Hotel 4 Opatijska, Opatija This locally rated 4* hotel is ideally located on the scenic harbour front with decorative gardens. Each room is en-suite comfortably furnished with TV, telephone and Wi-Fi access. Leisure facilities include an outdoor and indoor pool and the restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared menu with local and international cuisine.

Best Western Premier Hotel Lovec, Lake Bled Located near the beautiful setting of Lake Bled and within easy walk to the shops, restaurants and the lake shore of Bled this locally rated 4* Hotel could hardly be better located. All rooms are en-suite, with hairdryer, telephone, air conditioning, TV & Wi-Fi access. The restaurant serves delicious range of dishes and there is a lift to all floors. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and sauna.

SLOVENIA, CROATIA & THE ISTRIAN PENINSULA

12 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£1125

ITINERARYSUNDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue through France to our overnight hotel in St Avold, arriving in time for dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast we continue our journey into Germany and Austria, passing some lovely scenery, and making regular comfort stops en route, to our second overnight hotel in Austria.

TUESDAY We continue our journey, into Slovenia, with comfort stops en route, to our hotel in Opatija, our base for the next four nights, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

WEDNESDAY The day is free for you to explore Opatija, known throughout Croatia as “the Queen of the Adriatic”. It is a town where middle Europe and

the Mediterranean meet. Groomed parks cover large areas of the town, and a relaxing stroll along the elegant promenade, is like a step back in time. You may like to take a dip in the clear waters or sample the delicious cuisine in one of the Viennese style coffee houses.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way to Pula, located to the south of the Istrian Peninsula and once a key military centre for the Roman Empire. It is still one of the most important and busiest ports in Istria and has many places of interest. Including the magnificent Roman amphitheatre, the world’s 6th largest. The 15th century gothic church in Dante Square, the Temple of Augustus and the Archaeological Museum of Istria are also worth a visit. With time to explore and have lunch, we return to our hotel for our final evening dinner.

FRIDAY Join us today as we travel west across the Istrian Peninsula to the fishing port of Rovinj. The old town is perched on the headland with its beautiful harbour area and quaint tangle of cobbled streets leading to the hilltop church of St Euphemia, whose steeple dominates the skyline. Rovinj’s archipelago’s 14 islands lie immediately off the mainline and can be enjoyed by a gentle boat trip around the bay and the harbour offers many cafes to enjoy lunch and watch the world go by.

SATURDAY This morning we leave Opatija and make our way north across the border into Slovenia, with a stop for lunch in the pretty harbour town of Koper with its medieval centre and Venetian architecture. We later travel to the Lipica Stud Farm, where the beautiful white Lipizzan horses have been bred since 1580, today home to over 400 mares, stallions and foals. We begin with a guided tour of the stud to learn more about the history of the farm and these wonderful animals, followed by a stunning show of dressage and “dancing” horses. We continue to our hotel in Bled, our base for the next three nights.

SUNDAY The whole day is free for you to relax and explore your new surroundings. You may like to browse the shops and meet the local people, enjoying a taste of their culture and food. You may also like to visit Bled castle, with the best views imaginable of the lake and the island with the Church of Sv Marija Bozja on it. The island can be visited by gondola or by canoe from our hotel, and when you reach the middle you can ring the famous church bell, which is said to make your wishes come true! For those who like to walk, it is approximately four miles around the lake.

MONDAY Today we travel to the Slovenian capital Lublijana with its medieval castle on one side and modern city centre on the other. to explore and to marvel at the Baroque architecture and art. As well as browsing the shops and having lunch you may like to visit the Preseren Square, the castle and the Dragon Bridge.

TUESDAY Sadly it’s time to leave Slovenia and begin our journey back through Austria and into Germany, and with regular comfort stops en route, we return to our first overnight hotel.

WEDNESDAY We continue our journey towards France, with regular comfort stops, to our overnight hotel near Ulm.

THURSDAY After breakfast we travel back to Calais, for our return ferry crossing to England. We continue our journey home, arriving mid evening.

YOUR HOTEL



PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to the Laxey Wheeln Snaefell Electric Mountain Railway Ticketn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The beautiful Isle of Man lies in the Irish Sea between the United Kingdom & Ireland and is steeped in history. A unique self-governing kingdom, you’re assured of a warm welcome and unforgettable scenery.

Empress Hotel, Douglas A majestic 3* hotel commanding a prime position on the Victorian promenade overlooking Douglas Bay, just a short walk from the town centre. The hotel proudly maintains its status as one of the best hotels on the island. All rooms are ensuite, with a hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a superb selection of English and French cuisine, and leisure facilities include a fitness suite & sauna.

THE ISLE OF MAN

Friday 11th – Wednesday 16th Sept

ITINERARYFRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching our overnight hotel in northern England in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.

SATURDAY After breakfast, we make our way to Morecombe with time to browse the shops and enjoy an early lunch, before we make the shore journey to Heysham for the afternoon ferry crossing to Douglas. We complete our journey to our hotel, for dinner and an evening at leisure..

SUNDAY Today we enjoy an excursion to the southern part of the island, stopping in at St John’s for coffee. We then continue to Peel, the fourth-largest town on the island with a lovely cathedral, for lunch. As the island’s main fishing port, you may even see a seal or two. We continue to the island’s southernmost point, with panoramic views across to the Calf of Man, to Castletown for tea, with its, its narrow streets and tiny fishing cottages betraying its ancient past at every corner. The medieval Castle Rushen, once the home of kings and later government, still dominates the town’s centre.

MONDAY This morning we make the short journey to the Laxey Wheel.supposedly the largest working waterwheel of its kind in the world. It was built in 1854 to pump water from the mineshafts, and named Lady Isabella after the wife of Lieutenant Governor Hope who was the island’s governor at the time. (Please note there is steep walk to the wheel). After an early lunch, we travel a short distance to the only Electric Mountain Railway in the British Isles, for a return journey to Snaefell. You will be transported through the beautiful Manx countryside, with a view of the Bungalow – a famous TT landmark. At the summit, 2,036 feet above sea level (and on a clear day), you may be able to see England, Ireland, Wales and Scotland at once!

TUESDAY The morning is free to spend as you please exploring Douglas, the island’s capital since 1863. Its beautiful seafront is lined with picturesque architecture, and the high street is filled with familiar names as well as many independent stores. After lunch, we travel to Ramsey, the second-largest town on the island with a pretty harbour. We return via part of the TT circuit, which boasts some of the loveliest views found anywhere.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we today make our way to the ferry for the return crossing to Heysham. We complete our homeward journey; with comfort stops en route, reaching the West Country early/mid-evening.

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£535



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Bed & Breakfastn Entry to Longleat Safari Park & “Sky Safari” Hot Air Balloon Festivaln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Longleat is, once again, hosting the largest hot air balloon festival in Europe with dozens of wonderfully coloured balloons making a series of spectacular mass launches and a magical night glow finale.

Devon Towers Hotel, Bournemouth A 3* hotel ideally located on the West Cliff, a short walk from the seafront, shops and Bournemouth pier. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious traditional home cooked menu and the spacious lounge bar offers a quiet area to relax.

LONGLEAT “SKY SAFARI” HOT AIR BALLOON FESTIVAL

Saturday 12th – Sunday 13th September

ITINERARY

SATURDAY Saturday We leave our home area and make our way, with a comfort stop on route, to Longleat Safari Park. On arrival you have the option to join us on a coach tour of the Safari Park, where giraffes, elephants, tigers, lions, cheetahs and rhinos roam freely. You then have the remainder of the day to enjoy Longleat’s many attractions including the Elizabethan stately house, formal gardens, penguin island, jungle kingdom with its cheeky meerkats, monkey temple, family farmyard and many more. There is a tethered launch of the hot air balloons this afternoon, with a mass launch early evening (weather permitting of course!). This is followed by a spectacular night glow at 8.00pm. With many cafes and food outlets to enjoy an evening meal, we leave Longleat after the night glow, and make our way to our overnight hotel in Bournemouth.SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, you will have plenty of time to spend in Bournemouth, You may like to take a stroll along the seafront and the pier or visit Ocean Aquarium. There are also lovely gardens to stroll through and a large shopping area to browse and have lunch. We leave mid-afternoon and com-plete our journey back home, arriving early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£105


Monday 14th – Monday 21st September

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Welcome drink in Austrian Musical Entertainment on 1 eveningn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



The Austrian Tyrol is a picture book region of outstanding beauty, characterised by mighty peaks, crystal clear lakes and picturesque towns and there are few sights to rival the invigorating beauty of the snow-capped Alps… with such a wealth of spectacular scenery. Each year, villages throughout the Tyrol, traditionally bring the cows back down from the mountain meadows in a colourful procession with flower garlands, music and entertainment to say farewell to summer!

Sporthotel, St Anton Am Arlberg A locally rated 4* hotel located in the heart of St Anton am Arlberg. Each of the comfortably furnished en-suite bedrooms is well equipped with TV, telephone, radio, safe and hairdryer. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and continental breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and sauna. There is a lift to all floors.

THE AUSTRIAN TYROL, ALPINE MOUNTAINS & FESTIVAL OF COWS

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£595

ITINERARYMONDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Laon, arriving in time for the evening meal.

TUESDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey, with regular comfort stops on route, travelling through France, Switzerland and across the border into Austria, to our hotel in St Anton, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel the short distance into Feldkirch historic centre, overlooked by the Schattenburg Castle on the hill above. With its cobbled market square, churches and historic monuments. We re-join the coach and make our way across the border into Lichenstein, the 6th smallest country in the world, which hugs the banks of the Rhine and crowned by a fairytale turreted castle. We visit Vaduz, the capital of this Principality, with time to enjoy a relaxing lunch in one of the cafes (currency is Swiss Franc) or stroll through the heart of the capital.

THURSDAY Join us today for an unforgettable journey as we traverse the Silvretta Mountain Pass, one of Austria’s most beautiful and panoramic roads in the Alps. With over 30 hairpin bends, enjoy the spectacular backdrop of mountains and lakes, as we wind our way to the summit of Piz Buin with time to enjoy lunch in the restaurant and admire the breath-taking views. We make our way down the other side towards the Inn Valley and return to our hotel for our final evening at leisure.

FRIDAY After breakfast we travel along the Inn Valley towards the historic city of

Innsbruck, the capital of the Tyrol. This was the seat of Austria’s Imperial Court in the 15th century. Explore the narrow streets with traditional architecture in the Old Town leading to the market square and the famous Golden Roof with its gold-encrusted balcony. Wander along the River Inn or take a funicular train and cable car up to the summit of Nordketten Mountain with spectacular views of the city below. There are plenty of restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch and gift shops in the Old Town to browse.

SATURDAY Today we experience the highlight of our tour for the annual alpine cattle drive in St Anton. As summer in the mountain gently comes to an end, villagers welcome the cows back down from the meadows, adorned with floral garlands and decorated bells, symbolising the safe return of the animals, as these gentle creatures are slowly paraded through the heart of the town, back to their winter shelters. The day is rounded off with music, entertainment, food and drink with traditional costumed folk all celebrating with the local farming community. (Please note St Anton cows festival date tbc).

SUNDAY Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to our hotel as we begin our journey back, travelling back into France to our overnight accommodation in Laon, arriving in time for dinner.

MONDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, with comfort stops en route, arriving mid/late-evening.

REVISED DATE




YOUR HOTEL


Clarence House Hotel, Tenby Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years, this excellent hotel enjoys an enviable position on the esplanade. All rooms are ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee facilities. Some rooms benefit from spectacular sea views. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves highly recommended cuisine with a choice menu, evening entertainment is provided most evenings, and there is a “Happy Hour” each night.

TENBY & PEMBROKESHIRE


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way over the Prince of Wales bridge to Abergavenny for lunch and time to browse the shops. We complete our journey to our hotel in Tenby via the scenic Brecon Beacons, with time to settle in before dinner and an evening of entertainment.

TUESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please exploring Tenby’s enchanting narrow streets. There are museums, shops, a good art gallery and a castle to visit, in addition to the chocolate-box pretty harbour. You may like to take boat trip to Caldy Island (weather permitting) – just 3 miles from Tenby and formerly home to monks who inhabited the monastery there for more than 1,500 years. If the stunning scenery alone isn’t enough, there’s a shop and an excellent tearoom on the island, as well as the opportunity for guided walks.

WEDNESDAY This morning we travel to Carmarthen, a neat little county town, encircled by the River Towy and full of pretty shops. Today is market day too, and you will have plenty of time to sample the local cuisine and perhaps snag a bargain! After lunch we continue to Laugharne – a quiet town on the Taf Estuary, where Welsh poet Dylan Thomas lived and is bur-ied. His boathouse and writing shed, where he penned Under Milk Wood, are well worth a visit, as are the imposing castle ruins.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way north, travelling through the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park, an area of outstanding natural beauty, to Cardigan, a lovely market town at the mouth of the river Teifi, once one of the busiest ports in Wales. With time to explore and enjoy a leisurely lunch, we return via the world-famous Cenarth Falls where the salmon leap, to Saundersfoot, a very pretty harbour village, with time to browse the gift shops and enjoy tea.

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to Cardiff, the vibrant Welsh capital. With plenty of time to browse the shops, visit the castle or a variety of museums and time to enjoy a leisurely lunch, we later complete our homeward journey into England, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£335



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Leeds Castle, Garden & Flower Festivaln Entrance to Penshurst Place & Gardensn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Affectionately known as the “Garden of England”, Kent is one of Britain’s well-loved counties, with fine landscaped gardens, castles and grand country mansions. Join us as we visit some of Kent’s glorious gardens.

Holiday Inn Rochester-Chatham, Rochester A 3* modern hotel. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms has a TV, hairdryer, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a choice traditional evening menu and hearty breakfast. There is a lounge bar area to relax in. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and fitness suite.

KENT – GARDEN OF ENGLAND & FESTIVAL OF FLOWERS


ITINERARYMONDAY We make our way east, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, to Kent and our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Leeds Castle, steeped in over 900 years of rich history. There are 500 acres of beautiful parkland and formal gardens, awash in vibrant colours of spring bulbs, and manicured lawns. The castle itself started life as a Norman stronghold, and has since been the private property of 6 medieval queens, a palace for King Henry VIII and is one of the most visited iconic buildings in Britain. Its stately rooms are decorated with opulence and elegance. This week is host to the annual flower festival with beautiful arrangements displayed throughout the grounds, arranged by award-winning floral designers. There are also daily falconry displays to enjoy in the grounds. The cafe serves delicious lunches & teas.

WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we visit the historic city of Rochester, famous for its close association with Charles Dickens and his wonderful literary characters. The fine Norman Castle and cathedral are well worth a visit, and there are many cafes to enjoy morning coffee. We continue to the medieval city of Canterbury with time to explore the world-famous cathedral, historic buildings and many shops and cafes, where you can enjoy a relaxing lunch. You will also find the award-winning Canterbury Tales attraction which brings to life Chaucer’s famous tales of medieval pilgrims.

THURSDAY After breakfast we visit the attractive spa town of Royal Tunbridge Wells, famous for its “Pantiles” – rows of shops behind raised arcades. After lunch we continue to Penshurst Place & Gardens. This beautiful medieval manor house is steeped in history and feels like you are stepping back in time to age of chivalry, as you explore many state rooms such as Baron’s Hall, the dining room, the Long Gallery and Tapestry Room. The gardens are amongst the oldest in private ownership, with horticultural records dating back to 1346, they are said to be one of the most beautiful in England. An 11-acre formal Grade I listed garden is set within 48 acres of expansive grounds, split into a variety of garden areas and designs.

FRIDAY Sadly, this morning we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345





YOUR HOTEL








ITINERARY


SUNDAY We leave our hotel after a leisurely breakfast and make the short journey to Royal Windsor, with ample time to explore this picturesque town, full of so much history. You may like to visit the Castle, take an open top bus trip around Windsor & Eton where a guided commentary will explain some of the fascinating history, or enjoy a scenic boat trip along the Thames. There are also some lovely shops and many restaurants to enjoy lunch. We leave late afternoon, and make our way back to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£199



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Boat Cruise from Oxford to Abingdonn Boat Cruise from Caversham Bridge to Henleyn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The River Thames is the second longest river in the UK, flowing for 215 miles from the heart of Gloucestershire to the English Channel. Join us as we experience the tranquillity and harmony of this much-loved waterway. As an important trading route for centuries, it was the Victorians who developed the notion of the river for leisure.

Hilton Hotel, Reading A 4* hotel with modern comforts. All rooms are en-suite with TV, Wi-Fi access, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant served a delicious evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include indoor pool, sauna, steam room and fitness suite.

TALES OF THE RIVERBANK

Friday 18th – Monday 21st September

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country, and travel east, making comfort and a lunch stop on route. We continue the short journey to Oxford where we board a boat for a 2 hour leisurely cruise along the Thames, passing Christ Church Meadows, Iffley Lock (one of the oldest and original locks on the Thames), Rose Island and Sandford Lock (the deepest non tidal lock on the Thames). We arrive at Abingdon, where we re-join the coach and travel on to our hotel, with time to settle in before dinner.

SATURDAY After breakfast we travel to Caversham Bridge to board a boat for a leisurely 2½ hour cruise along the River Thames. We will discover some of the Thames’ hidden gems such as Caversham Lock, follow the course of the Reading Regatta and on to Sonning Lock and its 18th century bridge. We continue down-stream to Park Place where George IV once resided, to the charming town of Henley. Here we disembark and enjoy time to explore this picturesque location with its quaint charms, boutique shops and wonderful riverside restaurants for a relaxing lunch.

SUNDAY Join us today as we visit Royal Windsor, with ample time to explore this picturesque town, full of so much history. You may like to visit the Castle, take an open top bus trip around Windsor & Eton where a guided commentary will explain some of the fascinat-ing history, or enjoy a scenic boat trip along the Thames. There are also some lovely shops and many restaurants to enjoy lunch.

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to the beautiful spa city of Bath. Known for its stunning Georgian architecture, Roman baths, together with numerous art galleries and museums, the shopping district offers a large selection of high street brands and independent boutique shops. Later we continue our journey home, arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£259


Sea view rom supplement £15.00 per personTravel insurance £14.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to the Eden Projectn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Eden Project is one of Cornwall’s most popular visitor attractions located in a reclaimed chine clay quarry. Housed inside the two giant biomes are dramatic global gardens with collections of plants from every corner of the globe.

Membly Hall Hotel, Falmouth Beautifully situated in one of Cornwall’s most picturesque regions, the Membly Hall occupies a seafront position. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers an excellent choice menu, and leisure facilities include a sauna, spa pool and Jacuzzi.

A WEEKEND IN CORNWALL & THE EDEN PROJECT


ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area and travel west, with a coffee stop en route, to Truro – Cornwall’s capital city. Whilst here you will have plenty of time to enjoy lunch, browse the many shops, and visit the Farmer’s Market, which offers fresh, quality produce, direct from local producers to the public. You may also like to visit the impressive triple-spired cathedral. We continue to the historic port of Falmouth with time to browse the shops or perhaps visit the National Maritime Museum before arriving at our hotel, with time to relax before dinner.SUNDAY Following a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the Eden Project with the whole day to discover all that this fabulous visitor attraction has to offer. Wander through the Rainforest Biome and experience magnificent plants from tropical climates, cross the canopy walkway and step above the treetops. Inside the Mediterranean Biome discover gnarled cork trees, giant plants and delicate flowers. Together with further garden and activity areas, a gift shop and restaurant to enjoy lunch, we later make our journey home, arriving area early-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£125

SUPPLEMENTS:Entrance to Beamish Open-Air Museum


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Bamburgh Castlen All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Northumbria is a tapestry of castles, cathedrals, clustered villages and moorland ruins. The cities to the south and the rugged eastern coastline combine dramatic history with abundant natural beauty.

Marriott Hotel, Newcastle-Gateshead A luxuriously-appointed, * hotel, close to Europe’s largest retail complex. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors, the restaurant offers a tempting choice menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, gym and spa.

HIGHLIGHTS OF NORTHUMBERLAND

Monday 21st – Friday 25th September

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and we make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast as we make our way a little further north to Holy Island (or Lindisfarne), where twice daily a narrow neck of land sinks beneath the North Sea, separating the island from the mainland. Made famous by St Aidan, St Cuthbert and the Lindisfarne Gospels, you can marvel at the 11th-century priory’s magnificent arches – the only remains of the Celtic monks’ monastery. You may also like to visit Lindisfarne Castle, browse the gift shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch while soaking up the scenery

WEDNESDAY Today you have a choice: you may like to visit the historic city of Durham with its fine Norman Cathedral, wide variety of shops and restaurants, Victorian Market in the cobbled market place, street entertainment and many paths leading down to the riverbank, where you can join the Prince Bishop river cruiser for a gentle trip along the river with stunning views. OR to spend the day at Beamish, an extensive open-air museum that effectively recreates an authentic picture of family, community and working life in the northeast prior to World War I. It has a typical high street with many shops, as well as a colliery and farm, and there are guides in period costume and a restored tramline serving all areas of the attraction.

THURSDAY Join us today as we travel north to the imposing Bamburgh Castle, once the royal seat of the Kings of Northumbria, which has stood guard over the coastline for more than 1400 years, and is one of the UK’s largest inhabited castles. Discover the fascinating history and legacy of the castle’s inhabitants, with suits of armour, exquisite furniture and artworks, set against a breathtaking backdrop across to the Farne islands. We return to our hotel, stopping for tea in the delightful bustling coastal fishing village of Seahouses.

FRIDAY Sadly we begin our homeward journey, with comfort stops en route, reaching the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£359

Certain departure points are unavailable on this tour. Please enquire

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Severn Valley Railway Ticketn Horse drawn canal boat tripn Steam train ride on Llangollen Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

If you love unspoilt landscapes, historic towns and experiencing a sense of the past, then Shropshire is for you! Join us on what has become one of our most popular tours.


SCENIC SHROPSHIRE...CANAL BOATS & STEAM TRAINS


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way over the Severn Estuary bridge to Abergavenny for lunch and time to browse the shops. We then complete our journey to our hotel, with time to settle in and maybe make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Chester, the most complete walled city in Britain, where the Rows – black and white half-tim-bered buildings above street level, with covered walkways – take pride of place. Chester’s famous city walls are fully walkable and offer a leisurely 2-mile stroll with a bird’s-eye view of both the city centre and the distant Welsh mountains. Other worthwhile attractions include the 10th-century cathedral and several museums. You may like to take a boat trip along the river Dee, before browsing the extensive shopping area and enjoying a leisurely lunch.

WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we travel to Kidderminster to join the Severn Valley Railway for a steam train journey to Bridgnorth through lovely scenery. Bridgnorth is actually two towns - the High Town (with good views down) and the Low Town (with good views up), connected by the steepest inland funicular railway in Britain. While here you will have time to explore, and perhaps visit the pretty Castle Gardens and enjoy lunch.

THURSDAY This morning we make the short journey to Llangollen, a very pretty town and the gateway to North Wales. We begin with a return steam train ride on the Llangollen Railway, which runs for 10 miles through the pic-turesque Dee Valley to the town of Corwen. You then have time to spend at leisure in Llangollen browsing the shops and enjoying lunch. This afternoon we enjoy a horse-drawn boat trip on the beautiful Llangollen Canal, with time after to enjoy tea before we return to our hotel.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way south to the historic city of Worcester, with time if you wish to visit the Porcelain Museum (with the world’s largest collection of Worcester Porcelain) or the fine Cathedral, which overlooks the River Severn, where you will find the tomb of King John. We later complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£359

SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement (Max 4 only)

Signature room upgrade £30.00Travel insurance £21.00


YOUR HOTEL

On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation, delicious food, great things to do and fantastic entertainment each evening. Thoresby Hall is a majestic 18th century Grade 1 listed mansion set in rolling parklands on the edge of Sherwood Forest.

Thoresby Hall Historic Hotal & Spa, Ollerton, Nottinghamshire You are assured of a warm welcome at this luxurious 4* hotel. All rooms are ensuite, with tea and coffee making facilities, complimentary toiletries, TV, radio, telephone, hairdryer, iron and ironing board. Indoor leisure facilities include heated pool, sauna, steam room & gym, library, table tennis, snooker and arts & crafts shops. There are also a variety of outdoor activities available. Enjoy dinner in the Pierrepont Restaurant, a truly stunning room with a glass roof before the fantastic dancing and live entertainment each evening.

THORESBY HALL NOTTINGHAMSHIRE


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Warwick for lunch and time if you wish to visit the Doll Museum or the arcaded Market Hall. There are also many shops to browse. We complete our journey to our hotel with time to settle in and familiarise yourselves with your new surroundings before dinner and entertainment.

TUESDAY Join us if you wish for a morning excursion to the historic city of Lincoln. Whilst here there will be ample time to explore this treasure trove of England’s history; a chance to visit the cathedral and the castle and see the Magna Carta and browse the modern shops which line the river. We return to our hotel after lunch where you can continue to enjoy some of the many facilities.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Bakewell, an ancient town in the centre of the Peak District National Park and home of the famous Bakewell Pudding. With time to browse the shops and have lunch, we continue on to Matlock Bath, set in picturesque scenery among the limestone hills. There are many attractions to enjoy including the mining museum and aquarium and souvenir shops. You may also like to take a cable car ride to the Heights of Abraham, with spectacular views above the village.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way to the vibrant city of Nottingham, with its Castle, and a magnificent museum and art gallery housing collections of silver, glass, and paintings, with spectacular views across the city. There is also a large selection of shops and restaurants to enjoy lunch. We return to our hotel with the remainder of the day free to spend as you please. As well as the indoor leisure facilities, you may like to stroll around the beautiful gardens.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and begin our journey south stopping in Stratford upon Avon, with time to visit William Shakespeare’s birthplace, browse the shops and have lunch. We complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£425


Sea view supplement £32.00 (per person)Travel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Bodiam Castle (NT)n Kent & East Sussex Railway ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

One of Britain’s most elegant resorts, Eastbourne is sheltered by the South Downs and has a reputation for quality. The flower-decked promenades stretch for three miles – ideal for a pleasant stroll. With over 200 acres of gardens and parks to enjoy, not to mention a fine pier and shopping centre, there’s plenty to amuse and delight.

The Queens Hotel, Eastbourne A magnificent Victorian 3* hotel situated in an outstanding position overlooking the pier. All en-suite bedrooms have TV, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers a choice menu and the bar lounge is a cosy area to relax in.

EASTBOURNE & THE SUSSEX DOWNS

Wednesday 23rd – Sunday 27th Sept

ITINERARYWEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east, stopping for coffee and lunch en route to our hotel arriving with time to settle in before dinner and maybe a stroll along the seafront.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way to Bodiam Castle (Nat Trust), with time to explore this archetypal 14th-century moated stronghold. One of Britain’s most beautiful ancient monuments, it offers a glimpse of medieval splendour. After lunch, we head to the station in the castle’s shadow and board a steam train on the Kent & East Sussex Railway for a 10½-mile journey through the unspoilt scenery of the Rother Valley to the picturesque Cinque Port of Tenterden, the ‘Jewel of the Weald’. Its high street is one of Britain’s most attractive, lined with trees, historic houses, shops and restaurants. With time to browse and enjoy afternoon tea, we make a scenic drive back to Eastbourne.

FRIDAY Today we day take a scenic drive via Beachy Head to Brighton, where there will be plenty of time to explore. The spectacular Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes is housed some impressive works of art and wonderful history about King George IV. As well as the many High Street shops you may also like the stroll the historic Lanes – a maze of narrow alleyways lined with antique shops and elegant arcades of boutiques. Other attractions worth visiting include the Volk’s Electric Railway, the ‘world’s oldest operating electric railway’ which travels along the seafront, and The Sea Life Centre. There are numerous places to enjoy coffee and a leisurely lunch.…Or just sit and watch the world go by!

SATURDAY The morning is free for you to spend as you please in Eastbourne. You may like to take a walk along the seafront and admire the famous flower decked promenades and the pier or browse the shopping centre and enjoy a leisurely lunch. Thus afternoon we make the short jouney to the charming market town of Alfriston on the River Cuckmere – a timeless place, full of tearooms and enchanting old houses – and once the haunt of smugglers!

SUNDAY This morning we leave Eastbourne and begin our journey home, stopping for coffee and lunch stops on route. We complete our journey back to the West country, arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£325




YOUR HOTEL

An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle and bustle of daily routine, with some of the UK’s most stunning scenery. Join us as we make a magical scenic journey on a steam train, a boat cruise across Lake Windermere and a visit to the World Of Beatrix Potter!

Cumbria Grand Hotel, Grange-Over-Sands A delightful 3* hotel set within private wooded grounds and enjoying views of Morecambe Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The hotel’s experienced in-house chef has developed an excellent and varied menu, and entertainment is provided some evenings.

A WEEKEND IN THE LAKE DISTRICT

Friday 25th – Monday 28th September

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we journey through some of the most spectacular scenery you’ll see anywhere in England. We stop in Kendal for coffee and then continue north up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass and along part of Ullswater to Keswick for lunch and time to explore this charming town sandwiched between Derwent Water and Skiddaw mountain. We complete our scenic drive back to our hotel with time to relax.

SUNDAY Today we enjoy a circular tour through some of the Lake District’s loveliest sights. We travel a little further north, following part of Coniston Water and views across to Old Man Of Coniston Fell, to Ambleside for coffee and time to look around this picturesque village. We continue to Bowness on the shores of Lake Windermere for lunch. Whilst here you may like to enjoy a leisurely boat trip around Windermere or perhaps visit the delightful World of Beatrix Potter exhibition and garden full of the much-loved characters. We return with some time to explore Grange over Sands.

MONDAY Sadly it’s time to leave the Lake District and begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£249

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ffestiniog Railway ticketn Entrance to Portmerion Village & Gardensn Snowdon Mountain Railway ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL



LLANDUDNO & THE LITTLE TRAINS OF WALES

Saturday 26th – Wednesday 30th Sept

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On arrival at our hotel, enjoy a cup of tea while your luggage is delivered to your room. There will then be time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of entertainment.

SUNDAY The morning is free for you to spend as you please and explore Llandudno, known as the ‘Queen of Welsh Resorts’. You may like to take a ride on the Great Orme Tramway to the summit on one of only three cable-hauled street tramways in the world. There is also a fine pier, over 700 metres long, attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. Join us, if you wish for an afternoon excursion to Conwy – a medieval walled town with an imposing castle and lively quay, on which you will find what is claimed to be the smallest house in Great Britain! We return to our hotel in time for dinner and another evening of excellent entertainment.

MONDAY This morning we travel to Blaenau Ffestiniog and board the world’s oldest narrow-gauge railway for a 13½ mile journey to the harbour in Porthmadog. The train climbs over 700 feet from sea level into the mountains, past lakes and waterfalls and round tight bends, clinging to the side of the mountain or tunneling through it. We then re-join the coach and make the short journey to Portmeirion, an Italianate village famous for its china. While here, you can marvel at the beautiful gardens, browse the many gift shops, and enjoy lunch.

TUESDAY After breakfast, join us as we travel through stunning scenery around Snowdon and the Llanberis Pass, before boarding a train for a return journey on the Snowdon Mountain Cog Railway to the summit at 1,085 metres, with spectacular views… weather permitting! We then re-join the coach and make our way to the picturesque village of Betws-y-Coed, North Wales’ most popular resort. Here you will find a railway museum, plus craft shops and tearooms.

WEDNESDAY Sadly we today leave North Wales and make our way home, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. We complete our homeward journey back into England, arriving early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£415



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Afternoon tea at the Punp Roomn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The beautiful Georgian city of Bath is known for its historic Roman spa and home of Jane Austen. Enjoy a sumptuous afternoon tea in the stunning setting of the Pump Room, one of the finest backdrops for high tea in Bath.

Hilton Bath City Hotel, Bath A luxurious 4* hotel, centrally located within walking distance of Bath’s main attractions and shopping centre. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast.

BEAUTIFUL BATH WITH AFTERNOON TEA IN THE PUMP ROOM

Sunday 27th – Monday 28th September

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We travel to the beautiful city of Bath, famous for its exquisite 18th century Georgian architecture. You may like to visit the Jane Austen Centre and learn about her life, novels and connection to the city, or the Thermal Bath Spa and take a dip in the refreshing warm waters of the famous rooftop pool. Take a stroll along the iconic Royal Crescent, with its sweeping curved terrace of honey coloured Georgian town houses or explore the city in greater depth on a sightseeing tour bus, or perhaps a leisurely boat trip down the River Avon. With numerous shops, boutiques and cafes, there is much to see and do, before enjoying a dinner this evening in our hotel.

MONDAY The morning is free for you to continue exploring the city of Bath before we enjoy a sumptuous afternoon tea at the Pump Room in one of the city’s most elegant restaurants. Indulge in a selection of delicate sandwiches, scones with cream and jam, freshly made cakes and pastries, all served with a traditional pot of English tea or freshly brewed coffee. We later make our way back to our home area, arriving early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£149




YOUR HOTEL


Crown & Mitre Hotel, Carlisle Situated close to the historic cathedral in the heart of the city, this 3* hotel offers the perfect mix of Edwardian grandeur (complete with beautiful original features, such as the elegant sweeping staircase) and contemporary comfort. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves an excellent menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and whirlpool.


Monday 28th Sept – Friday 2nd October

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with comfort stops en route, to our hotel, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.


WEDNESDAY This morning we stay just within the English border, following what is probably one of the best-known landmarks of the north: Hadrian’s Wall. We make a visit to the Roman Army Museum, just inside the Kielder Forest, as we step back in time to 2000 years ago, and experience life as a Roman soldier and life on the front line of Emperor Hadrian’s British frontier. We watch a spectacular 3D film, with aerial views of the wall and brief story of the Roman soldiers based here and the museum houses inter-esting artefacts excavated along the wall. We later continue to the market town of Hexham, with winding streets, ancient Shambles, a 15th century town hall and ancient Abbey. After lunch, we return to Carlisle with the rest of the afternoon free to explore this lovely city with its cathedral and shops, or perhaps make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities.

THURSDAY Join us today for a wonderfully scenic, circular tour around the northern reaches of the Lake District. We travel through the picturesque towns of Keswick and Windermere, up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass (weather permitting!) and on to Ullswater, with stops for coffee, lunch and photographs along the way. We later complete our tour back to our hotel via Penrith.


5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided talk and tour of the Guide Dog Breeding Centren Ticket for the Gloucestershire Warwickshire Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Cotswolds is an area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, honey-coloured architecture and secluded valley… a picture-perfect retreat from a hectic lifestyle.

Hallmark Hotel, Gloucester A delightful 4* hotel located in the green suburbs of Gloucester. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms are furnished with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and generous breakfast.

THE CLASSIC COTSWOLDS

Monday 28th Sept – Friday 2nd October

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area, stopping for coffee on route to Cheltenham. This elegant regency town was the height of fashion for 18th century visitors with its stylish buildings and central promenade area. With a variety of independent shops and cosy cafes to enjoy a relaxing lunch, we continue to our hotel, arriving with plenty of time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY This morning we travel to Moreton-in-Marsh where each Tuesday a Charter market is held and with over 300 stalls it is one of the largest open-air markets in the country. After lunch we continue to Stow-On-The-Wold, the highest lying Cotswolds town, famous for its historic wool industry and annual fairs. Wander through to the town to discover its ancient history with the town stocks & cross and elegant array of honey coloured Cotswold town houses, home to antique and gift shops today.

WEDNESDAY Join us today as we visit the historic town of Banbury located on the River Cherwell on the edge of the Cotswolds. The setting for the nursery rhyme “Ride A Cock Horse” the Market Place has narrow streets filled with shops and cafes which serve the local “Banbury Cake” a special fruit & pastry cake. After lunch we visit Leamington Spa for a special 2 hour guided tour of the Guide Dogs Breeding Centre. Here we see some guide dog puppies playing and socialising through special viewing windows, meet some guide dog breeding stock and learn about life-changing work carried out here. Since 2011 the centre has bred more than 1500 puppies each year who have helped almost 10,000 people maintain a better life after sight loss.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way to the riverside market town of Tewkesbury, with its magnificent abbey, medieval streets, mill and museums. After an early lunch we travel to Cheltenham Racecourse to board the Gloucestershire Warwickshire Railway for a scenic steam train ride to Broadway. We have time here this afternoon to explore this charming Cotswolds village and enjoy an afternoon tea in one of the many cafes.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel and make the short journey to Bourton on the Water, the most popular Cotswold village, and often referred to as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’ because the River Windrush runs through its centre. Here you will find the Model Railway, Cotswold Motor Museum, the perfumery, Dragonfly Maze and the pottery. There are also many gift shops to browse and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later make our way back to the West Country, arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£365



£60.00 supplement for subsequent singlesTravel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entertainment on some eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a relaxing weekend retreat in this picturesque corner of the South West peninsula. Visit some of Cornwall best loved harbour towns and authentic fishing villages, whilst enjoying the mild climate and delicious flavours that the Cornish Coast has to offer.

The Porthbyan Hotel, Looe A 3* fully refurbished hotel nestled in the heart of Looe with panoramic views across the harbour. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a delicious evening menu and hearty Cornish breakfast, together with a bar and outside terrace.

A WEEKEND IN CORNWALL

Friday 2nd – Monday 5th October

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and travel west to the ancient market town of Tavistock, located on the tranquil River Tavy and edge of the rugged Dartmoor National Park. Historically it was the region’s Stannary town, administering the local tin trade, and has links with the great sea farer, Sir Francis Drake. Whilst here you may like to browse the poplar indoor pannier market or visit the central parish church of St Eustachius with William Morris stained glass windows and intricate roof embosses. With time for lunch, we continue to our hotel in Looe, and base for the next three nights.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Mevagissey for lunch, with its distinctive twin harbour and busy fishing port with daily catches of skate, lobster and plaice. Clustered around the harbour walls are quaint streets with galleries, cafes and shops. A beautiful place to sit and relax, and enjoy Cornish fish & chips! We later make the short journey to Charlestown, a historic Georgian port town with delightful fishermen’s cottages. With time to enjoy a stroll around the harbour and afternoon tea, we make our way back to Looe.

SUNDAY The morning is free for you to explore the delightful harbour town of Looe. The towns of East and West Looe are joined by the famous seven arched bridge that spans the River Looe. With beautiful sandy beaches, unique boutiques and harbour boat trips, there is much to do and enjoy. This afternoon, if you wish, join us for an excursion to the nearby picturesque fishing port of Polperro with its “old world” charm, beautiful cottages, small art galleries and stories of smuggler & pirate tales.

MONDAY Sadly this morning, we leave the beautiful setting of Looe, and begin our homeward journey, stopping at the beautiful grounds of Buckfast Abbey for lunch, before arriving back in our home area.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£225



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Chatsworth Housen All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Shrigley Hall Hotel, Pott Shrigley A beautiful 4* country house hotel located on the edge of the Peak District National Park It has retained many of its impressive original features such as the elaborate painted domed ceiling over the main grand staircase. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee facilities. The Restaurant serves a delicious menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, steam room and jacuzzi. There is also a lift to all floors.

AUTUMN COLOURS OF THE PEAK DISTRICT

Sunday 4th – Thursday 8th October

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and journey north to our hotel, making comfort stops en route, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY This morning we travel across the heart of the National Park, through stunning scenery, to the bustling market town of Chesterfield, famous for its crooked church spire. Here you will find one of the area’s largest open-air street markets to browse and maybe find a bargain or two! We continue to Matlock Bath, a picturesque village set in the beautiful gorge of the River Derwent. Whilst here you may like to take a cable car ride to the Heights of Abraham, with (weather permitting) breath-taking views of the village. At the summit there are two underground show caves, a café and a gift shop. Other attractions include the mining museum, an aquarium as well as souvenir shops and cafés to enjoy lunch and afternoon tea.

TUESDAY This morning we make our way to Bakewell, a pretty market town, with time to browse the shops and maybe enjoy some of the famous Bakewell Pudding, which was said to be invented at the Rutland Arms pub in the town. We make the short journey to the stunning home of the Duke & Duchess of Devonshire, Chatsworth House, with over 30 rooms to explore from the magnificent Painted Hall, regal State Rooms, Galleries and Chapel. The exterior is just as exquisite with 105 acres of gardens, maze, water features and sculp-tures. The restaurant serves delicious lunches and afternoon teas and the shop is full of gift ideas.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel through some of the most stunning scenery the Peak District has to offer. We travel to the delightful town of Glossop for coffee and along Snakes Pass to the natural beauty of the Y-shaped Lady Bower Reservoir to see the colours of Autumn unfolding. We continue through Castleton to the spa town of Buxton, the capital of the Peak District for lunch and time to explore the elegant centre with its Opera House, Pump Room and the Georgian architectural delight of The Crescent.

THURSDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, stopping in the delightful market town of Tewkesbury for lunch. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£385

Sunday 4th – Sunday 11th October

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Train ticket from Dingwall to Thurson Steam Train ticket for Strathspey Railwayn Train ticket from Inverness to Kyle of Lochalshn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £175.00Chairlift at Cairngorms


Join us on a railway adventure including scenery in areas of Scotland that are dramatic in different ways. You may have travelled these routes by road, but from the comfort of a rail journey we hope you will enjoy a whole new perspective and many memorable views.

Craigmonie Hotel, Inverness A delightful 3* hotel situated in a quiet leafy location, just a short walk from the centre of town. Each room is en-suite and furnished with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves freshly prepared dishes using local ingredients, and leisure facilities includes an indoor pool, sauna & gym.

GREAT HIGHLAND RAILWAYS OF SCOTLAND

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£659

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and travel north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and arriving at our overnight hotel in Cumbria with time to freshen up before evening dinner.

MONDAY We continue our journey north, stopping at Stirling for coffee, and Pitlochry for lunch. We later continue through some stunning scenery to our hotel in Inverness, our base for the next 5 nights.

TUESDAY After breakfast we make the short journey to Dingwall, where we board a main line train (“Far North Line”), which runs along the eastern coastline, before turning inland across the stunning scenery of the moors, to Thurso. With time to look around this remote Georgian town, we return to Inverness by coach.

WEDNESDAY The whole day is free for you to spend as you please in Inverness, with its Victorian castle, which dominates the town centre. The inverness Museum and art gallery provide a good introduction to the history of the Highlands. If you’re looking for tartans, knitwear and gift ideas, look no further than James Pringle Weavers. There are, of course, all the usual shops and plenty of places to have coffee and lunch.

THURSDAY We begin our day, travelling south to Aviemore, in the Cairngorms National Park. You have the option of either staying here and exploring this pretty town, or travel a little further on to the ski area to join a chair lift for a ride to the commit of the Cairngorms, with absolutely stunning views if the weather is right. We then all meet up in Aviemore in time for lunch, before boarding the Strathspey Steam Railway for a 45-minute journey through largely unspoilt Highland scenery to Broomhill.

FRIDAY This morning we board a train in Inverness for a spectacular journey to Kyle of Lochalsh, overlooking the Isle of Skye. Travelling from coast to coast, the railway line draws an arc, taking in breath-taking Highland scenery & mountains along the way. Keep a keen eye out for herds of deer, often spotted just after Garve Station. On arrival at Kyle of Lochalsh, there will be time to look around the attractive town before we once again return to our hotel by coach.

SATURDAY After breakfast, we leave Inverness and make our way south to Fort William for coffee, through the spectacular Glen Coe, and on to Callander for lunch. We continue to our overnight hotel in in Cumbria in time for dinner.

SUNDAY This morning we continue our journey home to the West Country, making comfort stops on route arriving home mid-evening.


Sunday 4th – Tuesday 13th October

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn 2 Night’s ferry accommodation in 4 berth inside cabinsn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

SUPPLEMENTS:Meals on board ferry

4 berth outside cabin £90.00 per personSingle supplement £332.00


We are delighted to repeat this tour to the coastal region of Portugal’s capital, Lisbon, affectionately known as the “White City”. With elegant coastal resorts, ancient towns and a magnificent jewel of a city, there is so much to experience in this stunning Atlantic coastal corner.

Hotel Estoril Eden, Estoril A 4* hotel located near the seafront with breath taking views across the Atlantic Ocean. All en-suite bedrooms are fully air-conditioned, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and Wi-Fi access. The hotel’s panoramic restaurant serves a choice menu of local and international cuisine, and the “Bellevue” bar provides a relaxing area to enjoy sea views. Leisure facilities include an outdoor pool, indoor pool, Jacuzzi and gym.

PORTUGAL’S ATLANTIC COAST & LISBON

10 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£945

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Plymouth where we board a luxurious ferry for a late afternoon departure and overnight sailing to Santander. The ferry boasts a fabulous swimming pool and leisure area, elegant bars and lounges and a superb choice of dining, from award-winning cuisine to a wide selection of self-service menus. There is also live entertainment and dancing until late, two cinemas showing the latest movies and great shopping in the stylish malls. All cabins are en suite and air-conditioned.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we continue our cruise, and you can continue to make use of the facilities on board and have lunch. Our ship arrives in Santander early afternoon and we rejoin the coach and travel south, with comfort stops en route to our overnight hotel in Salamanca, with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY We continue our journey, crossing the border into Portugal, with stops for coffee and lunch on route. We arrive at our hotel in Estoril, our base for the next five nights, with time to settle in and explore our new surroundings before dinner this evening.

WEDNESDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please and enjoy the hotel facilities and coastal surroundings. Estoril has a long historic connection to the Portuguese rich and famous, and the town’s casino was said to be the inspiration for Ian Fleming’s 007 novel “Casino Royale” and also featured in the James Bond film “On Her Majesty’s Secret Service”. The golden sand and calm waters are perfect to enjoy a relaxing day on the beach, or for those who enjoy a coastal stroll, the neighbouring fishing village of Cascais is easily accessed on foot.

THURSDAY After breakfast we make our way east to the city of Lisbon. The Portuguese capital’s stunning location overlooks hills, situated on the River Tejo estuary, and is an enchanting combination of old-world charm and cosmopolitan vibrancy. The best way to see the city is by a sightseeing bus tour with audio guide to view many of its landmarks including the chic Avenida da Liberdade, Edward

VII Park, Basilica da Estrela, and on to the area of Belem with the UNESCO Jeronimos monastery, Belem Tower and Monument to Discovery. With time free to explore the city at leisure, and you may like to take a wooden tram ride up to the old district of Alfama, passing through narrow streets with tall brightly painted houses and beautiful ceramic tile designs. There are an abundance of restaurants to enjoy lunch and the city’s tasty treat “pasteìs de nata” (custard pastry) is a must!

FRIDAY Join us today as we make our way to the beautiful hilltop town of Sintra, a well-deserved UNESCO world heritage site. A former summer residence of the Portuguese monarchy, Sintra also boasts two of Portugal’s most extraordinary palaces, semitropical gardens and a castle. The heart of the town is awash with tall houses painted in hues of pale pink, ochre and mellow yellow, with decorative turrets and balconies amongst quaint narrow streets. Whilst here you may like to visit the stunning Palácio Nacional, dating from the 15th century, with spectacular interiors. With time to enjoy lunch, and explore this wonderful town, we continue towards the most westerly point of Europe, to Cabo da Roca, a rocky cape with cliffs standing at a height of 140 metres, with truly magnificent views across the Atlantic Ocean. There is also a café, gift shop and visitor centre.

SATURDAY Today we travel northwards to the beautiful, historic town of Óbidos, said to be one of Portugal’s most picturesque places to visit. The compact town is filled with a maze of cobbled streets, traditional white-washed houses with terracotta tiled roofs and draped in colourful swathes of bourgainvillea, all encircled by medieval city walls. The beautiful Porta da Vila was the main gateway into the town, and is decorated with traditional azure blue tiles, depicting the Passion Of Christ. For the more energetic, a walk along the city walls offers wonderful views across the townscape. The local tipple is a rich cherry brandy liqueur (Ginja), which is served in most of the town’s cafes and restaurants, where you can enjoy lunch and sample the local cuisine.

SUNDAY Sadly we say goodbye to our hotel in Estoril and make our way back into Spain, to Valladolid, our overnight accommodation, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

MONDAY After breakfast we make the short journey to Santander, with time to browse and have an early lunch, before we rejoin our ferry for the overnight sailing to Portsmouth giving you more time to continue to enjoy its many facilities and enjoy dinner in one of the restaurants.

TUESDAY We arrive in Portsmouth early afternoon and after disembarking, rejoin the coach and return to our home area.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return ferry crossingsn Hotel transfers in Guernsey

YOUR HOTEL

Lying close to the northern coast of France and bathed by the warm waters of the Gulf Stream, the island of Guernsey offers a truly unforgettable escape from the hustle and bustle of mainland Britain.

St Pierre Park Hotel, St Peter Port We are delighted to return to this luxurious 4* hotel, set in acres of tranquil parkland near a lake. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, complimentary toiletries and tea & coffee facilities. Many have a private balcony or terrace with views of the beautiful grounds. The restaurant offers quality cuisine and a friendly and relaxed atmosphere, and breakfast is served in the grand La Fontaine Suite overlooking the lake and fountain. The excellent leisure facilities include an indoor pool, whirlpool, sauna, gym, and beauty salon.

GUERNSEY

Monday 5th – Friday 9th October

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area, after a possible early departure, (time to be advised) and make our way east to Poole for the ferry crossing to Guernsey. On arrival, you will be met by a local coach or taxi and taken to your hotel, with the remainder of the day free to spend as you please before dinner.

TUESDAY – THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend as you please exploring this small yet scenic island. Covering only 50 square miles, Guernsey claims to be Britain’s warmest spot! The island’s capital, St Peter Port, is a bustling harbour town with pretty architecture. It also offers the best shopping on the island (which is tax free). You may like to hire a car for the duration of your stay, and the hotel will be able to help you with this. Alternatively, you may like to visit the neighbouring islands of Herm, Sark and Alderney – all a short ferry ride away. But with so many bays and coves, it’s easy to find your own beach in Guernsey, with delights around every corner – like the 800-year-old de Sausmarez Manor, with its magnificent gardens and Art Park. The island offers many inspiring walks along the 28.5 miles of cliff paths, and Castle Cornet – Guernsey’s ancient royal fortress – is well worth a visit, as is the former home of famous French poet Victor Hugo. In addition, there’s the German Occupation Museum, Oatlands Craft Centre and the Candle Factory, where you can make your own souvenir. You’ll never be short of things to do and see, and the island boasts a number of restaurants and tempting tearooms. Dinner is served each evening at the hotel.

FRIDAY Sadly it’s today time to leave Guernsey. Once again, a local coach or taxi will take you to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole. On arrival, you will be met by a Blakes coach and driver, who will return you to your home area.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£459


Subsequent singles (subject to availability) £60.00Travel insurance £33.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return ferry crossingsn Hotel transfers in Jersey

YOUR HOTEL


Mayfair Hotel, St Helier A warm welcome awaits at this lovely 3* hotel, just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of Jersey’s capital, St Helier. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a wide variety of dishes, and the hotel’s coffee shop is open throughout the day, offering an assortment of meals and snacks. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, steam room and gym, and entertainment is provided each evening.

JERSEY


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area, after a possible early departure, (time to be advised) and make our way east to Poole for the ferry crossing to St Helier. Upon arrival, you will be greeted by a hotel representative and taken to your hotel. The representative will act as your point of contact for the duration of your stay on the island, and he or she will be available each day to offer you advice on things like attractions and car hire. Dinner this evening is followed by entertainment.

TUESDAY – THURSDAY Each day is free for you to spend exploring Jersey’s wonderful coastline and inland attractions. Perhaps you’d like to visit the Jersey War Tunnels; parts are preserved as they were left after World War II. Other worthwhile attractions include the zoo and Mont Orgueil Castle. We also highly recommend a trip to Corbiere Lighthouse with its stunning views, which you can walk to when the tide is out. A regular bus service operates on the island and is useful for visiting the many picturesque bays and harbours, or you may like to hire a car for the duration of your stay… the hotel can offer help with this if required. There are also numerous venues on the island in which to enjoy coffee, lunch, afternoon tea and Jersey ice cream! As on Monday, dinner at the hotel is each night followed by entertainment.

FRIDAY Sadly it’s today time to leave Jersey. Your hotel representative will inform you of the necessary details, including when you’ll need to leave the hotel to be taken by coach to the ferry port for the return crossing to Poole. On arrival, you will be met by a Blakes coach and driver, who will return you to your home area.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£375




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entertainment on most eveningsn Boat trip from Truro to Falmouthn Entrance to the Lost Gardens of Heligann All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Cornwall boasts some of the most picturesque coastlines and landscapes in the country, which coupled with the mild Cornish climate, makes this an ideal holiday destination at any time of year, especially as the vivid Autumn colours start to make their appearance.

Membly Hall Hotel, Falmouth Ideally situated on Falmouth’s beach front, this family-run hotel offers a very warm welcome. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant offers an excellent menu. Leisure facilities include a spa pool and Jacuzzi, and entertainment is provided most nights. The bar has a large lounge area with wonderful views across the channel.

THE VERY BEST OF CORNWALL


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area and make our way, with a comfort stop on route, to Looe with time to browse the shops and enjoy lunch. We complete our journey to our hotel, with time to settle in before dinner and evening at leisure.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we travel to Truro with time to browse the shops and explore the cathedral. After lunch we board a pleasure boat for a 75-minute scenic cruise to Falmouth where you will have the remainder of the day free to explore its many attractions including the National Maritime Museum and marina. There is also a charming mix of shops from specialist outlets to the usual high street brands, and tea rooms to enjoy a cosy afternoon tea.

WEDNESDAY Join us this morning as we make the journey to the delightful town of Marazion, thought to be Britain’s oldest town. Here you will see the imposing St Michael’s Mount just across the causeway, and a stretch of sandy beach to stroll along, together with an array of shops with local artwork, crafts and gifts. We continue to the pretty fishing town of St Ives, with its picturesque harbour seafront and many delightful shops. There is also the Barbara Hepworth Museum and Tate Gallery, which together celebrate the work of a group of young painters, potters and sculptors. We return to Falmouth for the afternoon giving you time if you wish to explore. There is the National Maritime Museum and marina to explore, as well as a vibrant shopping centre.

THURSDAY Today we make our way to the picturesque harbour town of Mevagissey, once the centre of Cornwall’s pilchard fishing industry. Stroll through heart of the old town to see many old buildings constructed of cob and slate, explore the narrow streets with gift shops and cafes and perhaps enjoy a fish ‘n’ chip lunch, before we travel to the Lost Gardens of Heligan. Lost to brambles and overgrown after WWI, these beautifully restored gardens are Europe’s largest restoration project of its kind with over 200 acres and a variety of different garden zones to explore from sub-tropical plants, bamboo tunnels, giant ferns and ancient woodland paths.

FRIDAY Sadly this morning we leave our hotel and make our way to Padstow, with time to stroll around the working fishing harbor, with many gift shops and art galleries and cosy cafes to enjoy a relaxing lunch. We continue our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£299



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Evening tour of Blackpool Illuminationsn Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Blackpool needs very little introduction! The famous Tower, Pleasure Beach, trams, sand and shops are amongst some of its popular attractions.

President Hotel, Blackpool Ideally situated along the seafront. All en-suite bedrooms have TV, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee facilities, with a lift to all floors. Leisure facilities, including an indoor swimming pool, sauna and gym are free to use and accessible at the nearby Grand Hotel. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast, and entertainment is provided each evening.

BLACKPOOL ILLUMINATIONS & THE LAKE DISTRICT


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and journey north, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel with time to settle in before dinner, followed by quiz and bingo and in-house cabaret style entertainment this evening. You may also like to take a stroll along the promenade and enjoy the atmosphere this seaside town enjoys in illuminations season,TUESDAY This morning we travel to the traditional seaside resort of Southport, with its bustling town centre, tranquil parklands, promenade and elegant pier. There are many independent shops with wrought iron canopies and quaint colourful shops to browse in Lord Street After lunch we return to Blackpool with time to spend at leisure.WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to the beautiful Lake District, to experience its beautiful scenery including visits to delightful Windermere and Kendall. With stops for coffee and lunch along the way, we return to Blackpool late afternoon with more light entertainment this evening, after dinner.THURSDAY The whole day is free to spend as you please enjoying all that Blackpool has to offer. You may like to visit the Tower Com- plex, which caters for all ages with its many attractions, including the world-famous ballroom where organists entertain throughout the day and you can dance along. There is also the Pleasure Beach with rides and shows for all ages, the Waxworks, the Zoo, three piers and the shops... to name just a few. After dinner, join us for a full coach tour of the famous Blackpool Illuminations, followed by our last evening of entertainment.FRIDAY After breakfast we begin our journey home, with stops for coffee and lunch, arriving back in the West Country early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£249

GREAT VALUEBREAK

Saturday 10th – Saturday 17th October

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided Tour of Blessingbourne House & Gardensn Tea & Homemade Cakes at Blessingbourne Estaten Entrance to Ulster American Folk Parkn Entrance to Belleek Potteryn Sunset Dinner Cruise on 1 eveningn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



Discover the charm of Southern Ireland’s crystal-clear lakes adorned with islands and peninsulas. We experience the elegance of the Fermanagh Lakeland region with a sunset dinner cruise.

Esplanade Hotel, Bray A 3* hotel located on the seafront, overlooking the shores of Dublin Bay. Each of the comfortable bedrooms is equipped with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared menu and hearty Irish breakfast. There is a lounge bar to relax in the evenings.

Manor House Country Hotel, Killadeas, Enniskillen A 4* former manor house combines old-world elegance with modern comfort located on the shores of Lough Erne. Each of the comfortable en-suite rooms are furnished with TV and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant serves a choice evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool, jacuzzi and sauna.

IRELAND & THE FERMANAGH LAKELANDS

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£665

ITINERARYSATURDAY We leave the West Country and make our way, into Wales and on to Pembroke, with, for the afternoon crossing to Rosslare. After docking in Ireland, we travel to our overnight hotel in Wexford for dinner.

SUNDAY We leave our hotel and make our way north towards the Wicklow Mountains National Park. We travel via Enniscorthy and Arklow and onto Avoca, the setting for the TV series “Ballykissangel” and home of Ireland’s oldest working mill, the Avoca Handweavers where visitors can watch as tweed cloth is produced. With time to enjoy lunch, we continue through the Vale of Clara to Glendalough, an ancient monastic site surrounded by forests. Here you can explore the visitor centre and enjoy afternoon tea in the café, before we complete our journey to our hotel in Bray, our base for the next 2 nights.

MONDAY Today is free to explore the seaside town of Bray, the largest town in County Wicklow, known as the gateway to the Garden of Ireland. Stroll along the shingle beach and long promenade which extends along the cliff path. You may like to visit the seafront aquarium, or browse the shops in the town centre, or perhaps hop on a train or bus and make the short journey into the heart of Dublin, just 12 miles up the coast to visit Southern Ireland’s vibrant capital.

TUESDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel in Bray and make our way across Ireland via Mullingar and Longford to the picturesque town of Carrick-On-Shannon with time to explore the bustling marina, stroll through attractive streets with traditional shops and enjoy a relaxing lunch in one of the cafes. We

complete our journey to our hotel on the shores of Lough Erne, with time to settle in and relax before dinner.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we visit Blessingbourne Country Estate for a guided tour of the Elizabethan style house and gardens by the lady of the manor with its beautiful interiors and art collections. We also see the costume and carriage collection with a fascinating array of original carriages, coaches, a genuine Romany caravan, penny farthings and horse-drawn farm machinery. We complete our visit with tea and homemade cakes. We return to our hotel with time to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities and Lakeland setting. This evening we enjoy a sunset dinner cruise on Lough Erne (depending on numbers, some guests may have this dinner cruise on Thursday evening).

THURSDAY Join us today as we visit the Ulster American Folk Park, one of Ireland’s major attractions. Here you’ll experience the epic story of Ireland’s emigration from the quaint thatched houses of Ulster to the dramatic American Frontier, brought to life by costumed re-enactments. After lunch we visit Belleek Pottery, Ireland’s oldest pottery having produced delicate Parian china for over 150 years.

FRIDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and make the short journey into the centre of Enniskillen. Built on a natural island that splits the Upper & Lower Lough Erne, this attractive waterside setting bustles with boats and has many lively pubs and cafes. The 16th century castle, home to the Royal Fusiliers, contains an impressive regimental museum. The Butter Market is a restored dairy market from the early 1800’s with a range if Irish craft workshops, studios & galleries. After an early lunch we continue our journey via the fishing town of Cavan and the historic town of Navan, before arriving at our overnight hotel in Stillorgan.

SATURDAY After an early departure we board a ferry in Dublin for the return ferry crossing to Holyhead, with breakfast served onboard. We complete our homeward journey, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early-mid evening.

YOUR HOTEL

NEW


Sunday 11th – Tuesday 20th October

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn 2 Nights’ ferry accommodation in lower berth inside cabinsn Cable car ride up to Picos de Europa Mountain Rangen Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

SUPPLEMENTS:Entrance to Cabarceno

Natural Safari Park £28.00Meals on board ferry

Lower berth outside cabin £90.00 per person

Single supplement £180.00 (subject to availability)Travel insurance £41.00

Experience the spectacular Cantabrian coastline of Northern Spain, with its beautiful white sandy beaches, green rugged mountains and peaceful fishing villages. With stunning landscapes including the soaring Picos de Europa mountain range, pretty Spanish towns, ancient fishing ports and with over 60 beaches along a 250km stretch of coastline, there is something for everyone to enjoy.

Gran Hotel Suances, Suances A classical styled, locally rated 4* hotel ideally situated close to the village centre and 400 metres from the beach, overlooking the beautiful Cantabrian Sea. With a lift to all floors, the bedrooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access, safe and telephone. The restaurant offers a wide range of buffet style meals using locally sourced produce. There is a large bar/lounge area and outdoor swimming pool on site.

NORTHERN SPAIN...THE CANTABRIAN COAST

10 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£675

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Plymouth, where we board a luxurious ferry for a late afternoon departure and overnight sailing to Santander. The ferry boasts a fabulous swimming pool, leisure area and elegant bars & lounges, with a superb choice of dining, from award-winning cuisine to a wide selection of self-service menus. There is also live entertainment and dancing until late, two cinemas showing the latest films and great shopping in stylish malls. All cabins are en-suite and air-conditioned.

MONDAY We continue our cruise today and you can continue to make use of the ship’s facilities and enjoy lunch. We arrive in Santander early afternoon, re-join the coach, and travel the short journey to our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the picturesque town of San Vicente de la Barguera, an old fishermen’s refuge with a beautiful beach, colourful fishing boats and a medieval castle and the famous 16th century Miza Bridge with its 28 arches set against the backdrop of the Picos de Europa mountain range. We continue to the quaint coastal village of Comillas, with its medieval square, cobbled streets and old churches. There is a beautiful sandy beach, and a nature reserve with dunes. After lunch we visit via the charming town of Santillana Del Mar, considered by many to be one of Spain’s most beautiful of towns, situated on the old pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela, with medieval architecture it is packed full of history and culture. The entire town is a registered National Monument, with picturesque cobbled streets, medieval mansions and tall towers, dating from the 13th century.

WEDNESDAY Today is free for you to explore your surroundings or make use of the hotel swimming pool and bar area. Why not take a stroll down to the beaches, wander through the small marine town or walk along the footpaths that criss-cross the peninsula to the cliffs overlooking the beautiful Cantabrian coast.

THURSDAY This morning we travel east along the Cantabrian coast to the beautiful small town of Noja. Local legend says that Noah’s Ark washed up on one of the mountains nearby Noja and the local nuns bake and sell their delicious cakes in town centre. We then make the short journey around the bay to the popular resort of Laredo, with one of the largest and most beautiful beaches in the region. You may like to explore the old medieval town, with its city wall remains, narrow streets and large stately houses.

FRIDAY Join us today as we travel inland towards Spain’s first National Park of the Picos de Europa to Fuente De for a spectacular scenic ride to the mountain top as the enclosed cable car rises over 750 metres to a height of 1847 metres along an impressive cliff. At the top, admire the breath-taking views of the Camaleño valley and the Cantabrian Mountain range, take a walk and enjoy lunch in the restaurant at the summit. We later make our way back to Suances via the pretty medieval town of Potes, with the Picos de Europa as its

stunning backdrop. The town has a maze of cobbled streets with wonderful architecture and ancient square towers. Sample the locally produced brandy Orujo (made from the left-over products from wine making).

SATURDAY Today we take a leisurely tour inland, through the National Park of Saja-Besaya, towards the quaint village of Fontibre. Here, set amongst the small stone traditional houses and mountain of the Campoo Valley is the source of the River Ebro, Spain’s second longest river (578 miles), which travels south-east and enters the sea south of Barcelona. We continue east towards the old town of Reinosa, on the banks of the Ebro. With time to enjoy lunch, & the town’s historic architecture, we continue our journey around the reservoir which General Franco built in 1945, in order to supply water to downriver towns beyond Cantabria, and in doing so flooded almost 10 villages.

SUNDAY Today you have a choice. You can either enjoy another free day on resort or join us for a unique tour of the Cabarceno Natural Safari Park in Cantabria, world famous for its conservation work with endangered animals. The park contains more than 100 different species of animals with large enclosures which were formed after the mining industry shaped the landscape. The spacious enclosures house elephants, giraffes, brown bears and tigers amongst many, others, and with over 12 miles of roads that cross the 750 hectares of parkland, from gorges, lakes and rock formations, there are areas to discover the animals from safe distances. This is an amazing day out, and an experience in itself.

MONDAY Sadly leave our hotel and make the short journey into Santander, with free time to explore the vibrant town, with its historic centre. With time to browse the shops, and have an early lunch, we board the ferry mid-afternoon, for our overnight sailing to Portsmouth.

TUESDAY This morning, enjoy a leisurely breakfast as we continue sailing, and make use of the ship’s facilities. We arrive in Portsmouth or Plymouth mid afternoon, and after disembarking, re-join the coach and return to our home area.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Osborne Housen Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Shanklin Hotel, Shanklin A warm welcome awaits at this 3* hotel, commanding stunning views over Sandown Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, complimentary toiletries and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant has panoramic views across the bay and is renowned for producing quality food using fresh ingredients sourced locally on the island. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and spa, and entertainment is provided most evenings.

ISLE OF WIGHT


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area, and with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Southampton for the 1 hour ferry crossing to East Cowes. before continuing to Shanklin and our hotel, with time to settle in and perhaps enjoy a swim before dinner.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the St Mildred’s Church at Whippingham, which is full of history and has strong links with Osborne House & Queen Victoria. We continue to Osborne House, Queen Victoria’s palace by the sea. Much more than a royal residence, it was also a family home, and as you walk through the Queen’s bedroom, the nursery rooms and even the royal bathrooms, you’re offered an intimate glimpse into the royal family’s life. There are acres of gardens and grounds to explore, and you can take a horse-drawn cart ride to Swiss Cottage, the royal playhouse, to enjoy lunch in the restaurant. We return to our hotel with a stop in Ryde, the second-largest town on the island for tea.

WEDNESDAY Join us today as we take a wonderful circular tour of the island, travelling through Ventnor and along the picturesque west coast to Alum Bay. While here, you may like to take the chair lift down to the sea for the best views of the Needles, or make yourself a souvenir with the multi-coloured sands found around the bay. After lunch we continue on to Cowes, a famous yachting harbour, with time to browse the shops, watch the many boats coming in and out and have tea.

THURSDAY The morning is free to explore Shanklin. You may like to visit the Old Village with its picturesque thatched buildings, gift shops and cafés. Just past the entrance to the Crab Inn is the beginning of Shanklin Chine, a deep gorge carved out by a stream. This afternoon we make our way to the picturesque village of Godshill – the most-photographed village in Britain, to admire the thatched cottages and 15th-century church, stroll around the immaculate model village and browse the many gift shops. There are also some lovely cafés in which to enjoy a cream tea (or a very large cream cake!).

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel across the island to Cowes for the return ferry crossing to Southampton. We then continue our homeward journey, stopping in Salisbury for lunch, and reaching our home area early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£299



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Vale of Rheidol Railway Ticketn Guided tour of the Elan Valley and Reservoirsn Entrance to Powis Castle (Nat Trust)n All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The majestic landscape of Mid Wales is dominated by the Cambrian Mountains, affectionately known as the ‘backbone’ of Wales, with rugged towering peaks and velvet slopes. Located in its heart is the Elan Valley, with a series of Victorian dams, reservoirs and conservation areas. Join us as we discover the beauty of this region.

Metropole Hotel, Llandrindod Wells We are delighted to return to this 4* hotel, which prides itself on its warm welcome and attention to detail. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious choice menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, whirlpool and gym.

MID WALES & THE ELAN VALLEY

Sunday 11th – Thursday 15th October

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way, with a comfort stop en route, to the market town of Abergavenny for lunch. We then complete our journey to our hotel through the scenic Brecon Beacons, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

MONDAY This morning we travel to the west coast of Wales and the pretty town of Aberystwyth, with its castle, pier and harbour. You may like to take a ride on the Electric Cliff Railway, the longest of its kind in Britain, where the summit reveals an amazing panorama that on a clear day extends as far as the Preseli Hills in Pembrokeshire to the south and the mountains of Snowdonia to the North. After lunch, we join a narrow-gauge steam train, one of the ‘Great Little Trains’ of Wales, for an unforgettable 11¾-mile journey through the spectacular Rheidol Valley with some spectacular views. Our destination is Devil’s Bridge, where you can enjoy a cup of tea before we re-join the coach and return to our hotel.

TUESDAY This morning we make our way north to the market town of Welshpool, home to Europe’s largest sheep market, for coffee. We then continue to the National Trust’s Powis Castle, which is beautifully laid out in Italian and French styles. This world-famous garden retains its original lead statues, along with an orangery and an aviary on the terraces. Perched on a rock above the garden terraces, the medieval castle contains one of the finest collections of paintings and furniture in Wales. There is also restaurant, gift shop and plant nursery to browse.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we travel to the Elan Valley Visitor Centre, where we are joined by a knowledgeable ranger for a guided coach tour of the Elan Valley reservoirs and surrounding estate. The valley covers an area of 70 square miles, where a series of dams and reservoirs provide water for the city of Birmingham. We’ll see magnificent feats of Victorian engineering and learn about the history and construction of the dams, reservoirs and valley estate, together with conservation project work, as we experience the beauty of the region with stops for photographs. We arrive back at the visitor centre for lunch. We later make our way along the valley to Bwlch Nant Yr Arian Visitor Centre, to watch a stunning spectacular as the Red Kites (the Welsh National bird of prey) are fed around the lakeside.. More than 150 Red Kites together with other birds fly down for a feeding frenzy creating a wonderful photograph opportunity. The visitor centre with its panoramic viewing window serves delicious afternoon teas.

THURSDAY We today leave our hotel and make our way to the picturesque black-and-white market town of Hay-on-Wye. With over 30 bookshops, along with many other shops and cafés, you will have plenty of time to explore and enjoy lunch. We later continue our homeward journey to the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345


SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement (Max 4 only)

Signature upgrade £20.00 per personTravel insurance £21.00


YOUR HOTEL

On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation, delicious food, great things to do and fantastic entertainment each evening. Located in the idyllic Wye Valley, this magnificent Grade I listed mansion hotel, mainly 18th century is set in 20 acres of landscaped parkland with a pond, topiary and hedges laid out in the geometric garden design of the period leading to an orchard, woodland parklands and a fishing lake.

Holme Lacy House Hotel, Hereford A magnificent 4* hotel with elegant drawing rooms, ornate ceilings, imposing staircases and fantastic views. All rooms are en suite, with tea & coffee making facilities, TV & radio, telephone, hairdryer and toiletries. Indoor facilities include heated pool, sauna, steam room & fitness studio, library, snooker room and gift shops. There are also a variety of outdoor activities available and live entertainment and dancing is provided each evening.

HOLME LACY, HEREFORDSHIRE...WARNER BREAK


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Gloucester Quay - Britain’s most inland port with the National Waterways museum, a woollen mill, gift shops and restaurants. After lunch we complete our journey on to our hotel with time to relax before dinner and our first night of showstopping entertainment.

TUESDAY The morning is free for you to enjoy some of the many facilities and activities available in the hotel. Join us, if you wish, for an afternoon excursion to the picturesque small town of Hay-on-Wye, situated on the edge of the Brecon Beacon’s National Park. It is the world’s largest book town with over 30 book shops. With time to browse the shops and enjoy afternoon tea we return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner and another evening of top-class entertainment.

WEDNESDAY Join us today for a full day excursion to the historic city of Worcester. Whilst here you may like to visit the Porcelain Museum with the world’s largest collection of Worcester Porcelain. There is also the fine Cathe-dral, which overlooks the River Severn. There are also shops to browse and places to enjoy a leisurely lunch. Dinner tonight will once again be followed by excellent entertainment.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey into the centre of the ancient cathedral city centre of Hereford. With time to browse this attractive city, maybe visit the superb Norman cathedral and have lunch, we re-turn to our hotel with the afternoon free to continue making use of the hotel’s wonderful facilities before dinner and a final evening of entertainment.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast, and begin our journey south stopping in Abergavenny with time to look around this lovely Welsh town and have lunch. We later complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£375

Sunday 18th – Friday 23rd October

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Blair Athol Distilleryn Entrance to the Enchanted Forestn All coach travel


Cairngorm Funicular RailwayTravel insurance £23.00

Autumn is perhaps the best time of year to visit Scotland, as the already stunning scenery is further complemented by a wild array of resplendent russets, ochres and reds as the moors and woodlands put on their final show before the onset of winter.

The Fishers Hotel, Pitlochry A lovely traditional 3* hotel ideally located in the centre of Pitlochry. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to some floors. Overlooking the gardens, the restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared menu using local produce.

AUTUMN COLOURS OF SCOTLAND...INCLUDING THE ENCHANTED FOREST

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£435

ITINERARY

SUNDAY After an early departure we leave the West Country and make our way north, with comfort stops en route to Pitlochry arriving with time to settle in before evening meal.

MONDAY The morning is free to spend as you please in Pitlochry exploring this delightful town with its spectacular setting under Ben Vrackie. We continue to Blair Athol Scotch Whisky Distillery, one of the oldest working distilleries in Scotland. It wins hearts through its contribution to the Bell’s Blend, the most popular blended whisky in the UK. Whilst here you will have a guided tour, tasting and time to browse the gift shop.

TUESDAY Join is for a “Royal” day as we begin with a scenic drive through the Cairngorm National Park to the spa town of Ballater. A Royal Burgh, many of the shops here display “By Royal Appointment” notices! You may like to visit the old Royal Station; used by Queen Victoria and five other reigning British monarchs. We continue on past Crathie Church, where the Royal Family attend whilst at Balmoral as we begin our return journey, with a stop in Braemar, a village in Upper Deeside, famous for the Highland Games, attended by the Royal Family.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short distance to the lovely city of Perth, once Scotland’s capital,

beautifully situated on the banks of the silvery River Tay. As well as the usual shops in the city centre, St John’s Kirk, is the perfect place to enjoy coffee in the Café Quarter. For the afternoon we stop in Dunkeld, with its stately Cathedral, part ruined but still used as the parish church. Less than a mile away you will find the Beatrix Potter Garden which celebrates some of her famous characters in bronze sculptures set within a beautiful landscaped garden. This evening we take a short shuttle bus ride from the hotel to the “Enchanted Forest”, set in Scotland’s Faskally Wood, for a spectacular light and sound display, illuminating the tree canopies in dazzling rainbow colours, which dance from tree to tree. Follow a magical pathway through the forest to experience the delightful light and sounds of this award winning show. We return to the hotel for dinner.

THURSDAY This morning we make our way further north, through more stunning autumn scenery, to Aviemore with time to explore the pretty town. You may also like to travel a short distance further to the Cairngorm Funicular Railway for an 8-minute ride up the mountainside, from which you can enjoy the spectacular views in comfort and safety. There is an exhibition area, restaurant and shop at the summit, in addition to a viewing terrace… Don’t forget your camera! We return to Pitlochry with the remainder of the afternoon free to relax before dinner.

FRIDAY This morning we leave Scotland, and begin our journey south, making regular comfort stops en route, back to the West Country arriving home mid evening.




YOUR HOTEL

The city of York is full of history, retaining so much of its medieval structure, and walking through its centre is like stepping back in time. Packed full of fascinating visitor attractions and famous landmarks, there is so much to do and explore in this beautiful city.

The Queens Hotel, York You are always assured of a warm welcome at this lovely hotel, ideally situated on the banks of the River Ouse in the heart of York, and only a few minutes’ walk from the many tourist attractions. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The hotel’s restaurant serves a delicious choice menu with traditional favourites, and the spacious lounge area offers the perfect place to relax.

CITY BREAK...YORK

Friday 16th – Monday 19th October

ITINERARY

FRIDAY This morning we leave the West Country, and travel north, with comfort and lunch stops on route, arriving at our hotel in York with time to settle in before this evening’s dinner. You may like to take a stroll along the riverbanks or explore the city at night, where you can often join an entertaining ghost walking tour.

SATURDAY – SUNDAY Each day is free for you to spend as you please exploring all this magnificent city of architecture has to offer. York Minster is a world-class cathedral with its beautiful stained-glass windows and stone masterpieces, and spectacular views from the top of the 275 steps to the tower. Why not take a sight-seeing bus tour for a complete guided tour of the city to learn more about York’s past and famous residents. Or maybe you’d prefer a gentle boat trip along the River Ouse to see the city from the water’s edge. The National Railway Museum is an iconic centre with heritage trains, carriages and exhibitions to explore. The Jorvik Centre invites you to learn about York’s Viking history, and York’s Chocolate Story is a visitor attraction where you will learn about the city’s connection to the sweet treat through three floors of interactive exploration and even try your hand at creating your own chocolate souvenir. The centre is home to an excellent array of shops, and the famous “Little Shambles” ancient alleyway with its picturesque crooked buildings is a delight to wander and discover times gone by in this wonderful city.

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel south. With comfort stops on route, we arrive back in the West Country early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£239


Sunday 18th – Wednesday 28th October

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 10 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Boat transfer to the island of Caprin Admission and guided tour of Herculaneum – preserved volcanic townn Panoramic drive along the Amalfi Coastn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


Italy at its very best Italy with picture postcard views, stunning coastal landscapes and spectacular islands. The Campania region is a mixture of staggering inland volcanic mountains and breathtaking coastal scenery. We experience natural beauty at its highest with an unforgettable drive along the Amalfi Coast, a trip to the Island of Capri and a visit to one of Italy’s best-preserved volcanic sites at Herculaneum in the shadow of the great Mount Vesuvius.

Hotel Mary Vico Enquense An Italian 4* hotel nestled in the hillside, on the Sorrento coastline, overlooking the Bay of Naples, with views across to Mount Vesuvius. There is a lift to all floors. Each room is en-suite and comfortably furnished with air-conditioning, TV, telephone, safe and Wi-Fi access. The restaurant has panoramic views across the Bay of Naples and serves a delicious evening menu and buffet breakfast. The cosy bar offers a quiet area to relax with a beautiful sea front terrace. There is also an outdoor swimming pool.

STUNNING ITALY...SORRENTO, THE AMALFI COAST & THE ISLAND OF CAPRI

11 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£985

ITINERARYSUNDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation in Saint Avold, arriving in time for the evening meal.

MONDAY This morning we continue our journey through France, then Switzerland, and into Italy, with comfort stops on route, arriving in our second overnight hotel near the Italian city of Piacenza, with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY After breakfast we continue through Italy, passing through Tuscany and on into Campania, arriving at the hotel in Vico Equense on the Bay of Naples, our base for the next six nights, arriving with time to relax before dinner.

WEDNESDAY Today you have the whole day free to explore the charming town of Vico Equense, its beaches and marina. The centre of town is just a short walk from the hotel, with the Piazza Umberto I at its centre and the 14th century cathedral. There are several museums of interest including an archaeological exhibition with pieces from the area dating from 7th century BC, and a selection of good pizzerias and cafes to enjoy lunch. For those looking to travel a bit further afar, there are daily bus services to nearby Sorrento, (then on to the charming coastal town of Positano) or up to Mount Faito that towers over the Sorrento coastline with views across the bay, island of Capri and towards Mount Vesuvius.

THURSDAY Join us today as we make the short drive to the marina in Sorrento where we board a boat for the beautiful Island Of Capri. Arriving in the harbour, there are two towns to explore, the lower area of Capri bustling with its shops and marina, and the higher town of Anacapri a short bus ride (approx. €2), a quieter town with authentic handmade crafts and peaceful walking trails. From Anacapri you can take a chairlift to the summit of Monte Solaro with beautiful panoramic views across the bay and the island. Boat trips from Capri offer you the chance to explore the Blue Grotto natural sea caves that illuminate in the midday sun reflecting hues of blue and silver from the inside the cave’s mouth. Both Anacapri and Capri have a multitude of restaurants and cafes, and an array of shops to browse.

FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to the beautiful coastal resort of Sorrento, the “land of mermaids” and coastal citrus groves, gently nestled in the cliffs of the Amalfi coastline. Many historical authors, poets and composers visited here on the “Grand Tour” to take inspiration from the spectacular views and Italian culture. There is much to see and explore in this charming town, including the marina, basilica, museums and many gift shops selling traditional ceramics and

lacework crafts. There are many cafes and bars to enjoy a relaxing lunch and admire the views.

SATURDAY Join us this morning as we make our way northwards around the bay to the lower slopes of Mount Vesuvius to the UNESCO World Heritage Site for a guided tour of the ancient town of Herculaneum, a peaceful seaside town that was covered under 20 metres of volcanic mud during the eruption of Mount Vesuvius on the afternoon of 24th August 79AD. Vesuvius had been dormant for over 800 years and the citizens were going about their daily chores without worry or alarm. Far better preserved than its famous neighbour, Pompeii, Herculaneum has been excavated to undercover the fabulous preserved remains of Roman houses and public baths, exposing original wood, textile and papyrus scrolls from the 1st century. Beds, doorways, roofs, marble cladding and even foods can be seen inside the houses, a remarkable insight into the lives and domestic life of this great town, frozen in time.

SUNDAY The ultimate highlight of our holiday, today we experience the beauty and breath-taking panoramic views of the UNESCO World Heritage Site of the Amalfi Coast as we drive along the stunning coastal road, described as National Geographic’s “ultimate road trips you will ever experience”. The journey provides an exhilarating ride along Italy’s most stunning road with stunning mountain and ocean scenery slopes, colourful villages and spectacular waves crashing against the rocks below in the emerald blue Mediterranean Sea. Don’t forget your camera – to capture some of the most amazing coastal scenes to found in Europe as we wind our way through narrow roads, tight bends and tunnels cut into the cliff face.

MONDAY Sadly we bid farewell to Vico Equense and the Sorrento peninsula and journey back through Italy, with comfort stops on route, to our overnight hotel in Piacenza, arriving in time for dinner.

TUESDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey through northern Italy, and into France, with comfort stops on route, to our second overnight hotel in Metz, with time to relax before dinner.

WEDNESDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue to the West Country, arriving mid evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Guided tour of Picton Castlen Entrance to Picton Castle Gardens & Woodlandn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Discover miles of unblemished coastline, beautiful beaches, charming villages and the splendid natural scenery of the Teifi Valley. Cardigan Bay is renowned for its clifftop walks and wildlife, and the warm waters of the Gulf Stream bring regular visits from dolphins, porpoises and seals.

Cliff Hotel, Cardigan We are delighted to return to this lovely 3* hotel with spectacular views of Cardigan Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a delicious choice of dishes, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and gym. Entertainment is provided some evenings.

AUTUMN TINTS OF WEST WALES

Monday 19th – Friday 23rd October

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area, with a comfort stop en route, travel over the border into Wales and on to Carmarthen for lunch. We then complete our journey to Cardigan and our hotel, arriving with ample time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we today travel through the Pembrokesh-ire Coast National Park to St David’s – Britain’s smallest cathedral city. Named after the patron saint of Wales, it is built on the site of a 6th-century monastery and has been a place of pilgrimage and worship for many hundreds of years. The cathedral is well worth a visit, and the streets are full of quaint character, with both lovely old shops and cafés in which to enjoy lunch. We travel inland to visit Pembrokeshire’s finest stately home, as Autumn colours start to make their impact on the beautiful woodland gardens and grounds. We start our visit with a guided tour of the 13th century castle which was transformed into an exquisite stately home in the 18th century, after which you can explore the 40 acres of gardens at leisure and perhaps enjoy a woodland walk as the seasons colours begin to emerge.

WEDNESDAY This morning is free for you to relax and spend as you please in Cardigan. You may like to browse the shops, or simply enjoy coffee while enjoying the wonderful views across the bay from our hotel. After an early lunch, join us if you wish as we make the short journey north to Aberaeron, a charming regency town and seaside resort in Ceredigion, jam-packed with charming multi-coloured houses, an attractive harbour and quaint gift shops.

THURSDAY Today we travel to the little town of Narberth – the arts and crafts capital of Pembrokeshire. The many independent shops offer everything from fine art to gourmet food, and the site of Narberth Castle is supposedly mentioned in the Mabinogion (a collection of ancient myths and legends) as the location of Pwyll, Prince of Dyfed’s palace. We return via the picturesque conservation village of Cenarth with its stunning falls, and where the salmon leap in the river Teifi.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to the Welsh capital, Cardiff. While here, you may like to visit the castle and discover 2,000 years of history in the heart of the city. There are also an abundance of shops to browse and restaurants in which to enjoy a leisurely lunch, before we complete our homeward journey, reaching our home area early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£335



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Boat trip on Lake Windermeren All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle and bustle of daily routine. Join us for a tour taking in some of the area’s most stunning scenery.


AUTUMN COLOURS OF THE LAKE DISTRICT


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY Join us today as we journey through some of the most spectacular scenery you’ll see anywhere in England, as we travel up the breathtaking Kirkstone Pass, along Ullswater and on to Keswick for lunch and time to browse the shops in this lovely town. We then make our way to the pretty village of Grasmere with time, if you wish, to visit Wordsworth’s Museum and Dove Cottage, his home from 1799 to 1808, the year’s of his supreme work as a poet.

WEDNESDAY Today we enjoy a circular tour through some of the Lake District’s loveliest sights. We travel through the village of Haverthwaite, following part of Coniston Water and Coniston Village, to Ambleside for coffee and time to look around this pretty town. We continue our tour through the Lake District National Park to Kendal for a leisurely lunch and time to browse the shops and maybe visit the outlet centre.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Lake-side, the most southernly part of Lake Windermere where we enjoy a gentle boat cruise, with magnificent views of mountain scenery, secluded bays and wooded islands, to Bowness, the heart of the Lake District. Here you will find a town with every sort of shop imaginable as well as cafes and restaurants. You may also like to visit the nearby World of Beatrix Potter Attraction in which all 23 tales are brought to life in a magical indoor recreation of the Lakeland countryside, complete with sights, sounds and even smells! We later return to Grange-Over-Sands with time to relax.


5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£315


SUPPLEMENTS:Lunch & Evenings meals Travel insurance £31.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Bed & Buffet Breakfastn 2 Day Disneyland® Paris Hopper Ticketn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

A place where dreams become reality and you can relive the joys of childhood. Enjoy the experience of fairytale characters, story-book charm and high technology at the Disneyland® Paris and Walt Disney Studios® park.

Disney’s Hotel Santa Fe, Disneyland® Paris Resort Discover the wonder of New Mexico with its scorching sun, cactus and timeless landscape in this resort-based hotel, just a short, free shuttle bus ride away from the Disneyland® Paris parks. All rooms are en-suite and air conditioned, with TV, radio, safe and telephone. The restaurant serves a hearty continental buffet breakfast.

DISNEYLAND® PARIS

ITINERARY

SUNDAY After an early departure, we make our way east, with a comfort stop on route to Dover, for a lunchtime ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our hotel at the Disneyland® Paris Resort. You may wish to eat in the hotel restaurant this evening or take the shuttle bus to the Disney Village® (free entrance) to get a taste of America! There are many restaurants to choose from here, and there are Disney shops to browse in addition to a night-club and Buffalo Bill’s Wild West Show.MONDAY & TUESDAY Two free days for you to explore the two parks… and as our hotel is located in the Disney resort, you are free to spend as much or as little time exploring as you wish. The free shuttle buses run very regularly from the hotels to the parks.Disneyland® Park has numerous rides for all ages, shows to watch, shops to browse and restaurants, all set out around four magical lands. Look out for the Disney characters as they wander about the park… Don’t forget your camera! There is also a Disney Parade each afternoon.Walt Disney Studios® Park allows you to immerse yourself in the never-ending and always fascinating world of movies and television. Here you can learn how movies are made and catch a show or two. There are also rides, shops and restaurants… Oh, and don’t forget to look out for more of those Disney characters as you explore!WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue, with comfort stops en route to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.

Sunday 25th – Wednesday 28th October



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Cadbury Worldn Entrance to the West Midlands Safari Parkn Drive-through safari by coachn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Not just for the children! We welcome all ages on this exciting weekend filled with chocolate delights and safari park surprises, as we visit the world-famous Cadbury Chocolate Factory and West Midlands Safari Park.

Holiday Inn, Birmingham M6 J7, Birmingham A 4* hotel on the outskirts of Birmingham. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is no lift in the hotel, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves delicious evening menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool and gym.

CHOCOLATE SAFARI

Saturday 24th – Sunday 25th October

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, travel to Cadbury World near Birmingham. Here you will have plenty of time to explore this chocoholic’s dream. Experience the Cadbury story in an interactive exhibition, and watch chocolate being made and packaged in all your favourite brightly coloured designs. Why not take a ride on the ‘Beanmobile’, for a gentle journey through a magical world of Cadbury characters? And no tour would be complete without a visit to the largest Cadbury chocolate shop in the world. You may wish to take home a delicious memento (or three!). We later re-join the coach for the short journey to our hotel, arriving in time to maybe make use of the hotel leisure facilities and enjoy evening dinner (if you have room after all that chocolate!).

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to the West Midlands Safari Park, where we enjoy a drive-through safari where we’ll see the wonderful wildlife up close. On the 4-mile safari drive, we’ll see African plains of white rhino, zebras, ostriches and buffalo. The wild Asian area is home to more rhinos, as well as the rare Philippine spotted deer and Asian water buffalo. We then enter the land of carnivores, with cheetahs, African wild dogs and the majestic African lion, before finally reaching the elephant valley – full of majestic African elephants, and home to Sutton, the park’s first baby elephant (born in the summer 2014!) The rest of the day is then free for you to discover the park’s many wildlife attractions, like penguin cove, the sea lion theatre, lorikeet landing, hippo lake, meerkat mayhem and lemur woods, together with the new-ly-opened Land of Living Dinosaurs – the UK’s largest animatronic dinosaur park. We leave the park late afternoon and make our way back to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£109



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Steam train ride on Keighley & Worth Valley Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The Yorkshire Dales boasts some of the most spectacular scenery in Britain and if you watched the series on ITV 1 hopefully you will agree! But it isn’t just a series of nice views – it is a living landscape brimming with rich history, tradition and nature.

The Rendezvous Hotel, Skipton You are assured of a warm welcome at this award winning 3* family run hotel on the outskirts of the delightful market town of Skipton. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making facilities. The canal-facing restaurant offers traditional meals made with locally sourced produce, there is a lift to all floors and the leisure facilities include an indoor pool, whirlpool spa, sauna and gym.

THE AUTUMN COLOURS OF THE YORKSHIRE DALES


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with stops for coffee and a lunch stop on route. We complete our journey to our hotel with time to settle in before evening dinner

TUESDAY Join us as we continue our autumn tour through the stunning scenery of the Dales to the thriving market town of Hawes. Today is market day, and as well as the traditional stalls, there is also a livestock market (sorry… no livestock to be brought back on the coach!). You can also visit the Dales Countryside Museum, Rope Makers or the Wensleydale Cheese Factory. We return to Skipton, stopping in Grassington, a picturesque village and the largest in Upper Wharfdale with many gift shops and cafés to enjoy afternoon tea.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast we travel south to Oxenhope, where we board the Keighley & Worth Valley Railway, made famous as the line in the classic film ‘The Railway Children,’ for a scenic steam train journey through the Dales countryside. We rejoin the coach and make the short journey to Haworth, famous for its connection with the Bronte sisters who wrote most of their famous works while living at the Haworth Parsonage while their father was incumbent parson at the adjacent Haworth church where you may like to visit the museum. And you will also find many lovely tea rooms, souvenir shops and antiquarian bookshops.

THURSDAY The morning is free for you to explore Skipton, where scenes from the film Calendar Girls were shot. The 11th Century castle is well worth a visit, and in addition to a collection of unusual shops there are many cafés and restaurants in which to enjoy an early lunch. This afternoon we travel east to the nearby town of Harrogate, a delightful Victoria spa town with wonderful architecture and public gardens. Whilst here you may like to enjoy a sumptuous afternoon tea at the famous Betty’s Tea Rooms! … highly recommended!

FRIDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey south, once again stopping for coffee and lunch en route and arriving back in the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£365


Sea view room supplement £21.00 (per person)Travel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Full evening tour of the Illuminationsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Blackpool… It needs little introduction! The Illuminations, the famous Tower, the Pleasure Beach, sand, shops, shows, trams… fun, fun, fun!

Queens Hotel, Blackpool A traditional 3* hotel located on the Promenade by the South Pier. Each comfortable en-suite bedroom is equipped with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious traditional evening menu and hearty breakfast, and the lounge bar provides entertainment each evening.

BLACKPOOL ILLUMINATIONS

Friday 23rd – Monday 26th October

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and journey north, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, arriving at our hotel in Blackpool with time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure. You may like to take a stroll along the promenade and enjoy the atmosphere this seaside town enjoys in illuminations season, or relax in the hotel bar and listen to the entertainment.SATURDAY Join us if you wish for a morning’s excursion to Fleetwood Market. Offering a wide variety of gifts, goods and produce, you’re bound to find something of interest. We return to Blackpool with the remainder of the day free for you to spend as you please. You may like to visit the Tower Complex, which caters for all ages with its many attractions, including a ride to the top to discover stunning panoramic views, a 4D Cinema & where you can look down below at Blackpool from an incredible glass floor. There is also the world-famous ballroom where organists entertain throughout the day and you can dance along to, and Blackpool Tower Dungeons. There is also the Pleasure Beach with rides and shows for all ages, Madame Tussaud’s Waxworks, the Sea life Centre, three piers and the shops… to name just a few!SUNDAY Today is once again free for you to continue enjoying Blackpool’s many attractions. After dinner this evening, join us if you wish for a full coach tour of the marvellous Illuminations.MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we begin our homeward journey. Once again stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£235

4 DAYS

£399

TOUR PRICECHILD

UNDER 12

£265ADULT

& CHILD OVER 12

FROM





YOUR HOTEL

The English Riviera is a 22-mile stretch of outstanding south Devon coastline, renowned for its award-winning beaches, rocky coves, pretty villages and mild climate.

Queens Hotel, Paignton A modern, family-run 3* hotel just a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, WiFi and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers traditional cuisine and a hearty cooked breakfast, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and games room. Entertainment is provided each evening.

ENTERTAINMENT BREAK ON THE ENGLISH RIVIERA

Friday 30th Oct – Monday 2nd Nov

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Torquay, in the heart of Devon’s English Riviera, with its iconic palm trees, busy harbour, international marina and wonderful array of shops and restaurants. With time to enjoy lunch, we later continue to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of entertainment.

SATURDAY After an unhurried breakfast, this morning we make our way to the market town of Tavistock, with time to enjoy lunch and explore. Birthplace of Britain’s great seafarer, St Francis Drake, the town lies on the southwest edge of Dartmoor National Park, and today is market day, with stalls offering a wide variety of products, from antiques to handcrafted gifts. We later continue to Buckfast Abbey, founded as a Benedictine monastery in 1018. The Abbey today is self-supporting, producing honey, vegetables and tonic wine. With time to explore and enjoy afternoon tea, we later return to Paignton in time for dinner and more entertainment.

SUNDAY Join us this morning as we travel to the picturesque marina resort of Dartmouth. You may like to take a stroll along the embankment and enjoy the array of yachts and vessels on the water, or maybe take a boat trip up the estuary. The town itself is choc a block with sailing stores, independent boutiques and gift shops and art galleries, and there are many cafes, pubs or restaurants to enjoy a warming lunch. We later return to Paignton with the afternoon free for you to spend as you please. You may like to take a ride on the Paignton - Dartmouth Steam Railway, before returning in time for our final evening meal and entertainment.

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to Teignmouth – a real hidden gem on Devon’s southern coast, with a Georgian crescent, long promenade and sandy beach. The town is both a historic port and a classic holiday resort, packed with traditional seaside attractions including a Victorian pier. We later continue to our home area, arriving late afternoon.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£199




YOUR HOTEL

If you like a pleasant surprise and a little bit of mystery, why not join us on one of our popular mystery weekend breaks?

Mystery Hotel, ???? A stylish 4* hotel in an historically-rich country location. All rooms are ensuite with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi, Iron & board and tea & coffee-making facilities. The stylish restaurant serves a delicious menu and generous buffet breakfast with a view overlooking the gardens. There is a lift and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, whirlpool, sauna, steam room and fully equipped gym.

MYSTERY WEEKEND

Friday 30th Oct – Monday 2nd Nov

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area… and that’s all we’re telling you! But there will be plenty of time for sightseeing and this will be an easy-going and unhurried short break, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, We arrive at our secret location with plenty of time to settle in before our first dinner and an evening at leisure.SATURDAY & SUNDAY Join us each day for a little more mystery! There will once again be stops for coffee and lunch en route, plus time to explore wherever we may be before we return to our hotel for dinner and time to relax.MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we begin our homeward journey back to the West Country. We make a stop for lunch along the way, before arriving home early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£215



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Tea, coffee & biscuits on arrivaln Train ticket for Llangollen Railwayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Shropshire is a beautiful county which shares a border with Herefordshire to the south, and Wales to the west with wonderful rural countryside scenery, bustling market towns and charming black and white half-timber framed buildings. Autumn offers a delightful time of year to see the landscape in all its colourful glory.

Buckatree Hall Hotel, Telford A delightful 3* hotel nestled in the beautiful Shropshire countryside. All rooms are ensuite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a deliciously tempting menu and the lounge bar offers a quiet place to relax and retreat. There is a lift to most floors and live entertainment will be provided on 1 night.

THE AUTUMN COLOURS OF SHROPSHIRE


ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to the historic riverside town of Tewkesbury with time to have lunch and browse the shops. We complete our journey to our hotel, where tea & biscuits will be served whillst your luggage is delivered to your room followed by dinner and an evening at leisure.

TUESDAY Join us for an excursion to the market town of Leominster, the heart of the area known as the “Black & White Villages”. Full of beautiful half-timbered houses, antique and curiosity shops, the town gives a fascinating insight into rural times gone-by. With a variety of cafes to enjoy lunch, we continue to Ludlow with time to explore this historic town, with its medieval castle and 500 listed buildings. There is a good selection of shops and plenty of tearooms to enjoy a relaxing afternoon tea.

WEDNESDAY This morning we travel just over the Welsh border to the pretty town Llangollen. We begin with a return Heritage train ride on the Llangollen Railway, which runs for 10 miles through the picturesque Dee Valley to Corwen. With time to spend at leisure browsing the shops and enjoying lunch. we return, stopping in Shrewsbury, a beautiful market town, located on the River Severn, said to be one of England’s finest medieval towns with over 600 listed buildings.. You can stroll through “The Dingle” – a beautiful garden designed by the late Percy Thrower, or wander along the medieval narrow streets, filled with independent shops and cafes.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Chester, the most complete walled city in Britain, where the Rows, black and white half-timbered buildings above street level, take pride of place. Chester’s famous city walls are fully walkable and offer a leisurely 2-mile stroll with a bird’s-eye view of both the city centre and the distant Welsh mountains. Other worthwhile attractions include the 10th-century cathedral and several museums. You may like to take a boat trip along the river Dee, before browsing the extensive shopping area and enjoying a leisurely lunch.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way to the compact city of Hereford for lunch and time to explore and maybe visit the cathedral, browse the shopping district, or enjoy time relaxing in the cathedral grounds, before completing our homeward journey to the West Country, arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£309



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entertainment on some eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

North Wales is a beautiful region in the British Isles with the natural rugged beauty of Snowdonia National Park, seaside resorts and quaint villages … and stunning in the Autumn with tints of gold, red, orange and yellow.

Lion Hotel, Criccieth This 3* hotel dominates Criccieth’s pleasant village green, with excellent views towards the bay. Each of its comfortable rooms is en-suite with TV, , hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The elegant restaurant serves a delicious home cooked menu and hearty breakfast. Entertainment is provided most evenings.

AUTUMN COLOURS OF NORTH WALES & SNOWDONIA


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch on route before completing our journey to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY Today we make our way to the northern coastline, and the Victorian seaside resort of Llandudno, affectionately known as the “Queen Of Resorts”. You may like to ride the Great Orme Tramway to the summit, on one of only three cable-hauled street tramways in the world. There is also a fine pier (over 700 metres long), attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. This afternoon we visit Conwy – a medieval walled town with an imposing castle and lively quay, where you will find what is claimed to be the smallest house in Great Britain! With time to discover the sights and enjoy afternoon tea, we return to our hotel.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, join us today as we enjoy a scenic tour of Snowdonia National park, with its natural beauty and unique panoramic views across the mountains to the sea. We stop at the picturesque village of Betws-Y-Coed, one of North Wales’ most popular inland resorts. Set in a beautiful valley where River Conwy meets its three tributaries this Victorian village boasts many cafes, shops, miniature railway, and the 14th century church of St Michael, the oldest in Wales. With time to enjoy lunch we return to Criccieth where you may like to visit the castle and take in its splendid views, or to stroll around the town and browse the shops.

THURSDAY This morning will make the short journey north to the historic walled town of Caernarfon, with its dramatic castle, city walls, narrow streets and stylish waterfront. With time to explore and enjoy an early lunch, we make our way across the bridge, on to the Isle Of Anglesey. Whilst here we will visit James Pringle Weavers Woollen Mill and gift shop at Llanfairpwllgwngllgogerychyrndrobwillantysiliogogogch.

FRIDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey to the West Country, with stops for coffee and lunch on route. We reach our home area early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£309




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Bed & Breakfastn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Have you ever walked past one of London’s posh hotels and wondered what it would be like to stay for a night? Well, here’s your chance! Join us for pure extravagance in London’s illustrious West End.

Hilton Waldorf Hotel, London The exceptional 4* Waldorf is superbly situated in London’s heart, just five minutes’ walk from Covent Garden. Each of the hotel’s exquisitely-styled rooms are ensuite, with a raindrop shower, TV, telephone, hairdryer, mini bar and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The Homage Patisserie and Champagne Bar serves teas and fine coffee from early in the morning along with fresh fruit drinks, cakes and pastries, and the vibrant Homage Bar is the ideal place to mingle of an evening. The hotel’s fabulous state-of-the-art health club includes a jacuzzi, sauna, steam room and gym, and the highlight is the 13.6 metre swimming pool surrounded by marble pillars.

LUXURY IN LONDON

Sunday 1st – Monday 2nd November

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to London, stopping for coffee en route. The remainder of the day is then free for you to spend as you please, perhaps shopping in Covent Garden or visiting one of London’s many attractions. You may also like to see a West End show, which has Sunday afternoon performance. After checking into our hotel, you also have use of the hotel’s leisure facilities, before choosing a restaurant of your choice in which to enjoy a leisurely evening dinner.MONDAY After breakfast, the day is once again free for you to spend as you please enjoying London’s many attractions, or you may prefer to indulge in some early Christmas shopping. We leave London mid-afternoon and return to the West Country. With a stop for tea en route, we arrive mid-evening hoping you will have enjoyed your taste of luxury!

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£119



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Pudding Club Talk & Pudding Buffetn Pudding Club Certificaten Guided coach tour of Bourneville Villagen Guided tour of Cadbury World Exhibitionn Afternoon tea at Cadbury Worldn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a “delicious” tour as we enjoy an evening of tasty treats at the famous Pudding Club, a nostalgic heritage tour of the Bourneville Village and afternoon tea at Cadbury World. A wonderful short break full of pure indulgence and sweet-tooth delights!

Three Ways House Hotel, Mickleton A charming 3* hotel and home to the famous Pudding Club, located in the heart of the Cotwolds. All bedrooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious menu, and the cosy bar and lounge with open fire offers the perfect place to relax.

SWEET TEMPTATIONS& THE PUDDING CLUB

Sunday 1st – Wednesday 4th November

ITINERARYSUNDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Gloucester Quays. The indoor shopping outlet has many shops to browse and restaurants to enjoy a warming lunch. From here you may like to walk the short distance into the centre of Gloucester with its majestic cathedral and vibrant shopping district, or perhaps visit the National Waterways Museum on the docks. We continue to our hotel in the village of Mickleton with time to settle in. Our evening begins with a Pudding club talk, before enjoying our evening meal and a heavenly pudding buffet! An evening of fun, entertainment and pure sweet indulgence!

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Stratford Upon Avon, the birthplace of William Shakespeare, lying on the tranquil River Severn. The town centre is full of olde-England character with its black and white half-timbered Tudor buildings, shops and attractions including Shakespeare’s birthplace and home where he grew up and Nash’s House where he died. You may also like to take a hop on hop off bus tour which takes you around the surrounding villages with a commentary including a stop at Mary Arden’s House (Shakespeare’s mother). With so many restaurants and cafes, finding a cosy place for a warming lunch provides a welcome rest after exploring this beautiful riverside town.

TUESDAY After breakfast we make our way further north to the famous Cadbury World, for a nostalgic guided coach tour of Bourneville, the heritage village developed by the Cadbury brothers, with beautiful architecture, village green and pretty tree-lined streets. We also enjoy a guided tour around the Cadbury World exhibition, followed by a delicious afternoon tea of sandwiches and scones in Cadbury Café.

WEDNESDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and start our journey home, stopping for lunch in the beautiful city of Bath. A treasure trove of Georgian gems, this historic city is full of elegance and charm. Whilst here you may like to explore the city on a sight-seeing tour bus or wander through the modern shopping district. The Jane Austen Museum is well worth a visit to learn about her life and connection with the city, or perhaps indulge in a tasty treat in the Pump Room tearooms! We continue our journey back tour home area, arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Welsh Breakfastn Afternoon tea on three daysn Ticket for Single Train Journeyn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL



HOLLY & MISTLETOE, NORTH WALES

Sunday 1st – Thursday 5th November

ITINERARY

SUNDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee and lunch en route. On arrival at our hotel, Santa’s little helpers will take your luggage to your room while you relax over afternoon tea and hot mince pies. A festive sherry reception with delicious canapés will later be served before a four-course dinner, cabaret entertainment and a late-night buffet!

MONDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast we travel to Caernarfon, with time to visit the castle, browse the shops and enjoy coffee. We then continue to Anglesey and the James Pringle Weaver Woollen Mill at Llanfairpwllgwngllgogerychyrndrobwillantysiliogogogch, before returning to our hotel in time for afternoon tea and Christmas carols. Christmas dinner will be served with all the trimmings and a complimentary glass of wine, followed by a visit from Santa, a second evening of entertainment and another late-night finger buffet.

TUESDAY (Boxing Day) This morning we travel to Porthmadog with time to browse this lovely Welsh town and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We also enjoy a wonderful train journey through the outstanding natural beauty of Snowdonia, before re-joining the coach for a scenic drive back to our hotel. Dinner this evening takes the form of the Tynedale’s famous gala buffet! Cash bingo and entertainment with another late-night finger buffet complete the evening.

WEDNESDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning is free for you to spend as you please in Llandudno, with its fine pier (over 700 metres long), attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. You may like to purchase a light lunch in the hotel and guess the weight of the haggis. Afternoon tea is served and this evening, the pleasure of your company is requested for the fabulous New Year’s Eve celebration dinner, followed by a final evening of great entertainment, a fancy-dress parade (optional!), the results of competitions, and the singing of Auld Lang Syne… and of course another late-night finger buffet!

THURSDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey to the West Country. With comfort stops en route, we reach our home area early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345




YOUR HOTEL

Falmouth is Cornwall’s leading south coast resort, and home to maritime heritage. It boasts a beautiful sheltered harbour and has been a flourishing port for over 400 years.

Membly Hall Hotel, Falmouth A lovely hotel in one of Cornwall’s most picturesque regions, occupying a seafront position with splendid views. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant offers an excellent choice menu, often using Cornish farm produce. Leisure facilities include sauna and spa, and entertainment is provided each evening.

FALMOUTH TURKEY & TINSEL

Friday 6th – Monday 9th November

ITINERARY

FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way to Lanhydrock (no entrance charge), a magnificent late Victorian country estate with wonderful gardens and a wooded estate. With plenty of time to enjoy lunch, wander the gardens if the weather allows and perhaps pick up a Christmas gift in the shop, we then complete our journey to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before a welcome drinks reception and evening dinner, followed by this evening’s light entertainment.

SATURDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast and a visit from Father Christmas, we make the short journey to Truro, Cornwall’s capital city. Here you will have plenty of time to browse the many shops or visit the farmer’s market, offering fresh, quality produce direct from local producers. You may also like to visit the impressive triple-spired cathedral. After lunch, we return to Falmouth where you will have the afternoon free to explore the many attractions, including the National Maritime Museum and Pendennis Castle. Dinner this evening will be followed by another night of entertainment.

SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning we enjoy a coastal drive through Penzance to St Ives, where we stop for lunch and time to browse the quaint gift shops. There will then be time to relax before dinner and another evening of entertainment to see the “New Year” in!

MONDAY Back to reality! This morning we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey, stopping for lunch at Endsleigh Garden Centre, which is full of great Christmas gift inspiration. We then complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£199





YOUR HOTEL







Saturday 7th – Sunday 8th November

ITINERARY


SUNDAY We leave our hotel after a leisurely breakfast and make our way into central London where you will have plenty of time to shop or sightsee in the capital. We leave late afternoon, and make our way back to the West Country, with a comfort stop on route, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£199



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Lunch on 2 days including traditional Christmas turkey dinnern Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

What better way to beat the winter blues than to visit Eastbourne, one of the most elegant British resorts. Eastbourne is sheltered by the South Downs and has a reputation for quality. Whether you want to stroll along the prom or amble through the town centre, there really is something for everyone here.

Queens Hotel, Eastbourne A magnificent Victorian 3* hotel situated in an outstanding position overlooking the pier. All en-suite bedrooms are furnished with TV, hairdryer, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and the bar lounge offers a cosy place to relax.

EASTBOURNE TURKEY & TINSEL

Monday 9th – Friday 13th November

ITINERARYMONDAY Monday We make our way east, with stops for coffee and lunch en route, to Eastbourne and our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before a sherry reception, followed by dinner and an evening of music, dancing and entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Eve) Join us this morning as we make our way west – via Beachy Head and some stunning views – to Brighton, with plenty of time to explore the city’s wealth of attractions. The spectacular Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes is housed some impressive works of art. Or perhaps you’d prefer to explore the Lanes – Brighton’s historic quarter, which is a maze of narrow alleyways lined with independent boutiques, antique shops and elegant arcades. This evening we enjoy a gala dinner followed by musical entertainment.

WEDNESDAY (Christmas Day) Join us this morning as we travel to the charming market town of Alfriston on the river Cuckmere – once the haunt of smugglers, it’s now chockfull of delightful gift and craft shops. We then return to Eastbourne for a traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings, followed by a special visit from Santa! with the remainder of the day free to spend as you please. You may like to shop for Christmas gifts or simply take in the air along the seafront before relaxing over afternoon tea in a local café. This evening dinner is followed by a Christmas party to dance the night away!

THURSDAY (Boxing Day) Join us if you wish for a morning excursion through the seaside resort of Hastings to the old cinque port of Ancient Rye. Here you’ll discover a host of unusual shops selling antiques, collectors’ books and records, along with many art galleries showcasing the work of local artists, with exhibitions rotating regularly throughout the year. We return to our hotel for a pre-lunch glass of punch followed by a grand Boxing Day lunch, and an afternoon of leisure followed by dinner and a farewell fancy dress party (optional) with prize giving, dancing and entertainment.

FRIDAY Sadly, this morning we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch stops en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Leeds Castle Fireworks Spectacularn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Each year on the Saturday nearest to 5th November, Leeds Castle hosts what is hailed as one of the finest fireworks displays in the county. A perfect way to celebrate Guy Fawkes Night, enjoy stunning fireworks, lights and music, all set against the historic backdrop of the beautiful 900 year old castle.

Mercure Great Danes Hotel, Maidstone A superb 4* hotel, set in extensive grounds next to Leeds Castle, offering all the modern comforts you expect. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, telephone, hospitality tray, radio and trouser press. A lift serves most floors floors, and the restaurant serves a generous buffet breakfast and a buffet 3 course dinner. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, Jacuzzi spa bath, sauna and solarium and gymnasium.

LEEDS CASTLE FIREWORKS EXTRAVAGANZA


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way east, stopping for coffee and lunch on route, then continue our journey to our hotel with time to settle in and maybe make use of the hotel leisure facilities before dinner.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel the short distance north to the historic city of Rochester, where you will find a wonderful blend of ancient & modern, dominated by its fine Norman Castle, and cathedral. There is also a wide selection of speciality shops and lovely places to have lunch. We then return to our hotel with time to collect hats, scarves and gloves, before arriving at Leeds Castle to enjoy all the afternoon events including musical entertainment and falconry displays. The gardens are also open and there will be a wide range of refreshments available. At approximately 5pm, the spectacular fireworks will begin… 30 minutes of a pyrotechnic spectacular set to themed music. We then make the very short journey back to our hotel for dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After a relaxed breakfast we make our way to the historic city of Canterbury with its stunning architecture. Once one of Europe’s great places of pilgrimage, explore the cobbled back streets or vibrant modern shopping district. Canterbury Cathedral is a must-see with its many features such as Romanesque crypt and beautiful medieval stained-glass windows, or perhaps you might like to visit the Canterbury Tales Visitor Attraction and journey back in time to experience Chaucer’s colourful characters on their pilgrimage from London.

MONDAY Sadly, we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. We stop in Windsor, with time to browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later continue our journey home to the West Country, with a comfort stop en route, arriving early/mid-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£275



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Tea & coffee on arrivaln Sherry reception on 1st nightn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

As one of Britain’s world-class resorts, Bournemouth offers everything you need for an enjoyable holiday – whatever the time of year and whatever your age. There is the sea, the shops and many picturesque walks.

Suncliff Hotel, Bournemouth A warm welcome awaits at this modern 3* hotel, ideally located on the seafront overlooking Bournemouth’s Bay in the prestigious East Cliff. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious menu, including a carvery dinner. There is a lift to all floors and festive entertainment is provided each evening.

BOURNEMOUTH TURKEY & TINSEL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and journey east, stopping in Dorchester for lunch and time to browse the shops. We then continue to our hotel in Bournemouth, arriving to tea & coffee and time to settle in before a welcome sherry reception in the lounge, followed by a candlelit dinner, and musical entertainment.

SATURDAY (Christmas Day) Following a merry Christmas breakfast, we make the short journey to Poole, which boasts the second largest natural harbour in the world. You may like to do a spot of Christmas shopping in the indoor shopping centre, or take a stroll down to the quay. We continue on to the delightful seaside resort of Swanage with time to take a stroll and enjoy afternoon tea. This evening we have a traditional Christmas din-ner with all the trimmings, followed by dancing into the night!

SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we take a gentle drive through some of the New Forest’s charming villag-es, stopping in the lovely town of Lyndhurst with an opportunity to browse the gift shops and enjoy an early lunch. We return to Bournemouth, with the remainder of the afternoon free to relax and spend as you please. You may like make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities. Dinner this evening will be followed by a final night of dancing with a glass of fizz to “see in the New Year”!

MONDAY Back to reality! After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey, stopping in Salis-bury with time to visit the cathedral browse the shops and have a warming lunch. We complete our journey, reaching the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£225




PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Thursford Christmas Spectacular ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Thursford Christmas Spectacular is the largest Christmas production in England. A cast of choirs, orchestras, pipers, military bands and professional dancers perform a show depicting all aspects of the season, amid beautifully decorated Christmas scenery. An extremely popular event, so please book early!

Mercure Hotel, Norwich A superb 4* hotel located on the outskirts of the city of Norwich. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include a swimming pool, gym and steam room.

THURSFORD CHRISTMAS SPECTACULAR

Tuesday 10th – Friday 13th November

ITINERARY

TUESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Stratford-upon-Avon, with a stop for coffee en route. With time to browse the shops and enjoy lunch, we then continue our journey to Norwich and our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner.

WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way to Bury St Edmunds, a beautiful and busy market town, with plenty of time to visit the cathedral, browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later continue our tour to the delightful city of Ely, a small yet pretty place, full of charm and home to one of England’s most magnificent cathedrals.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the centre of Norwich. Here you may like to visit the splendid Norman cathedral, or the castle, once of the city’s most famous landmarks, built by the Normans as a royal palace over 900 years ago. Now a museum and art gallery, it is home to some outstanding collections of fine art, archaeology and natural history items. There are many shops to browse and an array of cafes to enjoy lunch. Depending on our allocation of tickets, we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon performance and return to the hotel for dinner, or enjoy an early dinner and travel to the evening performance of the Christmas Spectacular – a fabulous show seen by over 90,000 people each year

FRIDAY Today we leave our hotel and make our way to Royal Windsor, where there will be ample time to explore the historic town. You may like to visit the castle – the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world, and the official residence of Her Majesty the Queen. Or perhaps you’d prefer to take a bus trip around Windsor and Eton, complete with fascinating guided commentary. There are also many lovely shops, and restaurants in which to enjoy lunch. We later continue our homeward journey, and with a stop for tea en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£299



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Irish country music on 3 nights and 1 afternoonn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

We are delighted to repeat this tour due to its popularity in 2015. Join us for a rousing weekend of Irish country music, brought to you by a variety of fantastic performers. Former years have seen performances by the likes of Barry Doyle, Shaun Loughrey, Susan McCann, Danny Webster, Philomena Begley, Hugo Duncan, and Caitlin & the Hot Country Band.

Grand Hotel, Blackpool A superbly modern hotel with views out over the famous promenade. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves traditional cuisine and a hearty breakfast, while the stylish lounge offers a restful area in which to enjoy a drink. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, gym and spa.

IRISH COUNTRY MUSIC WEEKEND


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and journey north to Blackpool. With stops for coffee and lunch on route, we reach our hotel mid-afternoon, allowing you plenty of time to settle in and begin exploring before dinner and our first night of Irish entertainment. Sit back and allow tonight’s band to entertain you with their superb vocal harmonies.

SATURDAY Today we travel north to the beautiful Lake District. We stop first in Kendal for coffee. Known as the southern gateway to the Lake District, the town boasts a variety of historic buildings and shops. We then continue to Bowness on Windermere, with time to enjoy lunch, you may also like to visit the nearby World of Beatrix Potter attraction, in which the 23 original tales are brought to life in a magical indoor recreation of the Lakeland countryside. We later return to our hotel, where dinner will once again be followed by a night of top class Irish musical entertainment.

SUNDAY Join us this morning as we travel the short distance to the popular seaside resort of Southport, with its stunning architecture, unspoilt coastline and one of the oldest piers in the UK. It is rumoured that Napoleon remodelled parts of Paris after visiting Southport in the mid-19th century. Enjoy an early lunch before we return to our hotel for this afternoon’s entertainment. Dinner this evening will be followed by a final evening of foot stomping traditional Irish music, marking the end of a wonderful weekend.

MONDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch on route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£285


Sea view supplement £15.00Travel insurance £19.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Thursford Christmas Spectacular ticketn Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Great Yarmouth is Norfolk’s premier seaside resort, with over 15 glorious miles of sandy beaches. Thursford Christmas Spectacular is the largest Christmas production in England. A cast of choirs, orchestras, pipers, military bands and professional dancers perform a show depicting all aspects of the season, amid beautifully decorated Christmas scenery. An extremely popular event, so please book early!

New Beach Hotel, Great Yarmouth Superbly situated opposite Great Yarmouth’s Britannia Pier. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant offers an excellent evening menu, and entertainment is provided each evening.

GREAT YARMOUTH FESTIVE BREAK & THURSFORD CHRISTMAS SPECTACULAR


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east to Great Yarmouth and our hotel. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we arrive in time for a sherry reception before dinner and our first evening of festive entertainment.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast, the morning is free for you to spend as you please in Great Yarmouth. As Norfolk’s premier beach resort, there are over 15 miles of seafront to explore, as well as museums, a Sea Life Centre and cafés in which to enjoy morning coffee. Depending on our allocation of tickets, we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon performance of the Christmas Spectacular and return to our hotel for dinner and entertainment, or enjoy an early dinner and travel to the evening performance of the fabulous show – seen by over 90,000 people each year. We return to our hotel for a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings, followed by music, dancing and entertainment.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the centre of Norwich. As well as the splendid Norman cathedral there are many shops to browse and an array of cafes to enjoy a warming lunch. We return to Great Yarmouth with a stop in picturesque Wroxham - the capital of the Norfolk Broads where most of the town is dominated around the Roys brand, claiming to be the worlds largest village store! Our final evening meal will be followed by a fabulous fancy-dress party (optional!) and a glass of bubbly to celebrate the festive season!

MONDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£265



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Sherry and punch receptionsn Light lunch and afternoon tea on Sundayn Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Clarence House Hotel, Tenby Owned by the same family for nearly seventy years, this excellent hotel enjoys an enviable position on the esplanade. All rooms are ensuite, with TV and tea & coffee facilities. Some rooms benefit from spectacular sea views. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves highly recommended cuisine with a choice menu, evening entertainment is provided, and Happy Hour is from noon - 6pm & 8pm – 9pm each evening.

TENBY TURKEY & TINSEL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and travel over the St David’s Bridge to Cardiff, with time for lunch and a spot of Christmas shopping. We then continue to our hotel in Tenby, arriving with time to settle in before a sherry and mince pie reception, followed by dinner and live entertainment.

SATURDAY (Christmas Day & New Year’s Eve) This morning we travel to Carmarthen, a neat little county town, encircled by the River Towy and full of pretty shops. With time to enjoy the scenery, browse the shops and enjoy a warming lunch, later return to our hotel with time to relax before a festive punch reception, Christmas dinner with all the trimmings and a visit from Father Christmas himself, followed by more live entertainment.

SUNDAY (New Year’s Day) After a leisurely breakfast, join us if you wish for a gentle coastal drive through some of Pembrokeshire’s prettiest villages. OR you may like to stay in Tenby and take a stroll along the esplanade. A light lunch will be served in the hotel, before an afternoon of fun and complimentary afternoon tea. Our final evening dinner will once again be followed by a final evening of entertainment

MONDAY Back to reality! We leave Tenby after breakfast and make our way back over the border into England, stopping en route in the pretty Welsh town of Abergavenny for lunch. We later complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£209




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Blenheim Palace Christmas Living Crafts Festivaln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us as we visit Blenheim Palace for a very special event, with the Palace beautifully decorated for Christmas. The Great Hall is adorned with grand Christmas trees bedecked with candles, baubles and lanterns in traditional colours. The grand dining table is set for a Christmas feast, and the fireplaces in the state rooms and the library – each beautifully festooned by floral specialists – offer a glowing welcome. In addition, this weekend the courtyards of Blenheim Palace will be transformed into a veritable winter wonderland for the ever-popular annual Christmas Craft Festival.

Jurys Inn, Swindon A modern 4* hotel. Each of the comfortable rooms are en-suite with TV, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The contemporary restaurant offers delicious cuisine and a hearty breakfast; there is also a bar and lounge.

BLENHEIM PALACE CHRISTMAS FESTIVAL & GLOUCESTER QUAYS VICTORIAN CHRISTMAS MARKET


ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Blenheim Palace, where you will have plenty of time to enjoy all the delights of the Palace itself and its annual Living Crafts festival. In addition to touring the rooms – all beautifully decorated for Christmas – you can also shop in style at the craft fair, where over 180 British designers and makers will be showcasing high-quality, contemporary arts, crafts and gifts, with plenty of ideas for all the family, from special commissions to simple stocking fillers; ceramics, millinery, toys, fashion, jewellery, hand-made soaps, studio glass, decorations, wreaths and many more. Late-afternoon we travel to our hotel in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After an unhurried breakfast, we journey to Gloucester Quays for the Victorian Christmas market. Here you’ll find around 150 stalls selling artisan crafts, fine food and drink and unique Christmas gifts, while a huge cast of larger-than-life Victorian characters enthrall the crowds with their antics. Soak up the at-mosphere of the quays and historic Victorian docks, while being en-tertained by brass bands, choirs, street performers, steam engines, a beautiful traditional carousel and more besides. There are also many outlet stores, numerous places in which to enjoy lunch, and an antiques centre to explore. We leave late-afternoon, completing our homeward journey and reaching our home area early-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£109



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Glass of sherry on arrivaln Lunch on Sundayn Entertainment on most eveningsn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Shanklin Hotel, Shanklin A warm welcome waits at this 3* hotel, commanding stunning views over Sandown Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, complimentary toiletries and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant has panoramic views across the bay and is renowned for producing quality food using fresh ingredients sourced locally on the island. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and spa, and entertainment is provided most evenings.

ISLE OF WIGHT TURKEY & TINSEL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area, and with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Southampton for the 1 hour ferry crossing to East Cowes. We continue to Shanklin and our hotel, with time to settle in before a glass of sherry followed by dinner and an evening of festive entertainment.

SATURDAY Join us today as we take a wonderful circular tour of the island through some stunning scenery (weather permitting!). We stop for coffee en route to Alum Bay where you can take a look at the Needles and enjoy a breath of sea air! We continue to Yarmouth for lunch and later to Cowes, a famous yachting harbour, where there will be time to browse the shops and enjoy a cup of tea before we return to our hotel with time to relax before a tradi-tional Christmas Dinner followed by an evening of entertainment & dancing.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to the picture postcard village of Godshill with its charming thatch cottages, and medieval church, as well as delightful tearooms and quaint gift shops dotted along the winding Street. We return to our hotel for lunch and the afternoon free to spend as you please in Shanklin. You may like to visit the Old Village with its picturesque thatched buildings, gift shops and cafés and just past the entrance to the Crab Inn is the beginning of Shanklin Chine, a deep gorge carved out by a stream. Dinner will be followed by an evening of optional fancy dress with a glass of bubbly at 11pm

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel across the island to Cowes for the return ferry crossing to Southampton. We then continue our homeward journey, stopping in Salisbury for lunch and, and reaching our home area early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£199


Boat trip on Lake WindermereEntrance to the World of Beatrix Botter


PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us on a festive tour through the Lake District National Park – an area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty – away from the hustle and bustle of the busy tourist season.

The Cumbria Grand Hotel, Grange-over-Sands A delightful 3* Victorian hotel ideally situated within the Lake District National Park in its own peaceful, private wooded grounds and enjoying views across Morecambe Bay. All rooms are en-suite with TV, radio, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a freshly prepared chef’s menu and festive entertainment is provided each evening.

THE LAKE DISTRICT TURKEY & TINSEL

Monday 16th – Friday 20th November

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and begin our journey north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route and reaching our hotel with ample time to settle in before dinner and an evening of light entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Eve) Join us this morning for a tour of some of the most stunning scenery seen anywhere in England as we travel up the Kirkstone Pass (weather permitting) and along Ullswater to Keswick for lunch. We Return via the pretty village of Grasmere. Why not grab your quiz form at reception and test your knowledge, before a delicious carvery dinner this evening, followed by another evening of entertainment.

WEDNESDAY (Christmas Day) This morning we make our way to Kendal, with time to browse the shops and enjoy a warming lunch. We continue to picturesque Ambleside, with a stop at Hayes Garden Centre which has a wonderful Christmas shop and gift ideas… as well as a café serving afternoon tea and cake! We complete our circular tour past Coniston Water, with time to rest before a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings, followed by hot mince pies and tea & coffee, then an evening of light entertainment.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to Bowness on Windermere, the ‘heart’ of the Lake District, and a town with many gift shops and cafés. Whilst here you may like to take a circular cruise on the lake or visit the nearby World of Beatrix Potter Attraction in which all 23 Tales are brought to life in a magical indoor recreation of the Lakeland countryside, complete with sights, sounds and even smells There will also be time to explore this lovely town and enjoy lunch. We return to Grange-over-Sands with the afternoon free to spend as you please before our final evening meal and entertainment to celebrate and see the “New Year” in!

FRIDAY Back to reality! We leave the Lake District and begin our journey south. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£249



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Thursford Christmas Spectacular Ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Mercure Norwich, Norwich A superb 4* hotel located on the outskirts of the city of Norwich. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include a swimming pool, gym and steam room.


Tuesday 17th – Thursday 19th November

ITINERARY


WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast the morning is free to spend exploring the lovely city of Norwich where you may like to visit the cathedral, browse the shops for Christmas ideas and enjoy lunch. Depending on our allocation of tickets we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon performance and return to the hotel for dinner, or have an early dinner and travel to the evening show of the Christmas Spectacular… – a show seen by over 90,000 people each year! You really will be amazed.

THURSDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and make our way to Royal Windsor, where there will be ample time to explore the historic town. You may like to visit the castle – the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world, and the official residence of Her Majesty the Queen. Or perhaps you’d prefer to take a bus trip around Windsor and Eton, complete with fascinating guided commentary. There are also many lovely shops, and restaurants in which to enjoy lunch. We later complete our homeward journey, and with a stop for tea en route, arriving back in West Country early-evening.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£235




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Longleat Festival of Light & coach tour of Safari Parkn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Get into the swing of the festive season with a trip to Longleat. Grab your woolly hat and enjoy the festive experience at Longleat this winter. Marvel at the spectacular Chinese lanterns and see your favourite Christmas characters come to life in the house itself – transformed for the season into a veritable winter wonderland.

Holiday Inn, Eastleigh A modern 3* hotel. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers a freshly prepared menu, and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool.

LONGLEAT’S FESTIVAL OF LIGHT & WINCHESTER CHRISTMAS MARKET

Saturday 21st – Sunday 22nd November

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area, with a comfort stop on route to Longleat. On arrival, join us if you wish for a coach tour through the safari park, as we drive past lions, cheetahs, giraffes, elephants and many more safari animals along the way. You then have the remainder of the day free to explore the many attractions at Longleat. The historic house itself is transformed into a magical winter wonderland, and if you’re looking for festive decorations, stocking filler gifts or tasty treats, look no further than the Christmas fayre. Grab your woolly hat and experience the thrill of outdoor areas, gaze at the dazzling, giant musical Christmas tree, marvel at the amazing Chinese lanterns and see colourful characters come to life as dusk descends! Late-afternoon we travel to our hotel in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and make the short journey to Winchester. Recognised as one of the best in Europe, and inspired by traditional German Christmas Markets, the pretty wooden chalets are situated in the Cathedral’s historic Close surrounding an open-air real ice rink. Here you will find an abundance of wonderful Christmas gifts, decorations as well as many festive food and drink. All the exhibitors are hand-picked for their interesting, high quality and unique products, many of which can’t be bought on the high street. At the far end of the British Crafts Village is an enchanting nativity scene – providing an ideal opportunity to share the Christmas story amongst your party and take a photograph for Christmas. There are also many of the usual high street shops and restaurants to enjoy coffee and a warming lunch, and the cathedral to visit. We later complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£115



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

An opportunity for the organised to finish their Christmas shopping, and for the disorganised… an opportunity to begin! Join us for a festive weekend without the hassle of driving, parking or cooking dinner at the end of the day!

Jurys Inn, Swindon A delightful 3* hotel. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant offers an excellent varied menu, and the elegant bar provides a tranquil retreat at the end of the day.

CHRISTMAS SHOPPING WEEKEND...CHELTENHAM & OXFORD

Saturday 21st – Sunday 22nd November

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area and with a coffee stop en route, travel to the delightful spa town of Cheltenham. The Christmas market is held along the Promenade with lovely wooden chalets selling a wide range of festive crafts and gifts. It offers an excellent opportunity find that perfect present with its range of products, from hand crafted jewellery, seasonal arts & crafts and hand paintings, to the more unusual gifts and collectables as well as many seasonal food and drink outlets. There are also two shopping centres; Regent Arcade and Beechwood, both in the centre of town each complimenting one another with their different shops. We later make our way to our hotel with time to relax and settle in before a leisurely dinner and a well-earned evening at leisure.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and travel to Oxford, known as the city of Dreaming Spires. You will then have plenty of time to shop ‘til you drop! Here you will find a large variety of shops, from all the usual High Street names, to the more individual shops and boutiques offering that gift with a difference. We leave Oxford late afternoon, completing our homeward journey and arriving early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£89


£80.00 supplement for subsequent singlesTravel insurance £21.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn A festive cream tea on arrival afternoonn Traditional Christmas Turkey Dinner on 1 eveningn Drinks promotions on selected bar drinks 5-6pm & 8-10pmn Afternoon quiz & bingo on 1 dayn Entertainment on most eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a relaxing festive retreat in this picturesque corner of the South West peninsula. Visit some of Cornwall best loved harbour towns and authentic fishing villages, whilst enjoying the mild winter climate and delicious flavours that the Cornish Coast has to offer.

The Portbyhan Hotel, Looe A 3* fully refurbished hotel nestled in the heart of Looe with panoramic views across the harbour. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a delicious evening menu and hearty Cornish breakfast, together with a bar and outside terrace.

CORNISH CHRISTMAS CRACKERS (TURKEY & TINSEL)

Saturday 21st – Wednesday 25th Nov

ITINERARYSATURDAY We leave our home area and travel west to the ancient market town of Tavistock, located on the tranquil River Tavy and edge of the rugged Dartmoor National Park. Historically Tavistock was the region’s Stannary town, administering the local tin trade, and has links with the great sea farer, Sir Francis Drake. Whilst here you may like to browse the poplar indoor pannier market or visit the central parish church of St Eustachius with William Morris stained glass windows and intricate roof embosses. With time for lunch, we continue to our hotel in Looe for a welcome festive Cornish cream tea! With time to relax we later enjoy dinner this evening.

SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Mevagissey for lunch, with its distinctive twin harbour and busy fishing port with daily catches of skate, lobster and plaice. Clustered around the harbour walls are quaint streets with galleries, cafes and shops. A beautiful place to sit and relax and enjoy Cornish fish & chips! After lunch we return to our hotel with a festive quiz and bingo. Dinner is followed by live entertainment.

MONDAY Join us if you wish for an excursion to the county town of Truro with its vibrant shopping centre, indoor market and majestic cathedral. With plenty of time to browse the high street shops and enjoy lunch in one of the local cafes, we return to our hotel in Looe with the afternoon at leisure. A Bucks Fizz reception is followed by a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings and a visit from Santa and an evening of entertainment.

TUESDAY This morning we visit the nearby picturesque fishing port of Polperro with its “old world” charm, beautiful cottages, small art galleries and stories of smuggler & pirate tales. With time to explore the harbour and enjoy a warm lunch in one of the cafes, we return to Looe, with its famous seven arched bridge that spans the river. The old town has a variety of boutiques and a traditional fishing harbour. We enjoy our final evening with our Cornish hosts.

WEDNESDAY Sadly this morning, we leave the beautiful setting of Looe, and begin our homeward journey, stopping at the beautiful grounds of Buckfast Abbey for lunch, before arriving back in our home area.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£259



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to RHS Garden Harlow Carr Winter Glown All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The York St Nicholas Christmas Fayre brings the city alive as costumed characters wander through the streets and seasonal aromas fill the air with roasted chestnuts and spiced mulled wine are served from market stalls. RHS Harlow Carr’s Winter Glow brings the wonderful Yorkshire are filled with a touch of magic and illuminated special effects as dusk falls.

The Queens Hotel, York You are always assured of a warm welcome at this lovely hotel, ideally situated on the banks of the River Ouse in the heart of York, and only a few minutes’ walk from the many tourist attractions. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The hotel’s restaurant serves a delicious choice menu with traditional favourites and the spacious lounge area offers the perfect place to relax.

YORK ST NICHOLAS CHRISTMAS FAYRE & RHS HARLOW CARR WINTER GLOW

Friday 20th – Monday 23rd November

ITINERARY

FRIDAY This morning we leave the West Country, and travel north, with comfort and lunch stops on route, arriving at our hotel in York with time to settle in before this evening’s dinner. You may like to take a stroll along the riverbanks or explore the city at night, where you can often join an entertaining ghost walking tour.

SATURDAYAfter a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the Victorian Spa town of Harrogate, with its bustling high street, parklands and elegant architecture. With plenty of time to browse the various shops for that festive gift and time to enjoy a cosy lunch and afternoon tea, perhaps in the famous Betty’s Café Tea Rooms, late afternoon we visit RHS Garden Harlow Carr for the Winter Glow. The winter garden comes alive with special lighting effects, as you wander along the illuminated trail around the magnificent trees and shrubs as dusk falls. See the lake, streamside, Doric columns and Alpine House all lit up in festive colours.

SUNDAY The whole day is free to discover the beautiful city of York, known for its exquisite architecture, majestic Minster, cobbled streets and the quaint historic Shambles lanes. The magical St Nicholas Christmas Fayre is in full swing, as Victorian costumed characters parade through the centre, carol singers entertain and market stalls filled with Christmas gifts and decorations and delicious treats tempt the senses. Find local crafts in the “Made in Yorkshire” yuletide village in decorated wooden chalets. The city of York really does kick start the festive season with splendid Christmas cheer!

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and travel south. With comfort stops on route, we arrive back in the West Country early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£245

NEW


Monday 23rd – Friday 27th November

YOUR HOTEL



Entrance to Valkenburg’s Christmas Caves (approx. €7)Entrance to Winter Wonderland Sand Sculptures (approx. €4)


If you are looking for a Turkey & Tinsel break with something just a little bit different, then why not try our short break to the delightful Dutch town of Valkenburg. With a warm welcome from our hosts, a traditional British Turkey & Tinsel and visits to Valkenburg and Aachen Christmas markets, join us for some festive fun with a difference!

Hotel Walram, Valkenburg This 3* family run hotel offers a warm welcome to all, idyllically situated along the River Geul in the centre of this beautiful town, just a short walk from cafes and shops. Each en-suite room is equipped with TV, and hairdryer. There is a lift serving all floors, and the cosy bar offers the perfect area to relax. The restaurant serves a delicious menu and buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool and sauna.

VALKENBURG TURKEY & TINSEL... AND CHRISTMAS MARKETS

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£319

ITINERARY

MONDAY After an early departure we travel east to Dover, with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We continue our journey to our hotel, and base for the next four nights, with time to settle in before a welcome drinks reception and buffet evening dinner.

TUESDAY “Christmas Eve” -Today you have free time to spend at leisure exploring the delightful town of Valkenburg, perhaps one of Holland’s most treasured gems, with its narrow streets, cobbled walkways, medieval centre, hilltop castle and not forgetting the charming velvet caves. Inside the heart of the caves, the largest and oldest European underground Christmas market takes place each year, with beautiful festive decorations and lighting, stalls with many gift ideas and sweet treats to sample and enjoy. After dinner, why not enjoy Valkenburg’s night life with its many cafes and bars, with outside terraces and warm gas lights, to enjoy hot mulled wine or a local beer, as the community gathers together in family-friendly environment.

WEDNESDAY “Christmas Day” After breakfast we make our way to the medieval town of Monschau, an enchanting German town set alongside the River Rur. With quaintly crooked half-timbered buildings, this picture postcard town feels like stepping back in time as you wander through its narrow streets filled with souvenir shops, cafes and restaurants. There are several attractions to visit including the Baroque “Red House” with its sumptuous interiors, the old working watermill, glass-blowing factory and brewery museum, together with the delightful riverside walk. This evening we enjoy a 4 course turkey dinner followed by musical entertainment. For those who wish to wrap up warm and venture back into town, a festive Christmas light parade takes place in the heart of Valkenburg with decorated floats, dancers and Father Christmas on his sleigh.

THURSDAY “New Year’s Day” This morning we make the short distance across the border to the nearby German town of Aachen, where the annual Christmas market is held in the heart of the city centre. With the backdrop of the cathedral and Town Hall, the square is transformed into a paradise of lights and colours, with festive aromas from the many food stalls selling local gingerbread known as “Printern” and other tasty treats, together with gift stalls galore. We later return to our hotel in Valkenburg for our farewell 4 course dinner followed by live entertainment.

FRIDAY This morning we make our way back to Calais for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then continue, with comfort stops en route to the West Country, arriving mid evening.



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Lunch on 2 daysn Thursford Christmas Spectacular ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


New Beach Hotel, Great Yarmouth Superbly situated opposite Great Yarmouth’s Britannia Pier. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. A lift serves most floors. The restaurant offers an excellent choice menu, and entertainment is provided each evening.

GREAT YARMOUTH TURKEY & TINSEL & THURSFORD CHRISTMAS SPECTACULAR


ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east to Great Yarmouth and our hotel. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we arrive in time for a sherry reception before dinner and our first evening of music, dancing and entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Eve) After a leisurely breakfast, the morning is free for you to spend as you please in Great Yarmouth. As Norfolk’s premier beach resort, there are over 15 miles of seafront to explore, as well as museums, a Sea Life Centre and cafés in which to enjoy morning coffee. Depending on our allocation of tickets, we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon performance of the Christmas Spectacular and return to our hotel for dinner and entertainment, or enjoy an early dinner and travel to the evening performance of the fabulous show – seen by over 90,000 people each year.

WEDNESDAY (Christmas Day) Join us this morning as we travel to the city of Norwich with time to visit the cathedral, do a spot of Christmas shopping and have coffee. We return to our hotel, for a traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings and a visit from Santa. Dinner this evening will be followed by a festive Christmas party!

THURSDAY (Boxing Day) After breakfast, we enjoy a gentle drive to Wroxham Barns, a collection of beautifully-restored 18th-century barns, where you can browse the craft and gift shops and enjoy watching traditional craftsmen at work. We return to our hotel for a pre-dinner glass of punch, followed by a grand Boxing Day lunch. You may then like to stroll along the seafront to work up an appetite for our final evening meal is followed by a fabulous fancy-dress party (optional!) with prizes, dancing and entertainment.

FRIDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey. With comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295


Signature Room Upgrade £20.00Travel insurance £21.00


YOUR HOTEL

Set in 200 acres of beautifully tended parkland and commanding a hilltop position, you enter into a fairytale the moment you cross the Castle’s Gothic threshold. The faces of the famous lend a fascinating air of sophistication to Bodelwyddan’s every ivy-clad and turreted corner thanks to artworks from the National Portrait Gallery.

Bodelwyddan Castle Hotel, Denbighshire A grade II-listed hotel offering first-class accommodation with views of the mountains of Snowdonia beyond. Each stylish room is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant serves a varied menu and the on-site coffee shop offering drinks and light snacks. There is a lift to all floors Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, gym, beauty salon, bowls complex and tennis courts, and top-class entertainment is provided each evening.

BODELWYDDAN CASTLE FESTIVE BREAK... WARNER BREAK


ITINERARYMONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave the West Country and make our way over the border into Wales. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our hotel where mulled wine and mince pies are served whilst your luggage is taken to your room. Time to settle in before dinner and our first evening of festive entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Day) The morning is free for you to enjoy some of the hotels many facilities and activities, or just relax, have a leisurely coffee and enjoy the wonderful views. Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion through some spectacular scenery, to the picturesque village of Betws-y-Coed. Set in a beautiful valley within the Snowdonia Forest Park, it is North Wales’ most popular resort. Here you will find a railway museum, craft & gift shops and tea rooms. Our Christmas day dinner will be followed by another evening of live entertainment.

WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Chester, the most complete walled city in Britain, where the Rows – black and white half-timbered buildings above street level, with covered walkways – take pride of place. Other worthwhile attractions include the 10th-century cathedral. Here you will have plenty of time to do a spot of Christmas shopping and enjoy a cosy lunch in one of the cafes or restaurants.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning we travel to Llandudno, known as the Queen of Welsh Resorts with its fine pier, over 700 metres long, attractive gardens, shops and restaurants. After lunch we return to the hotel for you to continue to enjoy some of the hotels many facilities. Our final dinner will be followed by a celebratory New Year’s Eve dinner, complete with musical entertainment.

FRIDAY Sadly, we today leave our castle and begin our homeward journey – stopping for coffee and lunch on route and arriving back in our home area early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345



YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return ferry crossingsn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:


Aachen is a delightful Christmas market, famous for its gingerbread delicacies and has a family atmosphere running through the heart of the event. Valkenburg is a quaint medieval town which comes alive with festive cheer, with Christmas markets held in both the centre of town, and the caves.

Hotel Walram, Valkenburg This 3* family run hotel offers a warm welcome to all, idyllically situated along the River Geul in the centre of this beautiful town, just a short walk from cafes and shops. Each en-suite room is equipped with TV, and hairdryer. There is a lift serving all floors, and the cosy bar offers the perfect area to relax. The restaurant serves a delicious menu and buffet breakfast. Leisure facilities include an indoor heated pool and sauna.

CHRISTMAS MARKETS OF AACHEN & VALKENBURG

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£275

ITINERARY

FRIDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue our journey to our hotel in Valkenburg, arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

SATURDAY This morning we head to the nearby town of Aachen, historically the location where more than 30 Holy Emperors have been crowned King of Germany. The Christmas market, considered to be one of the very best in Germany, takes place in the heart of the town, in front of the majestic cathedral and Town Hall. The town comes alive with beautiful fairy lights, festive aromas and seasonal cheer, as an array of wonderfully decorated wooden chalets offer a wide range of handcrafted gifts, stocking fillers and tasty treats, together with warming food and steaming mugs of Gluhwein. We later return to

our hotel with time to relax before our evening meal, after which you may like to wander into the heart of the old town to watch the wonderful Christmas Fairytale Parade (from 7.30pm) with dance troops, illuminated floats, handmade costumes as the local children parade through the streets to lively music and light displays.

SUNDAY Today, you have the whole day to explore Valkenburg, with its cobbled streets lined with cafes and shops. Santa’s Village, located in the heart of the old town, with authentic chalets and nostalgic attractions, together with a magical Velvet Cave and Municipal Caves which both house Christmas market stalls, adorned with sparkling lights and festive cheer. You may also like to visit the sand sculpture cave, just a short walk from the hotel, with beautifully sculptured themed characters which thread their way along the cave tunnels, illuminated by soft lights.

MONDAY After breakfast we bid a find farewell and make the journey back to Calais, with comfort stops on route, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our homeward journey, reaching the West Country mid-evening.


Entrance to The Mary Rose & Spinnaker TowerTravel insurance £16.00

PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Ticket to Portsmouth’s Victorian Christmas Festivaln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Transport yourself on a journey through time to experience a day out, Victorian-style, at the annual Victorian Festival of Christmas at Portsmouth Historic Dockyard, where snow is guaranteed.

Chichester Park Hotel, Chichester We are delighted to return to this modern 3* hotel ideally located close to the centre of the city. All rooms are en suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. The hotel’s leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and spa bath and the restaurant offers an excellent menu.

PORTSMOUTH’S VICTORIAN FESTIVAL OF CHRISTMAS

Friday 27th – Sunday 29th November

ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and journey east, stopping in Dorchester for coffee and a chance to browse the shops. We then continue across the New Forest, where ponies and cattle freely graze the land and wild deer can often be seen, to Lyndhurst, named the “Capital of the New Forest” by William the Conqueror 1079. A picturesque, bustling, small town, you will have plenty of time to have lunch, enjoy its quaint gift shops, and thatched cottages. We complete our journey to our hotel, with time to settle in and maybe make use of the leisure facilities before dinner.

SATURDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey into Portsmouth’s Historic Dockyard giving you the whole day to enjoy all the events and attractions of the Christmas festival. Your ticket will include entry to HMS Victory, HMS Warrior 1860, National Museum of the Royal Navy, Action Stations and Harbour Tours. There will also be a large Christmas Market, Fagin’s Real Ale Tavern, a traditional Father Christmas (dressed in green) and a wonderland of Victorian characters and entertainment., You can also visit Gunwharf Quay, a modern waterfront shopping, eating and entertainment centre, the Mary Rose tudor ship or Spinnaker Tower, (extra charge) which rises 170m and offers wonderful views across to the Isle of Wight (weather permitting).

SUNDAY We leave our hotel and make our way to the tranquil market town of Winchester. As well as many of High Street shops thee is also a Christmas Market, recognised as one of the best in Europe and inspired by the traditional German Christmas markets. The pretty wooden chalets are situated in the Cathedral’s historic Inner Close surrounding an open-air real ice rink. Wonderful Christmas gifts, decorations and festive foods can be found in abundance and all the exhibitors have been hand-picked for their interesting, high quality and unique products many of which can’t be bought on the high street. With time to shop and enjoy a warming lunch we later continue our homeward journey, arriving early evening.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£165



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Known as the Pearl of Northwest Wales, Criccieth is an unspoilt seaside town with unrivalled views, beautifully situated along the coast at the edge of Snowdonia National Park.

Lion Hotel, Criccieth This 3* hotel dominates Criccieth’s pleasant village green, and commands excellent views of Cardigan Bay. Each of its comfortable rooms are en-suite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The elegant restaurant serves a freshly-prepared menu, complemented by an extensive wine list. Entertainment is provided each evening.

NORTH WALES TURKEY & TINSEL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and travel over the border into Wales, stopping for coffee en route. We then continue to the pretty Welsh town of Builth Wells for lunch, before completing our journey to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before dinner and an evening of light entertainment.

SATURDAY (Christmas Day) This morning is free for you to spend as you please in Criccieth. You may like to visit the castle and take in its splendid views, or perhaps you’d prefer to stroll around the town and browse the shops. After an early lunch, we enjoy a gentle drive through the heart of Snowdonia National Park to the pretty village of Betws-y-Coed, with its wonderful gift shops and tearooms. We return to our hotel in time for a visit from You Know Who! A festive dinner will then be served before a Christmas Cracker party night.

SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast, join us as we drive through the scenic Llanberis Pass to Caernarfon for lunch, before crossing the bridge to Anglesey and James Pringle Weaver’s Woollen Mill and gift shop at Llanfairpwllgwngllgogerychyrndrobwillantysiliogogogch. We return to our hotel with time to relax before our final evening meal is followed by New Year celebrations, including live entertainment and dancing.

MONDAY Back to reality! We leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey to the West Country, with stops for coffee and lunch en route. We reach our home area early-evening, hoping you’ll have enjoyed your early Christmas!

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£215




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Longleat Festival of Light including coach tour of Safari Parkn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Get into the swing of the festive season with a trip to Longleat. Grab your woolly hat and enjoy the festive experience at Longleat this winter. Marvel at the amazing Chinese lanterns and see your favourite Christmas characters come to life in the house itself – transformed for the season into a veritable winter wonderland.


LONGLEAT’S FESTIVAL OF LIGHT & SOUTHAMPTON’S CHRISTMAS FESTIVAL


ITINERARY


SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and make the short journey to Southampton’s Christmas Festival with over 40 alpine chalets which include traditional arts, crafts and gift stalls as well as authentic German market stalls and musical entertainment. Southampton also has a modern, indoor shopping centre with numerous cafés & restaurants. We later complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£115



PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Admission to Ludlow Medieval Christmas Fayren All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Historical Christmas is brought to life in these times- gone-by themed markets. Ludlow medieval Christmas fayre, set in the stunning grounds of Ludlow Castle offers entertainment and gift stalls with knights, jesters and story-tellers, whilst Bath Christmas market is set within its Georgian streets with a stunning backdrop of the Roman baths and Abbey.

Penyard House Hotel, Ross-On-Wye A delightful 3* hotel set within 9 acres of beautiful garden, just a short drive from Ross-On-Wye. Each comfortable en-suite room are equipped with TV, telephone and tea & coffee making facilities. Although there is no lift in the main building, there are ground floor rooms in the newly adjoining annex. The restaurant serves a delicious freshly prepared menu and a hearty breakfast and there is a large lounge area to relax in.

LUDLOW MEDIEVAL CHRISTMAS FAYRE & BATH CHRISTMAS MARKET

Saturday 28th – Monday 30th November

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way over the Prince of Wales bridge to Abergavenny with the historical market in the heart of the town. With time to have lunch and browse the shops, we complete our journey across the edge of the Wye Valley to our hotel with time to settle in before dinner and an evening at leisure.

SUNDAY This morning we travel a little further north to the grounds of Ludlow Castle, the splendid setting for this wonderful medieval Christmas fayre. With over 100 stalls with lots of stocking fillers, Christmas gift ideas, sweet treats and hand-crafted goods, immerse yourself in days-gone-by with knights, jesters and historical re-enactments all providing medieval entertainment throughout the day. You may also like to explore Ludlow itself and do a little festive retail shopping and enjoy a cosy lunch in one of its cafes.

MONDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and travel to the spa city of Bath for its annual Christmas market. Held in the picturesque Georgian streets, there are over 200 chalet stalls, many from local suppliers, to explore with festive cheer at every corner in this great family atmosphere. You will find numerous ideas for that unique Christmas gift with ceramics, glassware, handcrafted goods, jewellery and clothing plus much more besides. There is also a wonderful selection of local caterers serving up delicious festive themed food and drink, as well as the usual high street shops close by. We leave Bath late afternoon and complete our journey home, arriving arly evening.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£165



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Lunch on 2 daysn Thursford Christmas Spectacular ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL




Monday 30th Nov – Friday 4th Dec

ITINERARY

MONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east to Great Yarmouth and our hotel. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we arrive in time for a sherry reception before dinner and our first evening of music, dancing and entertainment.





5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Traditional Christmas Turkey Dinner on 1 eveningn Entertainment most eveningsn Entrance to Castle Howard Dressed for Christmasn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Britain’s original seaside resort, Scarborough has been welcoming visitors for over 360 years, and remains a popular holiday destination today. The unspoilt northeast coastline is dotted with castle ruins and historic towns, all benefiting from their spectacular seascape backdrop.

Red Lea Hotel, Scarborough A welcoming 3* hotel with a superb South Cliff location. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers a tempting choice menu of traditional cuisine, and leisure facilities include an indoor swimming pool, sauna and gym. Entertainment is provided on some evenings.

TURKEY & TINSEL – SCARBOROUGH INCLUDING CASTLE HOWARD AT CHRISTMAS

Monday 30th Nov – Friday 4th Dec

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north to Scarborough. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we reach our hotel with time to settle in before dinner.

TUESDAY (Christmas Eve) Today we make the journey to the beautiful city of York, known for its exquisite architecture, magnificent Minster, cobbled streets and the quaint historic Shambles lanes. The festive St Nicholas Fayre will be in full swing, as the city comes alive with Victorian costumed traders, carol singers and delicious smells of roasting chestnuts and hot chocolate laced with brandy. A range of market around the city offer good quality gifts, from hand-made crafts, Christmas decorations and delicious sweet treats. We later return to our hotel, with time to relax before dinner, followed by live entertainment.

WEDNESDAY (Christmas Day) This morning is free for you to spend as you please exploring Scarborough. In addition to a wealth of quaint seaside shops and cafés, Scarborough boasts a picturesque harbour, superb parks and gardens, traditional boating lakes and cliff-top walks. You may also like to visit the castle (and the mysterious Hairy Bob’s Cave at its foot!), the North Bay Miniature Railway or the Sea Life Centre. After lunch join us if you wish for an excursion to Whitby with its fishing boats in the picturesque harbour. You may like to wander up to the cliffs where the ruins of the 13th century abbey dominate the skyline. Tonight, we enjoy a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings, with a visit from Santa and another evening of entertainment.

THURSDAY (Boxing Day) Today we travel south of the Yorkshire Moors to the magnificent stately home of Castle Howard & Gardens. The mansion house in the Howardian Hills was built in the 18th century and was restored following a devastating fire in 1940. During the festive season the house is beautifully designed with lavish themed decorations together with open fires, candlelight and live music evoking special memories of this magical time of year. We return to our hotel time to relax before dinner. This evening’s farewell meal is followed by a final night of live entertainment.

FRIDAY After breakfast, we bid farewell to the sea and begin our homeward journey. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£285





YOUR HOTEL

The city of Cologne boasts eight Christmas markets, the most popular of which are those in front of the city’s cathedral, in the beautifully star-lit Alter Markt, and Rudolfplatz, which draws you into a Brothers Grimm fairytale. Dusseldorf is transformed into a magical winter’s tale with themed Christmas markets dotted around the city.

Mercure Dusseldorf Sud, Dusseldorf A locally rated 4* hotel with modern comfort. All en-suite rooms are equipped with TV, safe, Wi-Fi access and hairdryer. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant serves a delicious, fresh seasonal menu to suit all tastes and a generous buffet breakfast.

GERMAN CHRISTMAS MARKETS – COLOGNE & DUSSELDORF

ITINERARY

FRIDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue our journey to our hotel south of Dusseldorf arriving with time to freshen up before dinner.

SATURDAY Join us today as we travel to the centre of Dusseldorf, where visitors are showered with a magical festive atmosphere in seven locations. The aromas of mulled wine and hot chocolate fill the air, and hot snacks and sweet treats are available at a variety of food and drink stalls. The Engelchenmarkt square is adorned with cherubs and angelic figures, and Marktplatz shimmers under fairylight with traditional craftsmen and nostalgic attractions to entertain all visitors. Flinger Strasse is a bustling area full of traditional wooden chalets modelled on Dusseldorf’s old townhouses and Schadowplatz becomes a village in wintry white, with a Scandanavian feel and stylish stalls offering quality gifts.

SUNDAY After breakfast, we travel to the centre of Cologne, with the whole day free for you to explore the many Christmas markets and all the city has to offer. The stunning market located in front of Cologne’s famous twin-towered cathedral is home to Germany’s largest Christmas tree. More than 160 wooden chalets, filled with handcrafted decorations, toys, sweet treats and gifts, are all beautifully laid out under a net of starlight. The Altermarkt market is located at the heart of the old town in front of the town hall. The medieval gatehouse provides a backdrop for Rudolfplatz market and takes you to a world of Brothers Grimm fairytales and festive illuminations. The harbour market is situated along the Rhine, with elegant white marquees dressed like ship sails, filled with high quality art and crafts. Although within walking distance, there is a land train (extra charge) that runs from market to market, so you can shop till you drop in comfort!

MONDAY After breakfast we leave our hotel and journey back to Calais, with comfort stops en route, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our homeward journey, reaching the West Country mid-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295

Friday 4th – Monday 7th December



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Thursford Christmas Spectacular Ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL


Mercure Hotel, Norwich A superb 4* hotel located on the outskirts of the city of Norwich. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked menu and hearty breakfast. Leisure facilities include a swimming pool, gym and steam room.


Tuesday 1st – Friday 4th December

ITINERARY


WEDNESDAY This morning we make our way to Bury St Edmunds, a beautiful and busy market town, with plenty of time to visit the cathedral, browse the shops and enjoy a leisurely lunch. We later continue our tour to the delightful city of Ely, a small yet pretty place, full of charm and home to one of England’s most magnificent cathedrals.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to the centre of Norwich. Here you may like to visit the splendid Norman cathedral, or the castle, once of the city’s most famous landmarks, built by the Normans as a royal palace over 900 years ago. Now a museum and art gallery, it is home to some outstanding collections of fine art, archaeology and natural history items. There are many shops to browse and an array of cafes to enjoy lunch. Depending on our allocation of tickets, we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon performance and return to the hotel for dinner, or enjoy an early dinner and travel to the evening performance of the Christmas Spectacular – a fabulous show seen by over 90,000 people each year

FRIDAY Today we leave our hotel and make our way to Royal Windsor, where there will be ample time to explore the historic town. You may like to visit the castle – the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world, and the official residence of Her Majesty the Queen. Or perhaps you’d prefer to take a bus trip around Windsor and Eton, complete with fascinating guided commentary. There are also many lovely shops, and restaurants in which to enjoy lunch. We later continue our homeward journey, and with a stop for tea en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£299



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Tea & mince pies on arrivaln Entertainment each eveningn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Shropshire is a beautiful county which shares a border with Herefordshire to the south, and Wales to the west with wonderful rural countryside scenery, bustling market towns and charming black and white half-timber framed buildings. Join us for a fun packed Turkey & Tinsel.

Buckatree Hall Hotel, Telford A delightful 3* hotel nestled in the beautiful Shropshire countryside. All rooms are ensuite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a deliciously tempting menu and the lounge bar offers a quiet place to relax and retreat. There is a lift to most floors.

SHROPSHIRE TURKEY & TINSEL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way to the historic riverside town of Tewkesbury with time to have lunch and browse the shops. We complete our journey to our hotel where afternoon tea and mince pies will be served whilst your luggage is delivered to your room. Evening dinner tonight will be followed by in house light entertainment.

SATURDAY (Christmas Day) This morning we travel over the border into Herefordshire to the market town of Leominster, the heart of the area known as the “Black & White Villages” with time to browse the many antique and independent shops, and enjoy coffee. We then travel to Ludlow for lunch and time to explore this historic town, with its medieval castle and 500 listed buildings. We return to our hotel where you can relax before our Christmas Day dinner and a visit from Santa followed by musical entertainment .

SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we visit Shrewsbury, with plenty of time to explore this beautiful market town. located on the meandering banks of the River Severn and said to be one of England’s finest medieval towns with over 600 listed buildings, cobbled streets and picturesque squares, You may like to, stroll into Quarry Park and see its floral masterpiece, the “Dingle”, designed by one of its famous gardening residents, the late Percy Thrower. The medieval narrow streets are filled with independent shops and cafes. Tonight we are treated to a New Year’s Eve gala dinner and live musical entertainment to dance the night away

MONDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our journey south, stopping in the historic city of Worcester, with time if you wish to visit the Porcelain Museum (with the world’s largest collection of Worcester Porcelain) or the fine Cathedral, which overlooks the River Severn, where you will find the tomb of King John. And have lunch. We later complete our journey back to the West Country, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£209




YOUR HOTEL

Join us for Grassington’s legendary Dickensian Festival and Christmas market at the most magical time of year. Nestled in the heart of the Yorkshire Dales, the picturesque village of Grassington is transported back to the time of Charles Dickens, with shopkeepers, villagers & visitors dressed in Victorian costume with festive celebrations and market stalls.

Holiday Inn, Leeds-Bradford A modern 3* hotel where each bedroom is en-suite with TV, , hairdryer, safe and tea & coffee making facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the restaurant serves a choice evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include a fitness suite.

GRASSINGTON DICKENSIAN CHRISTMAS FESTIVAL


ITINERARY

FRIDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with stops for coffee and lunch on route. We complete our journey into Yorkshire, and to our hotel, with time to settle in before dinner.SATURDAY This morning we travel north to the unspoilt compact city of Ripon. The cathedral has over 1300 years of history, with medieval woodcarvings that inspired Lewis Caroll’s Alice in Wonderland story. The traditional market square is surrounded by quaint medieval streets and Georgian buildings, filled with fascinating shops and tearooms. After lunch we continue to Harrogate, a Victorian Spa town, which hosts a bustling high street, parklands, elegant architecture, the cobbled Montpellier Quarter with galleries and antique shops, and the famous Betty’s Café Tea Rooms with over 100 years of history.SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way across the Yorkshire Dales to the charming village of Grassington to enjoy the annual Dickensian Festival & Christmas Market. Experience Victorian costumed villagers wandering through the market stalls bringing Charles Dicken’s characters to life. The village comes alive with festive music with buskers and bands and Victorian street entertainers. The Christmas market offers a variety of gift ideas, sweet treats and warm mulled wine. We return to our hotel with a stop in the market town of Skipton where scenes from the film Calendar Girls were shot with time to browse enjoy afternoon tea.MONDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, with comfort and lunch stops on route. We complete our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£239

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Longleat Festival of Light including coach tour of the Safari Parkn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Get into the swing of the festive season with a trip to Longleat. Grab your woolly hat and enjoy the festive experience at Longleat this winter. Marvel at the spectacular Chinese lanterns and see your favourite Christmas characters come to life in the house itself – transformed for the season into a veritable winter wonderland.



Saturday 5th – Sunday 6th December

ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area, with a comfort stop on route to Longleat. On arrival, join us if you wish for a coach tour through the safari park, as we drive past lions, cheetahs, giraffes, elephants and many more safari animals along the way. You then have the remainder of the day free to explore the many attractions at Longleat. The historic house itself is transformed into a magical winter wonderland, and if you’re looking for festive decorations, stocking filler gifts or tasty treats, look no further than the Christmas Fayre. Grab your woolly hat and experience the thrill of outdoor areas, gaze at the dazzling, giant musical Christmas tree, marvel at the amazing Chinese lanterns and see colourful characters come to life as dusk descends! Late-afternoon we travel to our hotel in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.


2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£115



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Lunch on 2 daysn Thursford Christmas Spectacular Ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL




Monday 7th – Friday 11th December

ITINERARYMONDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east to Great Yarmouth and our hotel. With stops for coffee and lunch en route, we arrive in time for a sherry reception before dinner and our first evening of music, dancing and entertainment.





5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Blenheim Palace decorated for Christmas & the Christmas Light Trailn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us as we visit Blenheim Palace for a very special event, with the Palace beautifully decorated for Christmas with a fairytale theme. The Great Hall is adorned with grand Christmas trees bedecked with candles, baubles and lanterns in traditional colours. The grand dining table is set for a Christmas feast, and the fireplaces in the state rooms and the library – each beautifully fes-tooned by floral specialists – offer a glowing welcome. In addition, the formal gardens will be lit up for a festive after-dark colourful illuminat-ed spectacular light trail.

Jurys Inn Hotel, Swindon A delightful 4* hotel. Each of the comfortable en-suite bedrooms have TV, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers delicious traditional evening menu and a hearty breakfast.

BLENHEIM PALACE AT CHRISTMAS & ILLUMINATED LIGHT TRAIL


ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area and make our way to Oxford for its annual Christmas Market. The majestic University city is brought to life with all the seasonal cheer this time of year brings, with wooden chalets lining historic Broad Street, filled with unusual gift ideas, stocking fillers, colourful decorations and enticing aromas of cinnamon and mulled wine. With plenty of time to browse the usual high street shops too, we re-join the coach and travel to our hotel with time to freshen up before dinner.SUNDAY After an unhurried breakfast, we travel to Bourton-On-The-Water situated in the heart of the Cotswolds to browse the shops and enjoy a warming lunch. We later make our way to Blenheim Palace which has been magically transformed into a fairytale-themed setting with beautifully decorated fireplaces festooned with winter greenery and exquisite state rooms twinkling under a star of fairy lights, with elegant Christmas trees around every corner. As the night draws in, enjoy a stroll through the formal gardens, spectacularly illuminated in an array of colourful lights, carpets of dancing flames and glittering woodlands in vibrant Christmas colours stretching into the night sky. We complete our homeward journey, reaching our home area mid-late evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£129



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Tea and coffee with mince pies on arrivaln All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

A Mystery tour and a Turkey & Tinsel… if you enjoy both, please join us and have some fun!

Mystery Hotel, ?????????? A lovely 3* hotel, located in the heart of our chosen location, within walking distance of all amenities. All rooms are en-suite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors and the hotel’s restaurant serves a traditional menu. There will also be nightly festive entertainment.

MYSTERY TURKEY & TINSEL


ITINERARY

MONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way north – or south, or east, or west! With stops for coffee and lunch en route to our hotel, we arrive to tea coffee & mince pies, and time to settle in and relax before dinner and evening entertainment.TUESDAY (Christmas Day) Join us today for a little more mystery. There will once again be stops for coffee and an unhurried lunch en route, plus time to explore and shop, wherever we may be! We later return to our hotel with time to relax before a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings, followed by more entertainment.WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) The morning is free to spend as you please in our chosen town, and with a central location, you can spend as little or as much time as you wish exploring, maybe catch up on your Christmas shopping and enjoy a leisurely warm lunch on one of the many restaurants. Join us in the hotel this afternoon for tea and a Boxing Day quiz. Dinner this evening will be once again followed by festive entertainment.THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) Another day of mystery as we join the coach and make our way to explore somewhere not visited this week. We return with time to relax and prepare for our final dinner and evening of entertainment to see in the “New Year’FRIDAY After a leisurely breakfast we leave our hotel and make our way back to our home area. Stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£275




PRICE INCLUDES:n 2 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Admission to WIndsor Castle & State Rooms at Christmasn Entrance to “Glow” at RHS Garden Wisleyn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Windsor Castle, one of the Queen’s favourite residences, is exquisitely dressed for Christmas. The State Apartments are adorned with beautiful decorations and a majestic Christmas fir tree stands tall in St George’s Hall. Be dazzled by giant botanical light installations and see RHS Wisley’s trees all aglow this winter.

Holiday Inn, High Wycombe A modern 3* hotel. Each en-suite bedroom is comfortably furnished with TV, hairdryer, telephone, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a choice evening menu and generous breakfast.

CHRISTMAS AT WINDSOR CASTLE & WINTER GLOW AT RHS WISLEY

Tuesday 8th – Thursday 10th December

ITINERARY

TUESDAY We leave our home area and make our way, with a comfort stop on route, to Oxford for its annual Christmas market. The majestic University city is brought to life with all the seasonal cheer this time of year brings, with wooden chalets lining historic Broad Street, filled with unusual gift ideas, stocking fillers, colourful decorations and enticing aromas of cinnamon and mulled wine. With plenty of time to explore the Christmas market, and also browse the shops for more Christmas shopping opportunities, we later make our way to our hotel, arriving in time to settle in before dinner, and an evening at leisure.

WEDNESDAY Join us today as we make our way to the town of Royal Windsor to visit the iconic Windsor Castle, dressed for Christmas. The world’s oldest and largest inhabited castle, wander through its State Room Apartments to admire the glittering decorations, swathes of garlands lining the Grand Staircases, trees and twinkling lights and the 20ft fir tree from Windsor’s Great Park, forming the regal centre piece of the castle’s festive display in St George’s Hall. We re-join the coach and travel the short distance to RHS Garden Wisley to experience the enchanting illuminated display of colourful light installations throughout the gardens and the spectacular iconic Laboratory all lit up in a festive glow as you wander through the pathways and step inside the enchanted Botanical Greenhouse.

THURSDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we travel to Salisbury. Beautiful at any time of year, but truly sparkles at Christmas as the majestic cathedral provides the perfect backdrop to the Christmas market with its rows of decorated wooden chalets selling unusual gift ideas and stocking fillers, together with many different tasty treats and warming seasonal drinks as the festive aromas fill the city air. We leave mid-afternoon, completing our homeward journey and reaching our home area early-evening.

3 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£219

SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement (max 4)

Signature upgrade £20.00Travel insurance £21.00


YOUR HOTEL

On a Warner holiday, you will understand what it means to be spoilt for choice; excellent accommodation, delicious food, great things to do and fantastic entertainment each evening. Littlecote House is a Grade I-listed Tudor property steeped in history on the Cotswolds border.

Littlecote House, Hungerford The history of this 16th Century 4* hotel is packed with drama. Henry VIII wooed Jane Seymour here, and Charles II and William of Orange wined and dined here. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The excellent leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna, gym, library and gift shops. Sports activities include archery, croquet, tennis and fencing, and top-class entertainment is provided each evening.

TURKEY & TINSEL, LITTLECOTE HOUSE, BERKSHIRE


ITINERARYMONDAY (Christmas Eve) - We begin our journey, stopping for coffee en route to the delightful town of Bradford-on-Avon for lunch. With time to browse the quaint shops, we then complete our journey to Littlecote, with time to settle in before our first evening meal and live entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Day) - The morning is free for you to continue to enjoy the facilities of our resort… Look out as Santa may be out and about! Join us if you wish for an afternoon excursion to the nearby market town of Marlborough, with its broad high street lined with colonnaded Georgian shops and tearooms. This evening a traditional Christmas Dinner will be served and followed once again by festive entertainment.

WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) - Join us for a full day’s excursion to the historic city of Oxford, where you will have plenty of time to explore the wonderful City of Dreaming Spires. You may like to visit one of the many historic buildings, colleges, museums or art galleries, or simply browse the extensive shopping area for Christmas gifts. before enjoying a leisurely lunch. Time to relax before evening dinner and top-class Boxing Day entertainment.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) - After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to the tranquil market town of Winchester –capital of the Wessex kingdom of Alfred the Great. There are many interesting sights, including the cathedral and the Great Hall, which is home to King Arthur’s round table. With time to enjoy a leisurely lunch and browse the shops, we return to our hotel with time to relax or continue to make use of the activities and facilities before a real treat as we enjoy an in house pantomime followed by a New Year’s Eve Celebration Dinner, party night and the Countdown to Midnight.

FRIDAY This morning we leave our hotel and travel to Bath, one of the country’s most beautiful cities. You may like to visit the Royal Crescent, or the Roman Baths in the heart of the World Heritage Site. Or, celebrating Bath’s most famous resident, the Jane Austen Centre offers a snapshot of life during Regency times. There are also some wonderful shops and numerous restaurants and cafés in which to enjoy lunch. We later continue our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£345



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Return Eurotunnel crossing to Brugesn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a tour which combines a Turkey & Tinsel break with great entertainment and a day excursion (via Eurotunnel) to Bruges Christmas market, with an enchanting Christmas market and brightly-coloured buildings bedecked for Christmas. Don’t forget your passport!

Grand Burstin Hotel, Folkestone Join us for a tour which combines a Turkey & Tinsel break with great entertainment and a day excursion (via Eurotunnel) to Bruges Christmas market, with an enchanting Christmas market and brightly-coloured buildings bedecked for Christmas. Don’t forget your passport!

TURKEY & TINSEL, FOLKESTONE AND BRUGES & CANTERBURY CHRISTMAS MARKETS


ITINERARYMONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way east, stopping for coffee & lunch en route to our hotel. Time to settle in and maybe make use of the hotel leisure facilities before dinner and live entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast we travel on to the historic city of Rochester, where you will find a wonderful blend of ancient & modern, dominated by its fine Norman Castle, and cathedral. There is also a wide selection of speciality shops and lovely places to enjoy a leisurely warming lunch. We return to Folkestone via the coast Road.

WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) After an early breakfast, for those who wish, we travel via the Eurotunnel to Calais, and into Belgium where you’ll have plenty of time to explore the enchanting Christmas market located in the market square. where stalls packed with handmade decorations, gifts and sweets surround an ice rink. There are smaller markets elsewhere in the city and plenty of shops to browse, many selling lace, chocolates and crafts, and numerous cafés to enjoy coffee or a leisurely lunch. Late afternoon we return to Folkestone, again via the Eurotunnel in time for a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings followed by more excellent entertainment. If you do not wish to travel to Bruges, the day is free to spend as you please in Folkestone, or maybe catch a bus to one of the nearby resorts.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning we visit the medieval cathedral city of Canterbury with its traditional Yuletide Christmas Market located at the centre. Pick up traditional festive gifts like hand crafted toys, and Christmas ornaments. The food has a German slant with Bratwurst, gingerbread, roasted almonds and much more. The cathedral is also well worth a visit. We return to our hotel for a Gala Hogmanay Buffet Dinner followed by our final evening’s entertainment.

FRIDAY Back to reality! This morning we leave our hotel and begin our homeward journey back to the West Country, with comfort stops en route, arriving early/mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£195



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entertainment each eveningn Tea, coffee & shortbread on arrivaln Traditional Christmas Turkey Dinner on 1 eveningn Ticket for the Christmas Train of Lightsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The English Riviera is a 22-mile stretch of outstanding south Devon coastline, renowned for its award-winning beaches, rocky coves, pretty villages and mild climate. Dartmouth Steam Railway showcases perhaps one of the most spectacular train rides you’ll ever experience, draped in festive colour, twinkling out into the dusky landscape.

Queens Hotel, Paignton A modern, family-run 3* hotel just a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors. The restaurant offers traditional cuisine and a hearty cooked breakfast, and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and games room. Fabulous cabaret entertainment is provided each evening.

TURKEY & TINSEL ON THE ENGLISH RIVIERA & THE CHRISTMAS TRAIN OF LIGHTS


ITINERARYFRIDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave our home area and make our way to Teignmouth – a real hidden gem on Devon’s southern coast, with a Georgian crescent & long promenade. The town is both a historic port and a classic holiday resort, with a Victorian pier. With time to enjoy lunch, we make the short journey to our hotel, where a hot drink & festive shortbread is served whilst your luggage is taken to your room. With time to settle in, we enjoy dinner and our first evening of live entertainment.

SATURDAY (Christmas Day) After a leisurely breakfast and maybe a visit from Santa, we make our way to the market town of Tavistock, with time to enjoy lunch and explore. Today is market day, with stalls offering a wide variety of products, from antiques to handcrafted gifts. We continue to Buckfast Abbey, founded as a Benedictine monastery in 1018. The Abbey today is self-support-ing, producing honey, vegetables and tonic wine. We return to Paignton where we board the illuminated steam train where your vintage carriage awaits, for a return journey, decorated with thousands of lights, both inside and out. The train takes us to Churston Station where the show begins, after which we travel through the 450 metre Greenway tunnel into the show stopping enchanted forest, followed by the twinkling lights of Dartmouth. Back at our hotel we enjoy a traditional Christmas dinner with all the trimmings followed by entertainment.

SUNDAY (New Year’s Eve) Join us this morning as we travel to the picturesque resort of Dartmouth with time to stroll along the quay, browse the independent shops and galleries for that different Christmas gift and have coffee. We return to Paignton with the afternoon free for you to spend as you please. You may like to take a swim in the hotel pool or stroll along the pier to work up an appetite for our sumptuous New Year’s Eve Gala dinner where you can dress to impress, followed by a final night of entertainment.

MONDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way along the coast to Torquay, with time to maybe do a spot of Christmas shopping in the modern shopping precinct and enjoy a warming lunch. We complete our journey back to our home area arriving late afternoon.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£235

NEW NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Bed & Breakfastn Return Eurotunnel crossingsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for an opportunity to enjoy a weekend of stocking up on food, drink and last-minute gifts before the hustle and bustle of Christmas!

Ibis Hotel, Calais A contemporary hotel situated next to the large shopping complex of Cité Europe and some of Calais’ attractions. All rooms are tastefully furnished and ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer &Wi-Fi access. The restaurant offers a generous buffet breakfast; there is also a bar and lounge area in which to relax.

CHRISTMAS SHOPPING WEEKEND IN CALAIS


ITINERARY

SATURDAY After an early departure we travel to Folkestone, with a comfort stop en route, to board the Eurotunnel for the 40-minute crossing to Calais. You’ll then have the reminder of the day free to spend in Cité Europe – a vast shopping mall with around 150 shops to choose from, full of Christmas gifts and inspiration. There are numerous cafés and restaurants in which to sample the local cuisine and enjoy an evening meal, before retiring to our hotel for a restful night sleep.SUNDAY We leave our hotel after a leisurely breakfast and return to Cité Europe, allowing you the morning to complete your Christmas shopping, and stock up on your favourite Christmas tipple. Early-afternoon we re-join the coach for the return Eurotunnel crossing back to Folkestone, before completing our homeward journey, reaching the West Country mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£115




YOUR HOTEL

Get into the swing of the festive season with a trip to Longleat. Grab your woolly hat and enjoy the festive experience at Longleat this winter. Marvel at the amazing Chinese lanterns and see your favourite Christmas characters come to life in the house itself – transformed for the season into a veritable winter wonderland.


LONGLEAT’S FESTIVAL OF LIGHT & SOUTHAMPTON’S CHRISTMAS FESTIVAL


ITINERARY


SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we leave our hotel and make the short journey to Southampton’s Christmas Festival with over 40 alpine chalets which include traditional arts, crafts and gift stalls as well as authentic German market stalls. There is also musical entertainment and flying Santa with his reindeer who lights up the winter sky. Southampton also has a modern, indoor shopping centre with numerous cafés & restaurants. We later complete our homeward journey, arriving early-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£115

SUPPLEMENTS:No single supplement (max 4 only)

Signature room upgrade £20.00Travel insurance £21.00


YOUR HOTEL

Well known for the scenes of To The Manor Born and set in 160 acres of parkland, you are assured excellent accommodation, delicious food, great things to do and fantastic entertainment at this well established Warner hotel.

Cricket St Thomas, Near Chard A beautiful country hotel. All rooms are en-suite with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee making facilities. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, beauty salon and the usual Warner activities.

WARNER TURKEY & TINSEL, CRICKET ST THOMAS


ITINERARY

MONDAY (Christmas Eve) We leave the West Country this morning and make our way to Otter Nurseries with a garden centre, gift shop and lovely restaurant. We continue to our hotel with time to settle in before dinner, and top-class festive entertainment.

TUESDAY (Christmas Day) Join us this morning as we make a visit to Dorset’s county town of Dorchester with local and high street shops and cosy cafes to enjoy lunch. The market town is famous for being a backdrop to many Thomas Hardy novels and is home to some delightful and quirky museums! We return to our hotel this afternoon with the remainder of the day free to make use of the hotel facilities. A traditional Turkey Christmas dinner is followed by more live entertainment.

WEDNESDAY (Boxing Day) Join us if you wish for an excursion to Bridport for market day. After lunch we return to the hotel with time to relax before dinner and tonight’s festive entertainment.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) Today we travel to picturesque Sherborne, with unusual shops, antique treasure troves cafés to enjoy lunch. Whilst here you may like to explore Sherborne Abbey, affectionately known as the cathedral of Dorset with its beautiful vaulted ceiling. A final afternoon at leisure at our hotel before evening dinner and top festive entertainment.

FRIDAY We return to our home area with a stop in Clarks Village, Street, for lunch and time to maybe buy that last-minute Christmas gift. We complete our journey home, arriving very early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£295



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Blists Hill Victorian Townn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a mixture of old and new Christmas traditions as we enjoy a truly traditional Victorian Christmas at Blists Hill Victorian Town and at Cheltenham for the traditional Christmas market.


BLISTS HILL VICTORIAN CHRISTMAS & CHELTENHAM CHRISTMAS MARKET


ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, travel to Cheltenham. Housed in gorgeous wooden chalets which create a sense of magic and wonder, Cheltenham’s Christmas Market is sure to get you into the festive spirit, with many stalls selling a wide range of Christmas gifts, crafts, food and drink creating a unique Christmas Market atmosphere. Enjoy a glass of mulled wine and a bratwurst sausage while you wander and browse along the rows of stalls. There are also many of the usual High Street shops and restaurants to enjoy a warming lunch. We later re-join the coach and make our through the Shropshire countryside to our hotel, where tea & mince pies will be served. Time to settle in before a traditional Christmas themed dinner with musical entertainment whilst you eat, and an evening at leisure.SUNDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to Blists Hill at Ironbridge, to visit the recreated Victorian town, specially decorated for a traditional Victorian Christmas ex-perience. Wander through the historic streets, and experience the sights, sounds and aromas of a treasured bygone era. You may like to do a little Christmas shopping in the Victo-rian shops, all offering unique gift ideas, or discover the in-teractive exhibitions, cottages and workshops to learn about Victorian life and listen to carols sung by choirs with brass bands. There are plenty of restaurants and cafes to enjoy a warming winter lunch. We leave late afternoon and make our way back to the West Country, arriving mid-evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£109


Monday 21st – Monday 28th December

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 7 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Turkey lunch on Christmas Dayn All coach travel SUPPLEMENTS:

Single supplement £40.00 for 1st 3 singlesSubsequent singles £135.00


The Swiss Alps is a spectacular location for a truly magical Christmas tour. With its wintry scenery and sparkling, snow-covered mountains, a warm welcome awaits in the hilltop village of Leysin, nestled high above Lake Geneva.

Central-Residence Hotel, Leysin A delightful 3* hotel decorated in the scenic Swiss style. All bedrooms are ensuite, with TV & hairdryer, and some boast views across the valley. There is a lift to all floors. The traditionally decorated restaurant serves locally sourced food and enjoys fabulous views across the valley floor and mountains beyond. Leisure facilities include a large bar/lounge area, indoor pool, sauna and gym.

CHRISTMAS IN SWITZERLAND

8 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£745

ITINERARY

MONDAY After an early departure we make our way to Dover, with a comfort stop en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight hotel in Laon, with time to freshen up before the evening meal.

TUESDAY We today continue our journey through France and into Switzerland. Travelling through some stunning mountain scenery, we reach our hotel in the hilltop village of Leysin with time to freshen up before a welcome drink & evening dinner.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we journey across the mountains to the charming town of Gruyeres, famous for its cheese production. The picture-postcard centre with its medieval buildings, cobbled pedestrian area and medieval water fountain has experienced over 800 years of history. Gruyeres Castle towers majestically above the town. It has been open to the public since 1938, and visitors are welcome to explore the rooms, courtyards and gardens at leisure (entry charge). Gruyeres is most famous for its mild cheese, locally produced since 1115. After lunch we return to our hotel, where you may like to take the cable car from the village up into the mountains and enjoy a coffee in the restaurant overlooking the valley and mountain range.

THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) Today we make our way to the shores of Lake Geneva and the cosmopolitan town of Montreux. Each year, along the lake edge, over 150 stalls are decoratively laid out for the Montreux Noel Christmas market. Each stall is packed with gift ideas, handmade crafts, winter textiles and sparkling decorations. Indulge in a hot drink while you wander, enjoying the festive atmosphere and musical entertainment. Why not pick up a last-minute gift for a loved one?

FRIDAY (Christmas Day) Merry Christmas, everyone! We start the day with a hearty Swiss buffet breakfast, before relaxing, opening presents, maybe speaking to family and friends and enjoying the festivities of the day. Join us for a traditional Christmas turkey lunch, after which you may like to take a stroll around the village – after all, Leysin is said to be the ‘oxygen of the Alps’! You may like to enjoy a cable car ride to the top of the surrounding mountain for a full panoramic vistas across the village and beyond or perhaps make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities before our buffet style evening meal.

SATURDAY (Boxing Day) Join us today as we visit the elegant town of Gstaad. Full of charm and traditional Swiss style, it has attracted both the nobility and the rich and famous over the years. Nestled between two valleys of the Bernese Oberland, this chic town has a traffic-free pedestrian area, together with boutique shops, galleries and cafés.

SUNDAY Sadly we today leave our hotel and enjoy the scenic journey back into France, reaching our overnight hotel in Laon with time to freshen up before the evening meal.

MONDAY After breakfast, we continue the journey back to Calais, with comfort stops en route, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We then complete our homeward journey, arriving in the West Country mid-evening.

Swiss resort of Gstaad

Christmas Market in Montreux



PRICE INCLUDES:n 1 Night Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Entrance to Kew Botanical Garden Seasonal Illuminationsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The stunning gardens at Kew are illuminated for the festive season, with a one-mile pathway that meanders through the world-famous botanic gardens in a magical after-dark experience with colourful seasonal cheer.

Holiday Inn, High Wycombe A modern 3* hotel. Each of the comfortable, rooms is ensuite, with TV, hairdryer, WiFi and tea & coffee facilities. There is no lift at the hotel, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant offers delicious traditional evening menu and a hearty breakfast.

CHRISTMAS AT KEW & OXFORD CHRISTMAS MARKET

Tuesday 15th – Wednesday 16th Dec

ITINERARY

TUESDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop on route, we make our way to Royal Windsor with time to explore this delightful town with so much history. Whilst here you may like to take a sight seeing bus tour around Windsor and Eton, visit the castle, enjoy a boat trip along the Thames, or perhaps indulge in little Christmas shopping. We later make our way to Kew Gardens for an early evening illuminated trail. As twilight fails, the magic begins as you wander beneath unique tree canopies drenched in festive light and gaze into the glowing waterside reflections as clusters of fountains dance in an explosion of colour. We re-join the coach and travel to our hotel, arriving in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast, we make our way to Oxford for its annual Christmas market. The majestic University city is brought to life with all the seasonal cheer this time of year brings, with wooden chalets lining historic Broad Street, filled with unusual gift ideas, stocking fillers, colourful decorations and enticing aromas of cinnamon and mulled wine. With plenty of time to explore the Christmas market and browse the shops for more Christmas shopping opportunities we make our way back to the West Country, arriving early evening.

2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£129


Santa Train Ride (please ask us for details of how to book)Travel insurance £14.00


YOUR HOTEL

Get into the swing of the festive season with a trip to Longleat. Grab your woolly hat and glide round the outdoor ice rink; marvel at the amazing Chinese lanterns and see your favourite Christmas characters come to life in the house itself – transformed for the season into a veritable winter wonderland.




ITINERARY

SATURDAY We leave our home area, with a comfort stop on route to Longleat. On arrival, join us if you wish for a coach tour through the safari park, as we drive past lions, cheetahs, giraffes, elephants and many more safari animals along the way. You then have the remainder of the day free to explore the many attractions at Longleat. The historic house itself is transformed into a magical winter wonderland, and if you’re looking for festive decorations, stocking filler gifts or tasty treats, look no further than the Christmas fayre. Grab your woolly hat and experience the thrill of outdoor skating on real ice, gaze at the dazzling, giant musical Christmas tree, marvel at the amazing Chinese lanterns and see colourful characters come to life! Santa’s train is also a delight for the young ones. Late-afternoon we travel to our hotel in time for dinner and an evening at leisure.


2 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£115


Tuesday 22nd – Sunday 27th December

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 5 Nights’ Dinner, Bed Breakfastn Thursford Christmas Spectacular Ticketn All coach travel



Norfolk is one of England’s most picturesque counties, best known for its windmills and the Broads and offers a revitalizing getaway from the hustle and bustle of busy Britain. Thursford Christmas Spectacular is one of the UK’s largest Christmas production shows, with a cast of choirs, orchestras, military bands and professional dance troops, amid beautiful Christmas scenery – guaranteed to get your Christmas off to a festive start!

Mercure Hotel, Norwich A superb 4* hotel located on the outskirts on the city of Norwich. All rooms are en-suite with TV, telephone, hairdryer, Wi-Fi access and tea & coffee making facilities. There is no lift at the hotel, but ground floor rooms are available. The restaurant serves a delicious home-cooked menu and hearty breakfast, and leisure facilities include a swimming pool, sauna, gym and steam room.

CHRISTMAS IN NORFOLK...INCLUDING THURSFORD CHRISTMAS SPECTACULAR

6 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£595

ITINERARY

TUESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way to Norfolk, stopping for coffee and lunch on route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in relax before dinner, followed by seasonal entertainment including Christmas Carols.

WEDNESDAY This morning we make the short journey into the centre of Norwich. You may like to visit the splendid Norman cathedral, or the castle, one of the city’s most famous landmarks, built by the Normans as a Royal Palace 900 years ago, now a museum and art gallery. Enjoy some last-minute Christmas shopping in the city centre and a warming lunch in one of its many cafes. Depending on our allocation of tickets, we will either travel to Thursford for the afternoon performance and return to the hotel for dinner, OR enjoy an early dinner and travel to the evening performance of the Christmas Spectacular – a fabulous show seen by over 90,000 people each year.

THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) – After a leisurely breakfast, we make the short journey to Wroxham Barns for a coffee stop. A beautiful collection of restored 18th century barns, here you can browse the craft and gift shops, and maybe find that last minute Christmas gift! We continue to Wroxham, the capital of the Norfolk Broads, for a warming lunch and time to stroll around this lovely village set alongside the River Bure. We later return to our hotel with time to relax before dinner, followed by live entertainment and dancing until late!

FRIDAY (Christmas Day) – Happy Christmas! The day is free to spend as you please. You may like to spend the morning exchanging presents, attend a local church service or take a stroll to work up an appetite for a traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings and a visit from Santa! This afternoon you make like to watch the Queen’s Speech and enjoy afternoon tea with mince pies, or make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities, before a delicious hot and cold buffet evening dinner, followed by live entertainment.

SATURDAY (Boxing Day) – Join us, if you wish, as we travel across to the Norfolk coast, and the popular seaside resort of Great Yarmouth. Here you may like to wander along one of the two promenades and browse the shops. We return to our hotel for lunch at midday and an afternoon at leisure before a drink’s reception tonight, followed by a gala dinner live musical entertainment.

SUNDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Norfolk as we begin our homeward journey. Stopping for coffee and lunch on route, we reach our home area early evening.

Tuesday 22nd – Monday 28th December

YOUR HOTEL

PRICE INCLUDES:n 6 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Buffet Breakfastn Christmas Eve Cocktail Reception & Festive Dinnern Entertainment on 1 eveningn Traditional Turkey Christmas lunchn Rustic Buffet Boxing Day Dinnern Guided Walk of Goslarn Ferry crossingsn All coach travel



Join us for an enchanting Christmas tour to the scenic region of Germany’s Harz Mountains where romantic fairytales were created by the famous Brothers Grimm. Celebrate Christmas festivities as we discover quaint towns with steeped roofs and tiny windows, narrow cobbled streets, dark forests and rushing streams.

Hotel Der Achterman, Goslar A locally rated 4* hotel ideally located near the historic centre of Goslar. Each of the comfortably furnished en-suite bedrooms are equipped with a TV. There is a lift to most floors. The restaurant serves a delicious evening menu and generous breakfast. Leisure facilities include a wellness spa, indoor pool and whirlpool.

CHRISTMAS IN FAIRYTALE GERMANY

7 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£745

ITINERARY

TUESDAY After an early departure, we make our way to Dover, with comfort stops en route, for the ferry crossing to Calais. We then continue to our overnight accommodation near Liege, arriving in time for the evening meal.

WEDNESDAY After breakfast, we continue our journey through Belgium into Germany, with regular comfort stops en route, to our hotel in Goslar. With time to settle in and freshen up before dinner tonight.

THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we make our way through Saxony to the historic University town of Gottingen. In the central market-place is famous statue of Ganseliesel (a girl carrying geese) in the water fountain. Behind this you will find the old town hall, built 700 years ago and nearby is the 15th century St Jacob’s church with its unusual geometric interior pillars. With time to explore the town and enjoy a relaxing lunch, we return to Goslar. Our hosts start the festivities this evening with a cocktail reception and 4 course festive dinner followed by entertainment.

FRIDAY (Christmas Day) Happy Christmas everyone! Today is free for you to enjoy a leisurely breakfast, and spend the day as you please,

opening presents and telephone loved ones, before we enjoy a traditional Turkey Christmas lunch, served by our German hosts. You may like to make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities this afternoon or take a stroll into the historic centre of Goslar where you will find the Christmas market with illuminated forest trees and wooden chalet stalls with gifts and tempting treats and warm mulled wine. This evening we enjoy a buffet dinner.

SATURDAY (Boxing Day) Join us today as we visit the fairytale town of Hamelin, with magnificent half-timbered buildings with wood carvings and its old quarter with winding narrow lanes and pretty shops. Follow the “rat trail” marked through the historic centre with references to the famous tale of the Pied Piper of Hamelin – a rat catcher who lured children away with his beguiling flute melodies. With time to browse the shops and enjoy a warming lunch in one of the cafes, we return to Goslar for a rustic buffet dinner and guided walk through the old town.

SUNDAY Sadly it’s now time to say a fond farewell to our hosts as we begin our journey home, again with regular comfort stops, to our overnight accommodation near Liege, arriving in time for dinner.

MONDAY We resume our homeward journey to Calais, for the return ferry crossing to Dover. We continue to the West Country, arriving mid/late-evening. NEW

NEW




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Warm mince pies & hot drinks after Midnight Massn Lunch on Christmas Dayn Pantomime ticketn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

York is a city of contrasts, renowned for its exquisite architecture, tangle of quaint cobbled streets and iconic Minster. The city has retained so much of its medieval structure that walking into its centre is like entering a living museum. Where better to spend Christmas?

Queens Hotel, York We are delighted to return to this 3* hotel, ideally situated on the banks of the river Ouse in the heart of the city centre. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors, and the restaurant offers delicious traditional food. Entertainment is provided each evening.

CHRISTMAS IN YORK

Wednesday 23rd – Sunday 27th Dec

ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch en route, and reaching our hotel with time to settle in and freshen up before dinner and our first evening’s entertainment including bingo… with prizes for the winners!

THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) – Join us this morning as we travel to the beautiful spa town of Harrogate, renowned for its wonderful architecture and public parks. Time here to browse the shops and maybe pick up that last-minute gift. After lunch… we highly recommend a visit to Betty’s teashop! we return to York with the afternoon free to spend as you please. You may like to visit the imposing gothic Minster, and Little Shambles is an absolute delight. As our hotel is in the centre of York, you can spend as much or as little time exploring as you wish. Dinner this evening is followed by entertainment. For those wishing to attend Midnight Mass at the Minster (entrance free), hot drinks and mince pies will be served on your return to the hotel.

FRIDAY (Christmas Day) – Merry Christmas everyone! After leisurely breakfast, spend the morning with loved ones, unwrapping presents and calling friends and family. You may then like to stroll into the city centre before a full Christmas lunch with all the trimmings in served! Later, relax in the lounge this afternoon whilst you watch the Queen’s speech and enjoy an afternoon at leisure. Dinner this evening is once again followed by light entertainment.

SATURDAY (Boxing Day) – After a hearty cooked breakfast, the morning is free to enjoy the hotel’s riverside location, or take a stroll around the historic centre of the city and have lunch. Christmas would not be complete without a visit to the pantomime as we enjoy a matinee performance at the Grand Opera House Theatre.. Oh yes we do!!. After a jolly good time we return to the hotel for dinner, and a final evening of live entertainment.

SUNDAY Sadly this morning we leave of our hotel and begin our journey south. Once again stopping for coffee and lunch en route, we reach the West Country early-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£555



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Full Board accommodationn Sherry reception on first nightn A special visit from Santa on Christmas Dayn Afternoon tea and Christmas Cake on Christmas Dayn Live entertainment each eveningn Boat trip on Lake Windermeren All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

An area renowned for its exceptional natural beauty, the Lake District provides the ideal retreat from the hustle and bustle of daily routine..

Cumbria Grand Hotel, Grange-over-Sands A delightful 3* hotel set within private wooded grounds and enjoying views of Morecambe Bay. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone and tea & coffee facilities. There is a lift to all floors, the hotel’s experienced in-house chef has developed an excellent and varied menu, and live entertainment is provided each evening.

CHRISTMAS IN THE LAKE DISTRICT


ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave our home area and make our way north, with coffee and lunch stops on route to our hotel with time to settle in. Our evening begins with a sherry reception before dinner and our first evening of live entertainment.

THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) – This morning we make our way a little further north, through some stunning scenery and following the banks of Lake Windermere to Ambleside for coffee and time to browse the independent gift shops. We return to our hotel for a 2 course lunch and the afternoon free to spend as you please; maybe take a stroll into the town of the hotel grounds. Dinner this evening will once again be followed by live entertainment.

FRIDAY (Christmas Day) – Happy Christmas! The day is free to spend as you please. You may like to spend the morning exchanging presents, attend a local church service or take a stroll to work up an appetite for a traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings and a very special visit from Santa. This afternoon you may like to watch the Queen’s Speech before afternoon tea and Christmas cake. This evening we have a delicious festive buffet, followed by an evening of live musical entertainment to dance the night away!

SATURDAY (Boxing Day) – After a leisurely breakfast we make our way to Bowness, on Lake Windermere with time to enjoy the lovely scenery and browse the gift shops. We then board a boat for a leisurely cruise with magnificent views of mountain scenery, to Lakeside, where we rejoin the coach and return to our hotel for our 2 course lunch. An afternoon to spend as you please, maybe watch the light entertainment in the hotel or take a stroll to work up an appetite for a candlelit dinner followed by our final evening of live entertainment

SUNDAY Sadly we leave our hotel after breakfast and begin our homeward journey, stopping for coffee & lunch as we travel and completing our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£545



PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Traditional Christmas Day Lunchn Tea, Coffee & Festive Cream Tea on Christmas Even Mulled Wine & Mince Pies at Midnight on Christmas Even Live entertainment every nightn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a traditional Scottish Christmas full of festive cheer and sparkle. Pitlochry is a delightful town situated under the towering Ben Vrackie mountain at 2,760 feet and is well-known for its salmon ladder, and lovely Victorian architecture.

Fishers Hotel, Pitlochry A warm welcome is assured at this friendly 3* hotel centrally located in the Victorian town. All rooms are en-suite with TV, and tea & coffee making facilities. The restaurant serves a delicious home cooked menu using local ingredients and a hearty Scottish breakfast. Live Entertainment is provided each evening.

CHRISTMAS IN SCOTLAND


ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way north, stopping for coffee and lunch on route and arriving at our hotel with time to settle in before dinner and our first night of live entertainment.THURSDAY (Christmas Eve) – This morning we take a scenic tour through the beautiful Scottish scenery as we head towards the Trossachs National Park, with a stop for an early lunch and an opportunity to browse the independent shops for that last minute gift. We return to our hotel with the afternoon to spend as you please exploring Pitlochry and enjoying a festive cream tea in our hotel. Dinner this evening will once again be followed by live entertainment. For those who wish to attend midnight mass, mulled wine and mince pies will be served on your return.FRIDAY (Christmas Day) – Happy Christmas! The day is free to spend as you please. You may like to spend the morning exchanging presents, attend a local church service or take a stroll around the town to work up an appetite for a traditional Christmas lunch with all the trimmings and a visit from Santa! This afternoon you may like to watch the Queen’s Speech and relax before a buffet evening dinner and live entertainment.SATURDAY (Boxing Day) – After a leisurely breakfast, we travel south a little to the delightful city of Perth – once the capital of Scotland and favourite destination of Kings and Queens, with elegant architecture, parkland and the tranquil River Tay. Here you might find a bargain in the Boxing Day sales, and have time to enjoy a warming lunch in one of the many restaurants & cafés. This evening we enjoy evening dinner followed by a final night of live entertainmentSUNDAY It’s time to say goodbye to Pitlochry as we begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route, we reach our home area mid evening.

5DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£545



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Tea & mince pies on arrivaln Entertainment on 2 eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

If you are not sure what to do between Christmas and the New Year, why not join us for this excellent value short break along the south coast, one of the UK’s most popular holiday destinations.

Chichester Park Hotel, Chichester We are delighted to return to this modern 3* hotel ideally located close to the centre of the city. All rooms are en suite, with TV, hairdryer and tea & coffee-making facilities and the restaurant offers an excellent menu. Leisure facilities include an indoor pool, sauna and spa bath and entertainment is provided on 2 evenings.

TWIXMAS ALONG THE SOUTH COAST

Sunday 27th – Wednesday 30th Dec

ITINERARY

SUNDAY We leave our home area and with a comfort stop en route, make our way to the market town of Winchester, the capital of the Wessex Kingdom under Alfred The Great. There are many interesting sights, including the cathedral and the Great Hall, which is home to King Arthur’s round table. With time to enjoy a warming lunch and browse the shops, we complete our journey to our hotel where afternoon tea and mince pies will be served whilst your luggage is delivered to your room. Time to settle in and freshen up before dinner and an evening at leisure.

MONDAY Join us today as we make the short journey to Portsmouth’s celebrated dockyard, home to HMS Victory and the Mary Rose. You may like to visit the Royal Naval and D-Day Museums, the Blue Reef Aquarium, Gunwharf Quay, a modern waterfront shopping centre, or the Spinnaker Tower, which rises 170 metres and offers wonderful views across the Isle Of Wight on a clear day. We return to our hotel, with time to relax before dinner and evening entertainment.

TUESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make our way a little further east to Brighton, with plenty of time to explore the city. The spectacular Royal Pavilion is well worth a visit; beneath its distinctive onion domes houses the interesting history of george IV or for hose with a head for heights, why not ascend Brighton’s newest attraction on the seafront, the i360, a 450 foot observation tower and world’s first vertical cable car with 360 degrees panoramic views across Brighton, the English Channel and beyond! For the shoppers there is the Lanes, Brighton’s historic quarter, a maze of narrow alleyways lined with independent boutiques, antique shops anal the usual High Street shops and restaurants to enjoy a leisurely warm lunch. Dinner will be followed by another evening of live entertainment.

WEDNESDAY We leave our hotel after breakfast and make our way along the coast to Salisbury with time to maybe do a spot of Sales shopping or visit the cathedral and have lunch. We complete our journey back to our home area, arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£185




PRICE INCLUDES:n 4 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Light lunch on 1 dayn New Year’s Eve Prosecco & Canapés Receptionn New Year’s Eve Gala Dinnern New Year’s Eve Traditional Ceilidh & Scottish Hogmanayn Entertainment on 3 eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Unwind after the hustle and bustle of Christmas as we enjoy traditional Scottish Hogmanay celebrations in Blairgowrie, a charming country town nestled at the foot of the Sidlaw Hills.

Angus Hotel, Blairgowrie A warm welcome awaits at this 3* hotel in the centre of Blairgowrie. All rooms are ensuite, with TV, telephone, Wi-Fi and tea & coffee facilities. A lift serves all floors. The restaurant offers outstanding traditional cuisine and leisure facilities include an indoor pool and sauna. Entertainment is provided most evenings.

SCOTTISH HOGMANAY

Tues 29th Dec 2020 – Sat 2nd Jan 2021

ITINERARYTUESDAY After an early departure, we leave the West Country and make our way north to our hotel. With regular comfort stops en route, we arrive to a warm welcome of mulled wine & Scottish shortbread and time to settle in before dinner.

WEDNESDAY After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey south to the city of Perth, beautifully situated on the banks of the river Tay, with time to browse the shops and have lunch in the bustling café quarter. We return to our hotel with the rest of the afternoon free to relax and maybe make use of the hotel’s leisure facilities. Tonight we enjoy a three-course candlelit dinner, followed by live musical entertainment.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) – After a hearty Scottish breakfast, the morning is free to spend as you please in Blairgowrie. You may like to browse the shops and enjoy coffee in the town centre or take a stroll along the river Ericht near the peaceful green Wellmeadow, before returning to our hotel in time for a light lunch. Later, we kick-start the Hogmanay celebrations in style pre-dinner canapes and Prosecco before a sumptuous gala dinner. We then enjoy a traditional Scottish ceilidh with the Spirit of Scotland pipe band, ringing the New Year in with music and dancing till 1:30am, topped off by a plate of steaming hot Scottish stovies!

FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) – Happy New Year! After a much-needed lie-in and leisurely bucks fizz brunch, late-morning we journey north to Pitlochry. Each year during the afternoon of New Year’s Day, the main street is closed to traffic. Locals and tourists alike take part as a local band plays ceilidh (pronounced kay-lee) music and invites everyone to join in with traditional Scottish dances like Strip the Willow, the Gay Gordons and the Military Twostep. The local butchers, Macdonald Bros, supplies gallons of hot soup, sausage rolls and pies, which are free of charge (but donations are welcome). Join us this evening for a cabaret dinner dance with live entertainment.

SATURDAY This morning after a full Scottish breakfast, we begin our homeward journey. With regular comfort stops en route, we reach the West Country mid-evening.

5 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£535



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Complimentary glass of wine with dinner on 2 eveningsn Finger buffet on New Year’s Even Glass of bubbly on New Year’s Even Entertainment on 2 eveningsn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

One of the most elegant of Britain’s resorts, Eastbourne is sheltered by the South Downs. The promenades stretch for three miles – ideal for a pleasant stroll!

Oban Hotel, Eastbourne Ideally situated on the seafront and enjoying lovely sea views, this delightful, family run hotel is close to the pier, and town centre. All rooms are ensuite with TV, tea & coffee making facilities and hairdryers are available. The Restaurant serves a delicious seasonal menu. There is a lift to all floors and entertainment is provided on 2 evenings.

NEW YEAR IN EASTBOURNE

Wed 30th Dec 2020 – Sat 2nd Jan 2021

ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and make our way east, stopping for coffee and lunch en route to our hotel, arriving with time to settle in before our first evening dinner and time to relax.THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) This morning we make a scenic drive via Beachy Head to Brighton with time to browse the many High Street shops or take a stroll the historic Lanes – a maze of narrow alleyways lined with antique shops and elegant arcades of boutiques. You may like to take a stroll along the pier and enjoy a warming lunch before we return to Eastbourne with time to relax before a New Year’s Eve celebration dinner and a complimentary glass of wine. The evening continues with live musical entertainment, a finger buffet at 10pm and a glass of bubbly to see in the New Year with the traditional singing of Auld Lang Syne.FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) Happy New Year! After a very leisurely breakfast the day is free for you to spend as you please in Eastbourne. You may like to take a walk along the seafront or the pier or browse the shopping centre and maybe pick up a bargain in the sales. There are also a number of cafés & restaurants to enjoy a leisurely warming lunch & afternoon tea. Tonight a New Year’s Day festive dinner with a complimentary glass of wine will be followed by an evening of live music and dancing.SATURDAY This morning we leave Eastbourne and begin our journey home, stopping for coffee and lunch stops on route. We complete our journey back to the West country, arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£359

SUPPLEMENTS:N single supplement (Max 5)


PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Bucks Fizz on 1st nightn Afternoon tea on New Year’s Dayn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

The historic market town of Mold offers the visitor tradition and culture mixed with a lively atmosphere. From historic churches and prehistoric treasures to modern shops ranging from small boutiques to high street names it has it all.

The Beaufort Park Hotel, Mold A charming 3* hotel, situated 2 miles from the centre of Mold in the delightful North Wales Borderlands. Each of the comfortable rooms is ensuite, with TV, telephone, hairdryer, and tea & coffee facilities. The restaurant serves an array of seasonal dishes and fine wines. The hotel does not have a lift but has a large amount of ground floor rooms. And entertainment is provided each evening.

NEW YEAR IN NORTH WALES


ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and travel north, with stops for coffee and lunch en route to our hotel where afternoon tea and Bara Brith will be served whilst your luggage is delivered to your rooms. Time to relax and settle in before a glass of bucks fizz followed by dinner and evening entertainment.THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) After a leisurely breakfast we travel to Chester, the county town of Cheshire with the most complete walled city in Britain. With time to browse the shops, maybe pick up a bargain in the sales or take a stroll along the walls and have lunch we return to our hotel with time maybe to play one of the board games available in the lounge and to relax before our New Year’s Eve dinner followed by live musical entertainment to dance the night away to and the traditional countdown to the New Year at midnight.FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) Happy New Year! After a leisurely brunch, join us if you wish for a gentle drive along the North Wales Coast to Llandudno with a short stop to take a stroll and breath in the sea air! We return to our hotel where tea and cake will be served and an afternoon of games, bingo and a quiz etc. Time to relax before our farewell evening dinner and live musical entertainment.SATURDAY Sadly we begin our homeward journey, again with a stop for coffee and lunch en route, arriving back in the West Country early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£359



PRICE INCLUDES:n 3 Nights’ Dinner, Bed & Breakfastn Mulled wine & mince pies on arrivaln 5-course gala dinner on New Year’s Even Hot & cold fork buffet lunch on New Year’s Dayn 3 nights live entertainmentn All coach travel

YOUR HOTEL

Join us for a New Year tour to Oxfordshire … Witney is a delightful, historic market town situated on the River Windrush and famous for its blankets.

Oxford Witney Hotel, Witney Located just a short walk from the historic centre of the market town, this contemporary 4* hotel prides itself on its warm welcome and beautiful surroundings. All rooms are en suite with TV, hairdryer, and tea & coffee-making facilities. The restaurant offers a wide array of mouth-watering meals and the hotel’s leisure club boasts an indoor pool, spa bath, sauna, steam room and gym. Although there is no lift, there are ground floor rooms. Live entertainment is provided each evening.

NEW YEAR IN OXFORDSHIRE


ITINERARY

WEDNESDAY We leave the West Country and, with a comfort stop en route, make our way to Cheltenham with time to browse the shops and maybe pick up a bargain in the sales! After lunch we complete our journey to our hotel where mulled wine & mince pies will be served whilst your luggage is delivered to your room. Dinner this evening is a carvery buffet and will be followed by live entertainment.

THURSDAY (New Year’s Eve) – After a leisurely breakfast we make the short journey to the city of Oxford, known as the “City of Dreaming Spires” with over 30 colleges and iconic museums including the Bodleian Library and Ashmolean Museum. One of the best ways to see the city is by a sight-seeing tour bus with guided audio commentary, to learn more about its fascinating history. The shopping district is a vibrant area with many restaurants and cafes to enjoy a warming lunch. We return to our hotel with time to relax before a 5 course gala dinner, musical entertain-ment to dance the night away to and a piper to “bring in the New Year at midnight”

FRIDAY (New Year’s Day) – Happy New Year! A leisurely Buck’s Fizz brunch will be served followed by a hot & cold fork buffet form 08.30 am – 2.30pm giving you the day free to relax and spend as you please and rise as early or late as you wish. You may like to take a stroll around the town or make use of the hotel leisure facilities. Dinner this evening will be followed by our final night of live entertainment.

SATURDAY Sadly we leave our hotel and make our way to Bath. A beautiful city with stunning Georgian architecture, you may like to take a sightseeing tour bus ride around the city and its outskirts to learn about the city’s colourful past residents or visit Bath Abbey or the Jane Austen museum to learn about the much-loved characters in her novels and about Georgian society in Bath. There is also wonderful shopping centre, and numerous cafés to have lunch. We continue our journey back to the West Country arriving early evening.

4 DAYS

TOUR PRICE

£359


1. FINANCIAL PROTECTION Your contract is with Blakes Coaches Ltd of East Anstey, Tiverton EX16 9JJ . When you book a holiday with us, which doesn’t include a flight, the money you pay us for the booking will be protected by the Bonded Coach Holidays (BCH). This is a Government approved consumer protection scheme. The scheme will also ensure your repatriation in the event the company becomes insolvent. Our Trading Charter and Booking Conditions set out clearly and simply the responsibility we have to you and in turn, you have with us, when a contract is made. Please see the BCH Consumer Guarantee at www.bch-uk.org.There is no financial protection if you purchase just transport or accommodation-only from us. We fully comply with the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018. The combination of travel services offered to you is a package holiday within the meaning of the Regulations. Therefore, you will benefit from all rights applying to package holidays. Blakes Coaches Ltd will be fully responsible for the proper performance of the holiday and providing assistance if you are in difficulty. Your key rights will be in the details of the tour which will be provided prior to booking.

2. BOOKING AND PAYMENT When a booking is made, the ‘lead name’ on the booking guarantees that he or she is 18 or over and has the authority and accepts on behalf of the party the terms of these booking conditions and pays the deposit indicated in the brochure and as confirmed in the pre-contract information. After we receive your booking and all appropriate payments, if the arrangements you wish to book are available, we will send you a confirmation invoice within 14 days. A binding agreement will come into existence between us when we dispatch this invoice to the ‘lead name.” Please check the confirmation carefully to ensure all the information is correct. This contract is governed by English Law, and the jurisdiction of the English Courts.

Single occupancy of rooms, when available, may be subject to a supplementary charge and these will be shown in the brochure. You can book by paying a £50.00 deposit for each person named on the booking but our commitment is always conditional upon the balance being paid at least 6 weeks before your departure. If you book within our balance due period, you will need to pay the total holiday cost at the time of booking. If the balance is not paid in time we reserve the right to cancel your holiday, retain your deposit, and apply the cancellation charges set out in the paragraph below. The date of cancellation will normally be the date we receive your written confirmation that you intend to cancel or 15 days after the balance due date, whichever comes first. Where optional items are purchased as part of the holiday, these are payable on the balance due date except where items, such as theatre tickets, have been specifically purchased for you. In this case the cost will be payable at a separate date notified to you and will not normally be refunded unless we obtain a refund from the supplier we use.

3. BROCHURE ACCURACY Although Blakes Coaches Ltd make every effort to ensure the accuracy of the brochure information and pricing, regrettably errors do sometimes occur. You must therefore ensure you check the price and all other details of your holiday with us at the time of booking and when you receive our confirmation invoice.

4. OUR PRICING POLICY Blakes Coaches Ltd endeavour to ensure that the most up to date and correct prices are shown in our brochure. Occasionally, an incorrect price may be shown, due to an error. When we become aware of any such error, we will endeavour to notify you at the time of booking (if we are then aware of the mistake) or as soon as reasonably possible. We reserve the right to cancel the booking if you do not wish to accept the price which is applicable to the holiday. Local Authorities in many towns and cities throughout Europe have introduced new tourist taxes which must be paid directly to the hotel by all guests in person. These taxes are not included in our prices but we will notify you when applicable.

Holiday prices include all travel, hotel accommodation and meals as specified in the holiday description and VAT payable in the UK where applicable. The price of the holiday will not be subjected to any surcharges except those arising from exchange rate changes, transportation including the price of fuel, air & ferry operator fares and tolls, embarkation or disembarkation fees at terminals, duties and taxes (including the rate of VAT). Even in these cases we will absorb the cost equivalent to cost of the first 2% of the holiday price. Amounts more than this plus £1 administration fee will be surcharged to you. If this means the total cost of the holiday increases by more than 8% then you are entitled to cancel your holiday and receive a full refund of all monies paid except any insurance premium and amendment charges. We will communicate the options with you either through email or letter, with a reminder if necessary. If you exercise the right to cancel we must receive written notice within 20 days of the date of the surcharge invoice. The currency exchange rate used in the holiday costings are based on rates as at the publication date of this charter.

5. IF YOU CHANGE YOUR BOOKING If, after our confirmation has been issued, you wish to change to another of our holidays or change departure date, we will do our utmost to make the changes, but we cannot guarantee to do so. However, notification must be received in writing at our offices from the person who signed the booking form, at least 4 weeks before departures. This must be accompanied by a payment of £20.00 to cover our administrative costs, plus costs we incur in making the amendment. Alterations cannot be made within 4 weeks of departure and any such request for an alteration will be treated as a cancellation of the original booking and will be subject to the cancellation charges set out in paragraph below. Some arrangements cannot be changed without paying a cancellation charge of up to 100% of the ticket cost.

6. TRANSFERRING YOUR BOOKING You can transfer your booking to somebody else but the person must satisfy all the conditions of the holiday and you must inform us either by letter or email no less than 7 days before departure. This transfer will cost £20.00 plus reasonable costs to make the transfer. You will remain responsible for ensuring payment before the balance due date. This is in addition to (and does not affect) the separate liability of the transferee to us.7. IF YOU NEED TO CANCEL YOUR HOLIDAY You or any member of your party, may cancel your holiday at any time provided the cancellation is made by the person signing the booking form and is communicated to us in writing via the office who made your original booking. You must pay cancellation charges to cover our administration costs and to compensate for the risk of us not reselling the holiday. If the holiday is resold a refund will be made. Your cancellation will take effect from the date on which we or our agent receive your written confirmation of your cancellation. You must also return any tickets or vouchers you have received. A reduction in room occupancy may increase the charges for the remaining passengers by the application of supplements for low occupancy of rooms. Where bought in supplies, such as ferries, hotel accommodation etc have been bought in on your behalf, and where the terms and conditions of the supplier are non-refundable, these products will be charged to you at the full retail rate. If this applies, the non-refundable items will be deducted from your holiday costs and the following scale of charges will be applied to the remainder:

Bonded Coach Holiday Group – Trading Charter (And Booking Conditions)

8. ALTERATIONS TO YOUR HOLIDAY BY US We hope that we will not have to make any change to your holiday but, because our holidays are planned many months in advance, we sometimes do need to make minor changes. We reserve the right to do this at any time. We will let you know about any important changes as soon as possible, including the minimum number of passengers required on the trip. If after booking, and before departure, we make a major change to your holiday, you will have the option of withdrawing from the holiday without penalty or transferring to another holiday without any charge. In either case, we will pay you compensation, according to the scale set below. A major change includes the time of your departure or return time by more than 12 hours, a change in departure point, location of resort or type of hotel, a change in cross channel travel, or specification of the coach. If we tell you about any of these changes after we have confirmed your holiday booking, other than force majeure, you may either accept the new arrangements offered by us, accept a replacement holiday from us of equivalent or similar standard and price (at the date of the change), if we can offer you one, or cancel your holiday with us and receive a full refund of all monies. Either way, we will pay you compensation, using the Compensation table shown.

IMPORTANT NOTE Compensation will not be payable if the holiday is cancelled because the number of persons booked is less than the number required, or for events beyond our control, which include: war, threat of war, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist activity and its consequences, industrial disputes, natural and nuclear disasters, fire, epidemics, health risks and pandemics, unavoidable and unforeseeable technical problems with transport for reasons beyond our control or that of our suppliers; hurricanes and other actual or potential severe weather conditions and any other similar events. You are also advised to check with The Foreign and Commonwealth Office Advice Unit regularly at www.fco.gov.uk/travel prior to travel.

All holidays operate if the minimum number of participants is met. However, in no case will we cancel your holiday less than 2 weeks before the scheduled departure date, except where you have failed to pay the final balance or because of force majeure (force majeure means an event which we or the suppliers of the services in question could not foresee or avoid and is therefore beyond our control).

9. OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO YOU We accept responsibility for ensuring the holiday which you book with us is supplied as described in our publicity material and the services offered reach a reasonable standard and if you are in difficulty we will assist you. If any part of our holiday contract is not provided as promised, you may terminate the contract without paying a termination fee and we will pay you appropriate compensation if this has affected your enjoyment of your holiday. We will however, not be liable if there are any unforeseeable or unavoidable actions of a third party not connected with our travel services, or there were unavoidable or extraordinary

circumstances, or the lack of conformity is due to a traveller in the party. We accept responsibility for the acts and/or omissions of our employees, and suppliers except where they lead to death, injury or illness. Our liability in all cases shall be limited to a maximum of twice the value of the original holiday cost (not including insurance premiums and amendment charges). We accept responsibility for death, injury, or illness caused by the negligent acts and/or omissions of our employees or agents together with our suppliers and sub-contractors, servants and/or agents of the same whilst acting within the scope of, or during their employment in the provision of your holiday. We will accordingly pay to our clients such damages as might have been awarded in such circumstances under English Law. In respect of carriage by air, sea, tunnel and rail and the provision of accommodation our liability in all cases will be limited in the manner provided by the relevant international convention. If we make any payment to you or any member of your party for death or personal injury or illness, you will be asked to assign to us or our insurers the rights you may have to act against the person or organisation responsible for causing the death, personal injury or illness. This clause does not apply to any separate contracts that you may enter for excursions or activities during or outside of your holiday. If you or any member of your party suffer death, illness or injury whilst overseas arising out of an activity which does NOT form part of your holiday, we may offer guidance and where legal action is contemplated and you want our assistance, you must obtain our written consent prior to any proceedings (We limit the cost of our assistance to you or your party to £5,000 per party).

10. IF YOU HAVE A COMPLAINT If you have a problem during your holiday, please inform, your driver who will endeavour to put things right. Our contact number, for unresolved complaints will be our office number on 01398 341160 (open in office hours). If you remain dissatisfied please follow this up within 14 days of your return home by writing to Blakes Coaches Ltd giving your original booking reference number and all other relevant information. It is therefore a condition of this contract that you communicate any problem to the driver whilst in resort. If you fail to follow this simple procedure, we cannot accept responsibility as we have been deprived of the opportunity to investigate and rectify the problem. Should you wish to pursue the complaint further, the BCH/CPT have an Alternative Dispute Resolution scheme and full details are available from them. Please contact them at, The Confederation of Passenger Transport UK, Fifth Floor South, Chancery House, 53 – 64 Chancery lane, London WC2A 1 QS.

11. OUR COACHES We will always use our reasonable endeavours to provide a coach to the specification in our brochure or advert, but reserve the right to substitute an alternative vehicle should there be unforeseen circumstances. There is a seating plan but in some cases, operational reasons may require a coach with a different configuration. We reserve the right to alter a coach seating plan and allocate seats other than those booked. Single passengers may be required to share a double seat with other single passengers. When your booking is confirmed, you will be offered the best seats that are available at that time. If you feel that you require two seats, then these must be booked and paid for in advance, at the time of booking. If you fail to do this and it transpires that the seat allocated to you is insufficient for your needs and there is no alternative seating available then you will be refused access to the coach and any payments made will be liable to forfeiture. Specific seats will not be allocated on coaches operating a feeder service between joining points and main holiday departure points or on coaches that carry out transfers between airports, seaports etc.

12. HOTEL FACILITIES Some hotel facilities and entertainment may be withdrawn for routine maintenance or be subject to seasonal availability and provision of the facilities cannot be guaranteed. Single occupancy of rooms may be subject to a supplementary charge.

13. HEALTH AND SAFETY In some foreign countries, standards of infrastructure, safety and hygiene may be lower than those to which we are accustomed in the UK. You should therefore exercise greater care for your own protection. There may be countries that we visit that have special medical requirements for tourists. These regulations are subject to change and our clients are responsible for complying with entry and current health requirements. If you are not sure of the health requirements for the country you are visiting, you are advised to check with your own GP before travelling. You are also advised to refer to the Department of Health leaflet “Health Advice for Travellers” Some people may be at risk from discomfort or deep vein thrombosis (DVT) if they remain immobile on a journey for a long period. If you are planning to undertake a journey of more than three hours, you should consult your doctor, if you have ever had DVT, pulmonary embolism, a family history of clotting conditions, cancer or treatment for cancer, stroke, and heart or lung disease or If you have had major surgery in the past three months. We reserve the right to refuse any booking in the absence of a doctor’s certificate confirming that you are fit to travel. Where we provide comfort stops you are encouraged to walk around. Exercise reduces any discomfort, which may be caused by periods of immobility.

NO SMOKING is allowed on our coaches (including E-Cigarettes) and we do not allow pets or any other animals, although we do accommodate registered assistance dogs, but not on overseas holidays.

14. TRAVEL DOCUMENTS, ITINERARIES, PICK-UP POINTS AND PASSPORTS For all Continental holidays, you will require a full 10-year British Passport (machine readable) valid for a further 6 months after your holiday. If you do not hold a full British Passport or you have any doubts about your status as a resident British subject, you must check with the Embassies or Consulates of the Countries to be visited to confirm the Passport or visa requirements when you book. We cannot accept responsibility if passengers are not in possession of the correct travel documents. For full details on passport requirements, please contact ‘the identity and passport service’ on 0300 222 0000 (www.direct.gov.uk)”

You are responsible for ensuring you are at the correct departure point, at the

correct time and with the correct documents. Blakes Coaches Ltd reserve the right to modify itineraries to conform with requests from competent authorities both within the UK and abroad.

Excursions which are included in the cost of your booking are detailed on the brochure page and refunds will not be made for excursions not taken. Optional excursions booked and paid for in resort do not form part of your booking. Admission fees to buildings may not be included in the price of the holiday, please check.

15. SPECIAL REQUESTS All special needs and requests, if agreed, should be entered on the booking form. These cannot be guaranteed except where confirmed as part of our holiday commitment to you and are detailed on your holiday booking confirmation. We are keen to ensure that we plan the arrangements for your holiday so that special needs and requests can be accommodated as far as possible. If you will need assistance, or may be unable to fully enjoy all aspects of your holiday you must tell us in advance so that we can maximise your enjoyment of the holiday. We will need to know if you will need special facilities in the hotel, taking part in the excursions or have difficulty boarding and travelling on the coach or other means of transport. Before booking your holiday, you should be sure that you and your party are both physically and mentally capable of completing the itinerary. If you need advice or further information you should contact Blakes Coaches Ltd. If you will require a special diet please tell us at the time of booking, or as soon as you are medically advised.

16. PASSENGERS WITH DISABILITIES We want everyone to enjoy our travel arrangements. We are happy to advise and assist you in choosing a suitable holiday. But, as some of the accommodation and resorts featured may not cater for even minor disabilities, it is important that, when booking, you advise us of any disability, specific need or complex need you may have and any special requirements that will make sure the holiday is suitable. If a passenger requires personal assistance (for example, assistance with feeding, dressing, toileting, mobilising) then this passenger must travel with an able-bodied companion or carer and written confirmation that such assistance will be provided for the entirety of the holiday is required at the time of booking. Coach drivers are unable to provide such assistance.

IMPORTANT You must tell us if you have an existing medical condition, disability or complex need that may affect your holiday or other group members’ enjoyment of it before you book your holiday. We reserve the right to request a doctor’s certificate confirming the passenger is fit to travel. If, in our reasonable opinion, your chosen holiday is not suitable for your medical condition or disability, we reserve the right to refuse your booking. You are responsible for bringing with you the proper clothing and equipment, which we advise you about in our printed trip information. We want you to enjoy your holiday and will help you select an appropriate trip.

17. PASSENGER BEHAVIOUR We want all our customers to have a happy and carefree holiday. You are responsible for your behaviour and hygiene and the effect it may have on others. If you or any other member of your party is abusive, disruptive or behaves in a way that could cause damage or injury to others or affect their enjoyment of their holiday or which could damage property, we have the right to terminate your contract with us and we will have no further liability or obligation to you. The coach driver, ship’s captain, or authorised official is entitled to refuse you boarding if in their reasonable opinion you are unacceptably under the influence of drink or drugs or you are being violent or disruptive. If you are refused boarding on the outward journey we will regard it as a cancellation by you and we will apply cancellation charges. If on your return journey, we have the right to terminate the contract with you. We also request that mobile telephones are not used on the coach.

18. TRAVEL INSURANCE We strongly advise that you take out personal travel insurance for the trip. We have arranged comprehensive travel insurance with ERV which is outlined on page 6. You may use an alternative insurer but you must advise us. The insurance should cover medical and repatriation costs, personal injury, loss of baggage and cancellation charges. If you do not have adequate insurance and require our assistance during your holiday, we reserve the right to reclaim from you any medical repatriation or other expenses which we may incur on your behalf which would otherwise have been met by insurers. You must advise us if you use an alternative insurer, the policy number and 24 hour contact number.

19. LUGGAGE Please restrict your luggage to a suitcase weighing no more than 18kgs per person. We cannot accept responsibility for loss or damage to luggage unless through our negligence. Please do not leave valuable items in your suitcase when left on the coach. Please contact us for our policy on mobility scooters. We are only able to take 1 small fold up scooter on a tour.

20. DATA PROTECTION ACT We retain your full contact details and other information in secure files and electronic storage facilities. We may use this information to contact you by mail, telephone or electronic means. We must pass your information on to the relevant suppliers of your travel arrangements and we take full responsibility for ensuring that proper measures are in place to protect your information. In making this booking, you consent to this information being passed on to the relevant persons or suppliers.

21. EMERGENCY CONTACT Our emergency contact details are Tel 01398 341160 Email [email protected]

PUBLICATION DATE. This Trading Charter was printed on 19th October 2019.

Period before departure within which written cancellation of package price is received

Amount of cancellation Charge as a % of total package cost

More than 42 days28 – 42 days14 – 27 days7 – 13 days0–6 daysDeparture day or later including voluntary termination during the package

Deposit only30% of Deposit, if greater45%60%100%Total package cost

Period before departure in which significant change is notified to you

Amount per person

More than 42 days29 – 42 days15 – 28 days8 – 14 days0–7 days

Nil£10.00£15.00£20.00£25.00

Great holidays start here!

Please phone for a copy of our other holiday brochures

Book today – it couldn’t be simplerJust call our friendly staff on

01398 341160www.blakescoaches.co.uk

Email: [email protected] Coaches Ltd, East Anstey, Tiverton, Devon EX16 9JJ

Tel: 01398 341160

Date post:	25-Jul-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	1 times
Download:	0 times

2020 brochure for Website.pdf · by coach, minibus or taxi and conveyed to join the main tour...

Documents